Avenir Systems Furniture Specification Guide - OEC Business Interiors
Avenir Systems Furniture Specification Guide - OEC Business Interiors
Avenir Systems Furniture Specification Guide - OEC Business Interiors
- No tags were found...
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>Avenir</strong><strong>Systems</strong> <strong>Furniture</strong><strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>What’s New?What’s New information is now availableon the in2.steelcase.com Web site. Go toWhat’s New, then Show News by Category,then Incentives, Pricing, Promotions.cSee the <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> Library:Reference <strong>Guide</strong> for information about whereto find products.Working With This <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>Eleven Tips: How to Get the Most Out of This Book 2Things to Know About <strong>Avenir</strong> 4Additional Resources 6Related Products 8AvailabilityElectronic price list updated withrelease 158.A (U.S.) and 135.A (Canada),dated January 12, 2004.Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>Panels 9Worksurfaces 678500 Series Tables 137Storage 141Lighting 169Wiring and Cabling 177Specifying <strong>Avenir</strong>Specifying Tıps 200Panels 203Worksurfaces 2458500 Series Tables 317Storage 325Lighting 355cFor a list of all trademarks,refer to the lastpage of this specificationguide.Surface MaterialsSurface Materials Overview 370Surface Materials 372Color Availability Matrices 376Color Coordination Matrices 382<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Vertical Fabric Applications 386For Canadian PricingCalculate in the followingorder to avoid roundingerrors:• Multiply the base priceand each option by 1.38.• Round each to thenearest dollar.• Add base and optionsfor total list price.ResourcesLock and Keying Options 390Style Number Index 392
Things to Know About <strong>Avenir</strong>.PanelsPanels are available to define spaces andcreate privacy for individuals and teams. Panelscan be used to support shelves and storagebins and worksurfaces. Or worksurfaces can befreestanding.Tackable acoustical panels comprise asteel frame and acoustical surfaces attached toeach side.High-performance acoustical panels comprisea steel frame and two layers of acousticalsurfaces attached to each side.Pathways Technology Wall can be usedalong with <strong>Avenir</strong> panels and furniture for installationsthat require significant power and communicationcapacity, stackability, and off-moduleconnections. Typical installations, for customerswith an inventory of existing <strong>Avenir</strong> panels, use aspine wall of Technology Wall and perpendicularfin walls of <strong>Avenir</strong> panels. Applications that combineSegment and <strong>Avenir</strong> require special attentionto dimensions, surface materials, and relatedissues.cSee the following publication:•Pathways Technology Wall Solutions<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.WorksurfacesWorksurfaces are available in six types:• <strong>Avenir</strong> 1 1 ⁄2"T• Curvilinear• Freestanding furniture<strong>Avenir</strong> 1 1 ⁄2"T worksurfaces are available ina broad range of shapes. <strong>Avenir</strong> 1 1 ⁄2"T worksurfaceshave a wood core and a wood or laminatesurface.Curvilinear worksurfaces are available toallow a broader range of workstation layouts. Theworksurfaces have a wood core with a laminatesurface..Freestanding furniture includes desks,returns, bridges, radius end tables, andcredenzas..4 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Things to Know About<strong>Avenir</strong>.StorageStorage with <strong>Avenir</strong>-style pulls includes abroad array of choices, including fixed pedestals,lateral files, combination cabinets, personalcabinets, and wardrobe cabinets.(800 Series lateral files and cabinetswith <strong>Avenir</strong>-style pulls, 730 Series storageand wardrobe cabinets, and 800Series vertical files)Storage with 200 Series pulls includes abroad array of choices, including fixed pedestals,worksurface-supported pedestals, mobilepedestals, and 200 Series FirstFile lateral files.(200 Series FirstFile lateral files andpedestals with 200 Series pulls).Wiring and CablingPower distribution systems can be builtusing powerways in <strong>Avenir</strong>.Powerways can be used to build power distributionnetworks within the bases of <strong>Avenir</strong> panels.A full range of components are available to allowpower networks to go wherever there are panelsand to provide access where the user needs it.Internode components can be used to buildpower distribution networks and data/voice networks.These components attach above andbelow <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaces. Internode componentscannot connect to <strong>Avenir</strong> powerways, butthey can access power from Technology Walls.cSee Pathways Technology Wall Solutions<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>Pathways Technology Wall power distributionkits are used to form power distributionsystems inside Technology Walls. TechnologyWall power components cannot connect to <strong>Avenir</strong>powerways, but Internode can access powerfrom a Technology Wall.cSee Pathways Technology Wall Solutions<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>..<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 5
Additional Resources.<strong>Avenir</strong> is supported with anarray of informational materials,tools, and software tohelp you plan an installationefficiently.Product brochures andplanning tools can beordered through yourSteelcase area office, bycalling 1.800.784.0355,or through the SteelcaseMarketing CommunicationsWeb site atin2.steelcase.com..Product Brochures<strong>Avenir</strong><strong>Systems</strong> <strong>Furniture</strong>This brochure with colorphotographs is designed togive you a general overviewof <strong>Avenir</strong> capabilities.Form number S1281–6/98.Planning Tools<strong>Avenir</strong> IdeasThis brochure, using workplaceperformance principles,illustrates floor plans,settings, and workspacesin each of the four quadrantsof the interaction/autonomy model. It providesplanning information, givesspecifications for numerousworkspaces, and illustratespotential migration strategies.Pricing on the workspacesis current on InfoTracks Reference #139.Form number S3467Quick DeliveryHandbookThis handbook describesall Steelcase, Turnstone,Details, and SteelcaseDesign Partnership productsthat are available for7-Day (7-day delivery),Express12 (12-day delivery),or 15-Day (15-dayshipment).User-AdjustableWorksurfacesThis publication providesan overview of the advantagesof applying useradjustableworksurfaceswith Steelcase furnituresystems. Advice about howadjustable-height worksurfacescan save moneyis included along with planninginformation and colorphotographs of typicalapplications. A visualoverview of all useradjustableworksurfacesand the furniture theyrelate to is also included.Form number S10969TechnoLogicalThis resource explains howSteelcase systems furnitureaccommodates workplacetechnology. It contains awealth of useful informationabout wiring and cabling inthe workplace.Cable Capacities S2403Learn the Lingo S371System Capabilities S373Power Choices S10423Workplace TechnologyS10868.<strong>Avenir</strong> Tech SolutionsBriefly summarizes how<strong>Avenir</strong> manages cabling insix areas: capability, connectivity,protection, flexibility,management, and officehealth.Form number S2513.Surface MaterialsSurface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of thesurface materials•“Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabricand seating upholsteryselection listing• Pricing for surfacematerials• Technical data for surfacematerials• Surface material care andcleaning instructionsAdditional surfacematerials specificationtools are available toassist you in the specificationprocess—the SurfaceMaterials Binder and theSurface Materials Tool Box.Surface MaterialsBinders include:• Surface MaterialsReference Manual• A complete set of swatchcards for hard surfaces,vertical surface fabrics,and seating upholsterySurface MaterialsTool Box (S8150) provides3" x 3" samples of the followingsurface materials:• Vertical surface fabric• Seating upholstery• Wood veneer• Paint• LaminateCustomer’s OwnMaterial (COM) Website features fabric testresults for all COMfabrics that have beentested by Steelcase andalso allows you to calculateyardage requirementsfor most Steelcase seatinglines. To confirm whether aparticular COM material hasalready been tested for useon a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”.6 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Additional Resources.Computer ToolsElectronic CatalogAccurate sales quotationsand purchase orders forSteelcase products arecreated with specificationsoftware that usesSteelcase ElectronicCatalog data. Use the datato specify and price stylenumbers and options forevery Steelcase product.The data is updated quarterlyby Steelcase andprovided to softwareprograms like Vspec, theHedberg <strong>Business</strong> System,and 20/20 CAP StudioWorksheet.<strong>Furniture</strong> SymbolGraphic DataSteelcase creates 2D and3D furniture symbols (withattributes) for planning andinitially specifying Steelcaseproducts. This data isincorporated into severaladd-on software packagesthat work in either aMicrostation or an AutoCADdrafting environment.More InformationFor more information onthese and other softwaretools to help you plan effectivework environments,please contactSteelcase eTools at1.616.246.9542.ProductInfoProduct InfoElectronic versions of thisand many other specificationguides in Acrobat PDF(Portable Document Format)allow you to scan, search,and print any page on virtuallyany computer. You canaccess these files at theSteelcase.com Web site orMy Sales Online atin2.Steelcase.com.PhotoLog CDSteelcase PhotoLog CDgives you instant accessto a digital library of highqualitycolor photographsof products and workspacesyou can use in your presentationsand proposals.Form number S10580.Product ComparisonCDThis interactive tool isfilled with basic productinformation and comprehensivedata detailing howSteelcase and competitorsposition their products,enabling you to compareSteelcase products to thecompetition. Invaluable inhelping to prepare bids, proposals,and presentations.Form number S10847.SupportSteelcase CapabilitiesSteelcase products are distributed,installed, and servicedthrough a network ofmore than 600 dealersworldwide. Steelcase is alsorepresented with offices andcorporate showrooms in26 U.S. cities, 4 Canadiancities, and in France,Germany, Great Britain, andJapan. Every Steelcaseproduct meets our exceptionallyhigh standards ofquality and durability andcomes with the Steelcaseassurance of excellence inservice.For assistance, pleasecall your local dealer, theSteelcase SolutionsResource Team, or theSteelcase Solutions FulfilledTeam at 1.888.STEELCASE(1.888.783.3522).Call the Steelcase SolutionsResource Team prior toplacing an order, when workingon a bid, or when youneed information aboutproduct applications andspecifications.Call the Steelcase SolutionsFulfilled Team if you havesubmitted an order toSteelcase and you need tospeak to your service representativeabout the order.Also call if you have anypost-shipment quality orwarranty concerns orservice parts questions.Outside the U.S.A., Canada,Mexico, Puerto Rico, andthe U.S. Virgin Islands, call1.616.247.2500.For information aboutSteelcase, the name of yournearest Steelcase dealer,or for product literature,call 1.800.333.9939, orvisit our Web site:www.steelcase.com....<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 7
Related Products.Steelcase and other manufacturersproduce productsthat are ideal to use with<strong>Avenir</strong>. Some of them arelisted here along withdetails about how to getproduct literature.Huddleboard productswere designed tocomplement the ways youwork, individually or as agroup. Huddleboardmarkerboards and photoalbum can be used eitherhorizontally or vertically.These ultra-light boardsattach to a panel, panelmountedworktool rail, orcan be used with any of theHuddleboard support tools.Huddleboard products offernew ways to manage yourinformation by supportingthe capture, transfer, anddisplay of individual orgroup information.Storage Products<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.FirstFile products areequipped with pulls thatmatch <strong>Avenir</strong> 100 and 200Series drawer pulls.Storage Products<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.800 Series lateral filesand 730 Series storagecabinets are availablewith <strong>Avenir</strong>-style pulls. The<strong>Avenir</strong>-style pull is not identicalto the actual <strong>Avenir</strong>pull; it is flush and does nothave the radius lip on thetop edge of the pull so it willallow the receding door togo back into the file.Storage Products<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.Details worktoolsinclude a full line ofergonomically designedproducts that enhancesand improves the worksetting. Product platformsinclude computer supporttools, organizational worktools,and personal lighting.For additional product information,contact:Details25 Ottawa Avenue SW4th Floor, Arena StationGrand Rapids, MI 49503Telephone 1.800.833.0411Fax 1.256.230.6551Peerless lights canbe used with all <strong>Avenir</strong>overhead storage bins.For product details,contact Peerless LightingCorporation, Box 2556,Berkeley, CA 94702-0556,telephone 510.845.2760..8 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>PanelsPanelsStatement of Line 10Product DetailsTackable Acoustical Panels 12Cable-Management Panel Options 14High-Performance Acoustical Panels 16Transparent Panels 18Half Glass, Half Fabric Transparent Panels 20Panel Door with Frame 22Related ProductsTop Caps 24Panel Connectors 25Change-of-Height Panel Connectors 31Filler Packages 32End-of-Run Fillers 34Panel Bracket Packages 36Panel Accessories 38Base Power-Ins 40Base Fiber-In 412" x 2" Power Poles and Cable Poles 422" x 6" Power Poles and Cable Poles 4418"W and 24"W Powerways 4630"W to 60"W Powerways 48Base Covers and Receptacles 50In-Line Cable Drop Box 52Application TopicsReceptacle Locations 54Panel Creep 55How Panel-Supported Components Fit 56Solutions to Overhead Storage Problems Caused by PAB2 Brackets 57Bracket Application Rules 60How Connectors Affect Panel-Supported Components 61How Connectors Affect Power Flow 62Rules for Panel Stability 64Rules for Panel Stability with Components 66<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 9
PanelsStatement of LineTip: Panel height variesaccording to the top capselected.Understandingc Page 12Specifyingc Page 208Tackable Acoustical18 5 ⁄16"W 24 5 ⁄16"W 30 5 ⁄16"W 36 5 ⁄16"W 42 5 ⁄16"W 48 5 ⁄16"W 60 9 ⁄16"W33"H • R • R • R • R • R • R • R41"H • R • R • R • R • R • R • R53"H • R • R • R • R • R • R • R65"H • R • R • R • R • R • R • R80"H • R • R • R • R • R • RR = Replacement surfaces are available from Customer Service.Understandingc Page 16Specifyingc Page 212High-Performance Acoustical18 5 ⁄16"W 24 5 ⁄16"W 30 5 ⁄16"W 36 5 ⁄16"W 42 5 ⁄16"W 48 5 ⁄16"W 60 9 ⁄16"W65"H • R • R • R • R • R • R • R80"H • R • R • R • R • RR = Replacement surfaces are available from Customer Service.Understandingc Page 18Specifyingc Page 214Transparent24 5 ⁄16"W 30 5 ⁄16"W 36 5 ⁄16"W 42 5 ⁄16"W 48 5 ⁄16"W53"H • • • • •65"H • • • • •80"H • • • • •10 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
PanelsStatement of LineTip: Panel height variesaccording to the top capselected.PanelsUnderstandingc Page 20Specifyingc Page 216Half Glass, Half Fabric Transparent Panels24 5 ⁄16"W 30 5 ⁄16"W 36 5 ⁄16"W 42 5 ⁄16"W 48 5 ⁄16"W53"H • • • • •65"H • • • • •80"H • • • • •Tip: Panel door frame heightvaries according to the topcap selected.Understandingc Page 22Specifyingc Page 218Panel Door with Frame42 5 ⁄16"W80"H • ** = Also available as frame only.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 11
Tackable Acoustical PanelsTackable acousticalpanels are constructedwith a steel frame andacoustical surfaces that areattached to each side.cSpecifying, page 208Septum and lowdensityfiberglass on53" and higher panels.Fiberglass materialconstruction providesa tackable surface, servesas a sound barrier, andimproves acousticalqualities.Panel surface is coveredwith vertical surface fabric.End trim finishes thevertical edge of the panel.Base-end door slides upto provide access to basecavity and has a knockoutfor routing cables through apanel run.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2"Width 18 5 ⁄16", 24 5 ⁄16", 30 5 ⁄16", 36 5 ⁄16",42 5 ⁄16", 48 5 ⁄16", or 60 9 ⁄16"Low top cap height 5 ⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄16"Height with with withlow medium hightop cap top cap top cap33"H panel 32 1 ⁄2" 33" 34"41"H panel 40 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4"53"H panel 51 5 ⁄8" 52 3 ⁄8" 53 3 ⁄8"65"H panel 63 15 ⁄16" 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 79 3 ⁄4" 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Steel top caps are availablein three heights—low(L), medium (M), and high(H). Wood top caps areavailable in two heights—low (L) and medium (M).Frame is constructed withrigid, tubular steel.Slotted channel acceptspanel-supported componentsin 1" increments.Communication cordknockouts allow cablesto pass through the basecover.Base cavity accepts afactory- or field-installedpowerway. Cable routingis also possible.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavitiesin panel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.cPage 50.Product DetailsTop caps come in threeheight options that will alterthe panel height accordingto the top cap selected. Seedimensions table below.cPage 24Panel surface is removablefor replacement witha new surface. The top cap,end trim, and base covercan remain intact duringthe replacement process.Special tools are notrequired. Adjacent panelsare not disrupted. Surfacesare available from ServiceParts.Panel stabilizer feetare designed to provideadditional support for panelswhen they aren’t stabilizedby components. Eachfoot extends 16" from theside of the panel.cPage 38.12 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Cable-Management Panel Options<strong>Avenir</strong> tackableacoustical panels areavailable with panel optionsthat allow internal verticalcable routing and accommodateworksurface-heightpower receptacles andvoice/data receptacles.cSpecifying, page 204All cable-managementpanels have cable-routingopenings in the frame toallow cables to be routedvertically inside the panel.Receptacles are factoryinstalledin panels that arespecified with a factoryinstalledpowerway.Distribution channelis included in a cablemanagementpanel whenyou specify either one orboth surfaces to include aworksurface-height receptacleopening. The centerportion of this channel isenclosed and separatesreceptacles from voiceand data cables.Interior frame of panelsurface is notched at bottomto avoid blocking thecable routing channels.Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2"Width 24 5 ⁄16", 30 5 ⁄16", 36 5 ⁄16", 42 5 ⁄16",48 5 ⁄16", or 60 9 ⁄16"Low top cap height 5⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄16"Height with with withlow medium hightop cap top cap top cap41"H panel 40 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4"53"H panel 51 5 ⁄8" 52 3 ⁄8" 53 3 ⁄8"65"H panel 63 15 ⁄16" 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 79 3 ⁄4" 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Voice/data receptacleopening is included indistribution channel. Panelsurface can be cut out inthe field to accommodate awide range of data receptaclesor, if not needed, it canbe left intact. Opening inpanel is pre-marked on theinside to ensure correctpositioning.Receptacle adapterplate is factory-installedto allow receptacle faceplateto be installed flushwith the surface of thepanel. Additional receptacleadapter plates are includedfor use with voice/datareceptacle openings. Thisconnection uses the samepart in the powerway that isused for a power pole orend power-in. You mustplan accordingly for yourinstallation.Harness is factoryinstalled as part of thecable-management paneloption in panels with afactory-installed powerway.Harness brings powerto receptacle(s) atworksurface height.You can specify Line 1, 2,3, or 4. Factory-installedpowerway is still specifiedby adding a “P3” or “P4”suffix to the panel’s stylenumber.Receptacle face plateis factory-installed andcan accept standard-sizereceptacle..14 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Cable-ManagementPanel Options.Product DetailsPanel surfaces can beplain on both sides of thepanel when only verticalcable routing is needed.For access to power atworksurface height, onesurface can have a receptacleopening, or both surfacescan have receptacleopenings.Tip: In cases where youhaven’t specified a factoryinstalledreceptacle opening,you can cut a receptacleopening in the surface of acable-management panelin the field.Location of receptacleopenings in cable-managementpanel is placed slightlyoff center to allow receptaclesto be installed back toback without interference.13 /32"1"3 5 /8"Upper Holes3"Lower HolesOpenings in panelframe for vertical cablerouting accommodate awide variety of voice anddata cables..Harness attaches to thepower pole/end power-inconnector port in the powerwayin the base of the panel.If power pole or end power-inand cable management panelare used together, you mustplan accordingly for yourinstallation.Tip: 24" wide panel usesdouble-flag connectorpowerway. 24" wide panelscannot have both powerpole and belt-high harnessconnections within panel.30" wide and above panelswith single-flag powerwayconnector can have powerpole and belt-high harnessconnections within panel.No receptacle locationsare obstructed by theharness connection.Chicago electricalcode requires that all electricalconnections be hardwired in the field. Order anon-powered cable-managementpanel with receptacleopenings in one or bothsurfaces. Factory-installeddistribution channel, faceplate(s), and receptacleadapter plate(s) will beincluded. Have the electricianobtain conduit andreceptacles (Leviton 5325)and make the connectionsin the field.New York City versionsof the cable-managementpanels are available tocomply with the specialinstallation requirements ofthe New York City electricalcode.cPage 192.How to SpecifyCable-managementpanel option is availableonly on tackable acousticalpanels that are 24 5 ⁄16"W orwider. Cable-managementpanel options are not availableon 18 5 ⁄16"W panels.cSee Cable-ManagementPanel Option Choices matrixon pages 204–206.Surface MaterialsReceptacles andreceptacle coverplates• Black plastic onlyAll other componentsof the cable-managementpanel option are concealedwhen properly installed.All the surface materialchoices available ontackable acoustical panelsremain unchanged...Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 15
High-Performance Acoustical PanelsHigh-performanceacoustical panels areconstructed with a steelframe and acoustical surfacesthat are attached toeach side.cSpecifying, page 212Septum in the interior ofthe panel serves as asound barrier and improvesacoustical qualities.Low-density fiberglassis uncompressed to absorbsound. Two layers of thefiberglass are on each sideof the steel septum.Panel surface is coveredwith vertical surface fabric.End trim finishes thevertical edge of the panel.Base-end door slides upto provide access to basecavity and has a knockoutfor routing cables through apanel run.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2"Width 18 5 ⁄16", 24 5 ⁄16", 30 5 ⁄16", 36 5 ⁄16",42 5 ⁄16", 48 5 ⁄16", or 60 9 ⁄16"Low top cap height 5 ⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄16"Height with with withlow medium hightop cap top cap top cap65"H panel 63 15 ⁄16" 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 79 3 ⁄4" 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Steel top caps are availablein three heights—low(L), medium (M), and high(H). Wood top caps areavailable in two heights—low (L) and medium (M).Frame is constructed withrigid, tubular steel.Slotted channel acceptspanel-supported componentsin 1" increments.Communication cordknockouts allow cablesto pass through the basecover.Base cavity accepts afactory- or field-installedpowerway. Cable routingis also possible.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavitiesin panel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.cPage 50.Product DetailsTop caps come in threeheight options that will alterthe panel height accordingto the top cap selected. Seedimensions table below.cPage 24Panel surface is removablefor replacement with anew surface. The top cap,end trim, and base covercan remain intact duringthe replacement process.Special tools are notrequired. Adjacent panelsare not disrupted.Panel stabilizer feet aredesigned to provide additionalsupport for panelswhen they aren’t stabilizedby components. Each footextends 16" from the sideof the panel.cPage 38.16 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
High-PerformanceAcoustical Panels.ConnectionsUniversal connectorpackage, shipped withevery panel, joins panelsof the same height in astraight line or in L-, T-, Y-,or X-configurations.cPage 25Connectors are availableto attach panels to adjacentpanels, walls, and freestandingfurniture.cPages 26–30Change-of-height panelconnector provides a finishededge when panels ofvarying heights are joined ina straight line, L-, T-, or X-configuration. It will notwork with fillers, powerpoles, or cable poles thatare in a T-configuration.cPage 31Panels can support components,including worksurfaces,shelves, and storagebins.Panel-run stabilityrecommendations varydepending on the widthof the panel run and useof panel-supported componentsor freestandingfurniture.cPages 64–66Wiring & CablingBase or end power-insbring power to the panel runby connecting at a designatedreceptacle location orat the end of a powerway.cPage 40Base fiber-in allowsfiber-optic cables to enterthe base of panels at anangle so the fiber-opticcable isn’t forced to forma tight radius which coulddamage the cable.cPage 41Power poles and cablepoles attach to the panelend or at L-, T- , and X-connections.They bring poweror communication cablesfrom the ceiling.cPages 42–44..Powerways can be factoryor field installed in thebase cavity. Three-circuitor four-circuit powerwaysare available.Exception: 18"W panelsaccommodate pass-throughpowerways. These panelsare shipped with two plainbase covers. Pass-throughpowerways are shipped in aseparate carton for fieldinstallation.cPages 46–49Base cavity can beaccessed on either sideof the panel. It is easier toroute cords and cables, andto field install powerways,on the surface-one sidebecause the C-shape footopens to that side.Panel-base end grommetis available to fit inbase-end door knockout toprotect cords and cables.Cable knockout allowscable routing through steelmedium or high top caps.Exceptions: Wood top capsand low top caps do notallow for cable routing.cPage 24.Fillers aesthetically fill inthe space at L-, T-, and X-connections. End-of-runfillers cover the exposedvertical edge of the lastpanel in a run. All fillersallow cables to run vertically.cPage 32Cable drop box allowscables to be routed betweenpanels of different heightsthat are connected in astraight line.cPage 52Wire separator isavailable, factory-installed,to separate telecommunicationcables from the powerway.Field-installed wireseparators are availablefrom Service Parts.All panels are UL listedand CSA certified.Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option on low andmedium top caps)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)End trim• Paint (standard)• Vertical surface fabric(option)Base cover• Paint (standard).Panel surface• Vertical surface fabricTip: If a panel has differentsurfaces, use these guidelines:The first surface you specifyis considered to be surfaceone.The second surface youspecify is surface two.End trims, left, right, or both,are specified while you’refacing surface one.Factory-installed powerwaysare always installedwith the green end of thepowerway on the left-handside as you face surfaceone.cPages 46–49Slotted channel• Black paint onlyLeveling glides• Black onlyPanel-base endgrommet• Black vinyl onlyPricingTo price a panel withsurface materials at differentprices, add the twoprices together and divideby two.Application TopicsThe extra thickness ofhigh-performance acousticalpanels prevents panelwrappingfreestanding orpanel-mounted furniture onthree sides. It may interferewith the operation ofpedestal drawers and overheadstorage doors, maydamage panel fabric, orcause the panel to not sitsquarely.Base Covers andReceptaclescPage 50Panel CreepcPage 55How Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponentscPage 61How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62Wiring and CablingcPages 177–197Cable CapacitiescPage 196.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 17
Transparent PanelsTransparent panelsdefine boundaries whileremaining visually open.cSpecifying, page 214Transparent panelinserts are available withclear or tinted temperedsafety glass.End trim finishes thevertical edge of the panel.Frame surface surroundingthe transparent panelinsert is covered with paint.Frame is constructed withrigid, tubular steel.Base-end door slides upto provide access to basecavity and has a knockoutfor routing cables through apanel run.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2"Width 24 5 ⁄16"or 48 5 ⁄16"Insert depth (thickness) 1⁄4"Insert width 19 1 ⁄8", 25 1 ⁄8", 31 1 ⁄8",or 43 1 ⁄8"Insert height 44 3 ⁄4", 57 1 ⁄16", or 72 1 ⁄2"Low top cap height 5⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄16"Height with with withlow medium hightop cap top cap top cap53"H panel 51 5 ⁄8" 52 3 ⁄8" 53 3 ⁄8"65"H panel 63 15 ⁄16" 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 79 3 ⁄4" 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Steel top caps are availablein three heights—low(L), medium (M), and high(H). Wood top caps areavailable in two heights—low (L) and medium (M).Slotted channel acceptspanel-supported componentsin 1" increments.Communication cordknockouts allow cablesto pass through the basecover.Base cavity accepts afactory- or field-installedpowerway. Cable routingis also possible.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavitiesin panel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.cPage 50.Product DetailsTop caps come in threeheight options that will alterthe panel height accordingto the top cap selected. Seedimensions table below.cPage 24Panel stabilizer feetare designed to provideadditional support for panelswhen they aren’t stabilizedby components. Eachfoot extends 16" from theside of the panel.cPage 38.18 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Transparent Panels.ConnectionsUniversal connectorpackage, shipped withevery panel, joins panelsof the same height in astraight line or in L-, T-, Y-,or X-configurations.cPage 25Connectors are availableto attach panels to adjacentpanels, walls, and freestandingfurniture.cPages 26–30Change-of-height panelconnector provides a finishededge when panels ofvarying heights are joinedin a straight line, L-, T-, orX-configuration. It will notwork with fillers, powerpoles, or cable poles thatare in a T-configuration.cPage 31Panel-run stabilityrecommendations varydepending on the width ofthe panel run and use ofpanel-supported componentsor freestandingfurniture.cPages 64–66Wiring & CablingBase or end power-insbring power to the panel runby connecting at a designatedreceptacle location orat the end of a powerway.cPage 40Base fiber-in allowsfiber-optic cables to enterthe base of panels at anangle so the fiber-opticcable isn’t forced to form atight radius which coulddamage the cable.cPage 41Power poles and cablepoles attach to the panelend or at L-, T- and X-connections.They bring poweror communication cablesfrom the ceiling.cPages 42–44..Powerways can be factoryor field installed in thebase cavity. Three-circuitor four-circuit powerwaysare available. 18"W and24"W powerways have twoflag connectors. 30"W andwider powerways have oneflag connector.cPages 46–49Base cavity can beaccessed on either side ofthe panel. It is easier toroute cords and cables, andto field install powerways,on the surface-one sidebecause the C-shape footopens to that side.Panel-base end grommetis available to fit inbase-end door knockout toprotect cords and cables.Cable knockout allowscable routing through steelmedium or high top caps.Exceptions: Wood top capsand low top caps do notallow for cable routing.cPage 24.End-of-run filler coversthe exposed vertical edgeof the last panel in a run.Fillers allow cables to runvertically at the end of a runof panels.cPage 32Fillers conceal cables runningvertically and aestheticallyfill in the space at L-, T-,and X- connections.cPage 32Cable drop box allowscables to be routed betweenpanels of different heightsthat are connected in astraight line.cPage 52Wire separator isavailable factory installed, toseparate telecommunicationcables from the powerway.Field-installed wire separatorsare available fromService Parts.All panels are UL listed andCSA certified..Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option on low andmedium top caps)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Frame surface• Paint (standard)End trim• Paint (standard)• Vertical surface fabric(option)Base cover• Paint (standard)Panel insert• 6500 Clear glass• 6502 Solar Bronze glassSlotted channel• Black paint onlyLeveling glides• Black onlyPanel-base endgrommet• Black vinyl onlyApplication TopicsBase Covers andReceptaclescPage 50Panel CreepcPage 55How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62Wiring and CablingcPages 177–197Cable CapacitiescPage 196.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 19
Half Glass, Half Fabric Transparent PanelsHalf glass, half fabrictransparent panelsdefine boundaries whileremaining visually open.cSpecifying, page 216Transparent panelinserts are available withclear or tinted temperedsafety glass.End trim finishes thevertical edge of the panel.Frame surface surroundingthe transparent panelinsert is covered with paint.Frame is constructed withrigid, tubular steel.Fabric panel is a nontackablesteel surface.Base-end door slides upto provide access to basecavity and has a knockoutfor routing cables through apanel run.Leveling glides adjust toinstall panels on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth (thickness) 2"Width 24 5 ⁄16"or 48 5 ⁄16"Insert depth (thickness) 1⁄4"on glassInsert width on glass 19 1 ⁄8", 25 1 ⁄8", 31 1 ⁄8", 37 1 ⁄8",or 43 1 ⁄8"Insert height on glass 20 3 ⁄8", 32 11 ⁄16", or 48 1 ⁄2"Low top cap height 5⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Leveling glide range 1 1 ⁄16"Height with with withlow medium hightop cap top cap top cap53"H panel 51 5 ⁄8" 52 3 ⁄8" 53 3 ⁄8"65"H panel 63 15 ⁄16" 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 79 3 ⁄4" 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Steel top caps are availablein three heights—low(L), medium (M), and high(H). Wood top caps areavailable in two heights—low (L) and medium (M).Slotted channel acceptspanel-supported componentsin 1" increments.Sill height is 28 1 ⁄2" high.Communication cordknockouts allow cablesto pass through the basecover.Base cavity accepts afactory- or field-installedpowerway. Cable routingis also possible.Base cover is removableto allow access to cavitiesin panel base. Base covercontains “invisible” knockoutsfor receptacles.cPage 50.Product DetailsTop caps come in threeheight options that will alterthe panel height accordingto the top cap selected. Seedimensions table below.cPage 24Panel stabilizer feetare designed to provideadditional support for panelswhen they aren’t stabilizedby components. Eachfoot extends 16" from theside of the panel.cPage 38.20 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Half Glass, Half FabricTransparent Panels.ConnectionsUniversal connectorpackage, shipped withevery panel, joins panelsof the same height in astraight line or in L-, T-, Y-,or X-configurations.cPage 25Connectors are availableto attach panels to adjacentpanels, walls, and freestandingfurniture.cPages 26–30Change-of-height panelconnector provides a finishededge when panels ofvarying heights are joinedin a straight line, L-, T-, orX-configuration. It will notwork with fillers, powerpoles, or cable poles thatare in a T-configuration.cPage 31Panel-supported componentsshould not beused on transparent panels.Panel-run stabilityrecommendations varydepending on the width ofthe panel run and use ofpanel-supported componentsor freestandingfurniture.cPages 64–66Wiring & CablingBase or end power-insbring power to the panel runby connecting at a designatedreceptacle location orat the end of a powerway.cPage 40Base fiber-in allowsfiber-optic cables to enterthe base of panels at anangle so the fiber-opticcable isn’t forced to form atight radius which coulddamage the cable.cPage 41Power poles and cablepoles attach to the panelend or at L-, T- and X-connections.They bring poweror communication cablesfrom the ceiling.cPages 42–44..Powerways can be factoryor field installed in thebase cavity. Three-circuitor four-circuit powerwaysare available. 18"W and24"W powerways have twoflag connectors. 30"W andwider powerways have oneflag connector.cPages 46–49Base cavity can beaccessed on either side ofthe panel. It is easier toroute cords and cables, andto field install powerways,using the open side of theC-shape foot.Panel-base end grommetis available to fit inbase-end door knockout toprotect cords and cables.Cable knockout allowscable routing through steelmedium or high top caps.Exceptions: Wood top capsand low top caps do notallow for cable routing.cPage 24.End-of-run filler coversthe exposed vertical edgeof the last panel in a run.Fillers allow cables to runvertically at the end of a runof panels.cPage 32Fillers can conceal cablesrunning vertically and aestheticallyfill in the space atL-, T-, and X-connections.cPage 32Cable drop box allowscables to be routed betweenpanels of different heightsthat are connected in astraight line.cPage 52Wire separator is availablefactory installed, toseparate telecommunicationcables from the powerway.Field-installed wire separatorsare available fromService Parts.All panels are UL listedand CSA certified..Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option on low andmedium top caps)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Frame surface• Paint (standard)End trim• Paint (standard)• Vertical surface fabric(option)Base cover• Paint (standard)Paint(standard)Panel insert• 6500 Clear glass• 6502 Solar Bronze glassSlotted channel• Black paint onlyLeveling glides• Black onlyPanel-base endgrommet• Black vinyl onlyApplication TopicsBase Covers andReceptaclescPage 50Panel CreepcPage 55How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62Wiring and CablingcPages 177–197Cable CapacitiescPage 196.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 21
Panel Door with FramePanel door can be addedto workstations for additionalprivacy.cSpecifying, page 218Door has a honeycombcore with a laminatesurface.Frame is constructed withrigid, tubular steel.Hinges are standard onthe left, but are fieldreversible allowing the doorto swing inward or outward.Side jambs support thehinged door.D-shape molding sealsthe side jambs and door. Italso absorbs sound whenthe door is opened andclosed.Actual DimensionsPanel doorDepth (thickness) 1 15 ⁄32"Width 35 25 ⁄32"Height 77 7 ⁄8"FrameDepth (thickness) 2"Width 42 5 ⁄16"Low top cap height 5⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Height with low top cap 79 3 ⁄4"Height with medium top cap 80 1 ⁄2"Height with high top cap 81 1 ⁄2"Interior clearanceWidth 36"Height 78 5 ⁄16". Threshold adjustment range 1"Steel top caps are availablein three heights—low(L), medium (M), and high(H). Wood top caps areavailable in two heights—low (L) and medium (M).Doorknob and lock arecentered on the door andare standard on the right,but can be reversed in thefield. Optional door handlewith lock is available.Threshold has anadjustable assembly forinstallation on an unevenfloor..Product DetailsTop caps come in threeheight options that will alterthe frame height accordingto the top cap selected. Seedimensions table below.cPage 24Frame alone may be usedwith locally obtained, nondrilleddoor and hardware.Door frame can beinstalled to swing doorin or out.Hinges, lock, and hardwareare included in thepackage with the door.Lock on the panel door isa Schlage brand lock. Knoband latch are heavy-dutyresidential grade with 3 ⁄4"-diameter latch.Tip: A typical industrialgradelatch is 1" diameterand won’t fit this door.Width of door framemeets barrier-freestandards..22 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Door with Frame.ConnectionsUniversal connectorpackage, shipped withevery door frame, joinspanel doors in a straightline or in L- or T-configurationswith adjacent 80"Hpanels.cPage 25Panel run stabilityrecommendations varydepending on the use ofadjacent panels, panelsupportedcomponents,or freestanding furniture.cPages 64–66Building wall connectionis not possible.Wiring & CablingCable knockout allowsfor cable routing throughsteel medium or high topcaps.Exceptions: Wood top capsand low top caps do notallow for cable routing.cPage 24..Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option on low andmedium top caps)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Frame• Paint (standard)Threshold• Stainless Steel onlyDoor• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Hinge• Brushed Chrome onlyDoorknob• Brushed Chrome only.Application TopicsPanel CreepcPage 55Wiring and CablingcPages 177–197Cable CapacitiescPage 196Hardware recommendations,when the frame isordered alone and a locallyobtained door is used, areas follows:Orbit—Schlage F5INFinish—626Latch Bolt—16-107Strike—10-026McKinney Hinge—T-2714Hagger Hinge—1279..Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 23
Top CapsSteel top caps are availablein three heights—low(L), medium (M), and high(H). Wood top caps areavailable in two heights—low (L) and medium (M).Cable knockouts allowfor cable distribution throughsteel medium or high topcaps.Actual DimensionsDepth 2"Width 18 17 ⁄64", 24 17 ⁄64", 30 17 ⁄64",36 17 ⁄64", 42 17 ⁄64", 48 17 ⁄64",or 60 1 ⁄2"Low top cap height 5 ⁄8"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8". High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8".Product DetailsPanel height variesdepending on which of thethree top cap heights youchoose.Wood or steel low topcaps provide a clean profilefor use when no cablingis required.Steel medium top capshave a cavity that allowscords and cables to passthrough on straight panels.Cable knockouts are availableas an option. Woodmedium top caps do notallow for cord and cablerouting..High top caps provideextra space when cablingcapacity needs are great onstraight panels. Cableknockouts are standard.High top caps are availablein steel only.ConnectionsContinuous clip, locatedon the top of the panel,allows the steel top cap tosnap into place. Wood topcap slides onto compressiondowels.Substituting differentheight top caps can beaccomplished in the field.Wiring & CablingCable knockouts areoptional on steel mediumtop caps and standard onhigh top caps to allow cablesto be routed through a panelrun or to exit the top cap.Exception: Wood top capsand low top caps are notequipped with knockouts..Cable knockout fillerpackage inserts in the topcap to fill the knockoutholes when they are nolonger needed.Surface MaterialsTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood (option on low andmedium top caps)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Application Topics1 1 /8"Medium top cap cableknockout dimensions2 1 /8"1 1 /4"1 1 /4"3 /4"3 /4"High top cap cableknockout dimensionsCable CapacitiescPage 1963 /4"1 3 /4".24 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel ConnectorsPanel ConnectorsUniversal connectorpackage is shipped withevery panel. Additionalpackages can be orderedthrough Customer ServiceParts microfiche.Top connector plate forsteel top capBottom connector plateTear-drop fillerEnd fillerPins.Universal Connector Package . ............................................................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................................................Top connector plate forwood top capConnectionsConnects panels of thesame height in straight, L-,T-, Y-, or X-configurations.Each panel is providedwith two connector plates,fillers, mounting screws,and pins.Top connector plateattaches to tops of panels.Bottom connectorplate connects panels inthe same way as the topconnector plate.Straight configuration.L-configurationT-configurationY-configuration can beachieved at any angle whentwo universal connectorsare used, because onepanel can pivot from whereit is attached. A Y-configurationwith three 120° anglescan be locked in place byusing three connectorsinstead of two.X-configurationTear-drop fillers continuethe black reveal line belowthe top cap and create auniform appearance at paneljunctions.Wood top caps are standardwith a top connectorplate that has countersunkholes for the screws so theconnection is flush.End fillers continue theblack reveal line below thetop cap and create a uniformappearance at the endof a panel run.Surface MaterialsUniversal connector• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsPower and cable polescan be attached in therecess that results whenpanels are joined withthe connector in L- or T-configurationsPanel CreepcPage 55Solutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57How Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponentscPage 61How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Connectors, continued 25
Panel Connectors, continuedRight-hand straightconnectorRight-hand angleconnectorEnd FillerTip: See page 57 for detailsabout relationships betweenPAB2 brackets and panelsupportedoverhead storagecomponents..Varying-Height Connector Packages(PAB2)cSpecifying, page 219Left-hand straightconnectorLeft-hand angleconnectorProduct DetailsThree versions of bothof these connectors areavailable. You must specifythe connector package thatcorresponds with the heightof the shorter panel.ConnectionsStraight connectorsattach panels of varyingheights in a straightconfiguration...Angle connectors attachpanels of varying heightsand pivot to different angles.Straight connectorsattach to the top of theshorter panel, and hook intoone or both sides of thetaller panel in a straight line.Alternative connectors andmounting screws areshipped in each package..Angle connectorsattach to the top of theshorter panel, and hook intoone side of the taller panel.Alternative connectors andmounting screws areshipped in each package.90°Angle connector allowsa panel to be positioned atany angle up to 90°.Connector occupiestwo slots in the taller panel’sslotted channel.Bottom connectorplate, part of the universalconnector package shippedwith every panel, must beattached to the bottom ofthe shorter panel..Surface MaterialsVarying-heightconnectors• PaintApplication TopicsIf you plan to attachoverhead storagewhile using a straightconnector, plan the storagelocation to avoid theconnector position becausea portion of the slottedchannel is blocked on bothsides of the taller panel.If you plan to attachoverhead storagewhile using an angleconnector, plan overheadstorage location to avoidthe connector position.cPage 57Power poles and cablepoles can be attached inthe recess that results whenpanels are joined with theangle connector.Change-of-Height PanelConnectorscPage 31Panel CreepcPage 55Solutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57How Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponentscPage 61How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62.26 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel ConnectorsPAB5APAB5BPAB5CPAB5DPAB5EPAB5FPAB5G.Varying-Height Connector Packages(PAB5)cSpecifying, page 220Product DetailsPAB5 connectors areavailable to join panels ofdifferent heights in T- andX-configurations withoutobstructing a panel’s slottedchannel which could blockthe installation of overheadstorage components.cFor details about theseconfigurations, seepage 220ConnectionsAttaches to the tops ofthe panels underneath thetop caps. Mounting screwsare included with eachpackage...Change-of-height panelconnectors are used tojoin taller panels in configuration.cPage 31Bottom connectorattaches to the bottomof the panels. Mountingscrews are included..Wiring & CablingPowerway routingthrough the base cavityis not blocked by the PAB5connectors.Cable routing throughthe top cap is not blockedby the PAB5 connectors.Vertical cable routingcan be accommodatedinside a filler.cPage 34Surface MaterialsVarying-heightconnector• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsSolutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Connectors, continued 27
Panel Connectors, continuedVarying-height connectorBottom connector plateEnd Filler.Varying-Height PerpendicularConnector Packages (PAB3)cSpecifying, page 219.Product DetailsThree versions of thisconnector are available.You must specify the connectorpackage that correspondswith the height ofthe shorter panel.ConnectionsConnects shorter perpendicularpanel to a straightpanel run of taller panels.Any height combinationsare possible.Attaches to the top of theshorter panel and hooksinto the slotted channels ofthe taller panels. Mountingscrews are included in eachpackage.Bottom connectorplate attaches to all threepanels..Wiring & CablingPowerway routingthrough the base cavityends when it reaches theperpendicular panel. Thereare no pass-through orbridging capabilities..Surface MaterialsVarying-height perpendicularconnector• PaintApplication TopicsShorter perpendicularpanel blocks a portion ofthe slotted channels andcovers one inch of the surfacesof both adjacent panels.Some panel-supportedcomponents may fitdepending on the height differenceof the panels.Change-of-height panelconnector offers an alternativeway to connect panelsof different heights.cPage 31Panel CreepcPage 55BlocksslottedchannelsSolutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57How Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponentscPage 61How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62.28 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel ConnectorsL-connectorsT-connectorsPins.Closed-Configuration Connector Package(PAB9)cSpecifying, page 221.ConnectionsConnects two perpendicularpanels of the sameheight and forms a flushcorner without the twoinchrecess that resultswhen you use a universalconnector package inan L-configuration.Package also containshardware to form a flush T-configuration. Panels mustbe the same height.Attaches to tops of thepanels underneath the topcaps. Mounting screws areincluded in each package.Bottom connectorattaches to the bottom ofthe panels. Mountingscrews are included.Wiring & CablingPowerway routingthrough the base cavityends when it reaches theperpendicular panel.Electrical routing ispossible through lap joints.Shorter base covers areavailable upon request tocomplete this type of installationand to allow accessto the base cavity...Surface MaterialsClosed-configurationconnector• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsSlotted channel andtwo inches of the perpendicularpanel’s surface willbe blocked. Plan location ofpanel-supported componentsaccordingly.Panel CreepcPage 55Solutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57How Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponentscPage 61How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Connectors, continued 29
Panel Connectors, continuedTop connector plateBottom connector plate.Perpendicular Connector Package (PAB4)cSpecifying, page 221.ConnectionsConnects a perpendicularpanel to a straight panelrun. Panels must be thesame height.Perpendicular connectorseliminate the twoinchgap that results whenyou use a universal connectorin a T-configuration.Attaches to the tops ofpanels underneath the topcaps of panels. Mountingscrews are included in eachpackage.Bottom connectorplate attaches to allthree panels..Wiring & CablingPowerway routingthrough the base cavityends when it reaches theperpendicular panel. Thereare no pass-through orbridging capabilities..Surface MaterialsPerpendicularconnector• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsPerpendicular panelblocks the slotted channelsand covers one inch ofthe surfaces of both adjacentpanels. Plan locationof panel-supported componentsaccordingly.Panel CreepcPage 55Solutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57How Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponentscPage 61How Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62.30 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Change-of-Height Panel ConnectorsChange-of-HeightPanel ConnectorsPanel connector joinspanels at varying heightsin a straight line or at a 90°angle. The panel connectoris divided into two piecesat the height of the lowerpanel. It attaches to thetaller panel.cSpecifying, page 222Actual DimensionsDepth 5 ⁄8". Width 2"15 3 /4"58 3 /4"28 1 /2"46 1 /4"39 1 /4"35 1 /4"41 1 /2"27"12 1 /4"46 1 /4"23 1 /2"35 1 /4"31 11 /16"27"11 1 /8"35 1 /4"19 3 /8"27"8 1 /4"27".Product DetailsChange-of-height panelconnector can be fieldinstalled on all panels.Change-of-height panelconnector provides acleaner look than the varying-heightconnector package(PAB2)..ConnectionsStraight-line or L-configurationscan use thechange-of-height panelconnector.T-configurations can usethe change-of-height panelconnector when the wingsof the “T” are the sameheight and the perpendicularpanel of the “T” is thehigher panel.A varying-heightconnector package(PAB2) must be usedwhen the perpendicularpanel of the “T” is shorterthan the wings of the “T”.X-configurations requiretwo change-of-height panelconnectors and two varyingheightconnector packages(PAB2). The change-ofheightpanel connectors areused to connect a tallerpanel to a shorter panel at a90° angle. The varyingheightconnector package(PAB2) joins these two 90°connections..Wiring & CablingCable drop box allowscables to be routedbetween panels of differentheights that are connectedin a straight line.cPage 52Surface MaterialsPanel connector• Paint (standard)• Vertical surface fabric(option)Application TopicsUpper storage can beattached anywhere to apanel when a change-ofheightconnector is used.Varying-HeightConnector Packages(PAB2)cPage 26Solutions to OverheadStorage ProblemsCaused by PAB2BracketscPage 57.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 31
Filler PackagesFillers close the gap thatresults when panels formL-, T-, and X-configurations.They also conceal cablesthat run between and verticallythrough panels of thesame height or differentheights.cSpecifying, page 224Top cap, available in twoheights, matches the heightof the panel top cap and isavailable in wood or paint.Top caps are available inthree heights—low (L),medium (M), and high (H).Wood top caps are availablein two heights—low (L)and medium (M).Carrier fastens to theedge of the panel andallows the cover to snapinto place.Filler package allowscables to be laid in beforethe cover is snapped intoplace.Fillers are fabric covered.Base cover matches thebase of adjacent panels.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 5 ⁄8"Width 1 9 ⁄16"Height with with withlow medium hightop cap top cap top cap41"H panel 40 1 ⁄2" 41 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4"53"H panel 51 5 ⁄8" 52 3 ⁄8" 53 3 ⁄8"65"H panel 63 15 ⁄16" 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 79 3 ⁄4" 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Product DetailsCarrier must attach tospecific panels in eachconfiguration. In L-configurations,the carrier mustattach to the tallest panel.In T-configurations, thecarrier must attach to thecenter panel. In X-configurations,the carrier mustattach to the panel oppositethe lowest panel in the configuration.Back filler closes theopen segment of a fillerwhen the filler extendsabove its carrier in some T-and X-configurations.Knockouts are providedto accommodate lay-incable routing through panelsof varying heights...Reusable doors in topcap can be removed to permitcable routing.ConnectionsCarrier fastens to the endof a panel with screws thatattach below the top cap.Panel remains intact sofillers can be removed andrelocated later.Filler snaps onto thecarrier.Top cap and revealsnap into the top of thefiller..Base cover is attachedto the filler.Surface MaterialsFiller cover• Vertical surface fabric onlyCarrier• Black paint onlyTop cap• Paint (standard)• Wood• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Base cover• Paint (standard)Application TopicsPanels with low orwood top caps have nocable routing capability..32 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Filler PackagesL-ConfigurationsCarrier always attachesto the tallest panel in anL-configuration.T-ConfigurationsCarrier must connect tocenter panel in aT-configuration.Back filler is needed whenthe center panel of theT-configuration is exceededin height by one or moreother panels.X-ConfigurationsCarrier must attach to thepanel opposite the lowestpanel in an X-configuration.Back filler is needed whenthe panel that the carrier isattached to is exceeded inheight by one or more otherpanels..Top capFillerCarrierBasecoverPanels of same heightTop capFillerCarrierBasecoverPanels of same heightTop capPanels of same heightTop cap (without carrier,filler, or base cover) finishesX-configuration with panelsof the same height.Top capFillerCarrierBasecoverPanels of different heightsBackfillerTop capTop capCarrierFillerFillerCarrierBaseBasecovercoverPanels of different heights Panels of different heightsTop capTop capTop capCarrierBackBackFillerfillerfillerFillerFillerPanels of different Panels that form a gapheightsFiller is positioned against Filler fits in gap and is heldthe panel opposite the in place with screwsshortest panel and is held in beneath the top cap of theplace beneath the top cap tallest panel. Back fillerof the tallest panel. Back closes gap in filler.filler closes gap in filler..Panels of differentheightsCarrier attaches to panelopposite the shortest panel.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 33
End-of-Run FillersEnd-of-run fillers coverthe exposed vertical edgeof the last panel in a run.They allow cables to runvertically at the end of apanel run.cSpecifying, page 227Top cap is available in twoheights to match height ofthe panel top cap.Filler package allowscables to be laid in beforethe cover is snapped intoplace.Carrier fastens to theedge of the panel andallows the cover to snapinto place.Base cover matches thebase of adjacent panels.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 3 ⁄4"Width 1 3 ⁄4"Medium top cap height 1 3 ⁄8"High top cap height 2 3 ⁄8"Height with withmedium hightop cap top cap41"H panel 41 1 ⁄4" 42 1 ⁄4"53"H panel 52 3 ⁄8" 53 3 ⁄8"65"H panel 64 11 ⁄16" 65 11 ⁄16". 80"H panel 80 1 ⁄2" 81 1 ⁄2"Fillers are fabric covered..Product DetailsFiller must match theheight of the panel.ConnectionsCarrier fastens to the endof a panel with screws thatattach below the top cap.Panel remains intact sofiller can be removed andrelocated later.Filler snaps onto thecarrier.Top cap and reveal snapinto the top of the filler..Base cover is attachedto the filler.Surface MaterialsFiller cover• Vertical surface fabric onlyCarrier• Black paint onlyTop cap and basecover• Paint.34 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
End-of-Run FillersPanels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 35
Panel Bracket PackagesTop bracket.Panel-to-Wall Bracket Package (PAB6)cSpecifying, page 228Bottom bracketOff-Module Connector Kit<strong>Avenir</strong> to Pathways Technology WallcSpecifying, page 229ConnectionsAttaches the top andbottom of the panel perpendicularto concrete block orreinforced plaster walls.Mounting screws that connectthe brackets to thepanel are included in eachpackage.Also attaches to largestorage units that are thesame height or taller thanthe panel (excluding thetop cap).Bracket is 1 ⁄8" deep.ConnectionsOff-module connectorsjoin perpendicular frameswithout any dimensionalcreep. They engage slots at1" increments along thehardware rails of the frameat the base, 41 1 ⁄2"H line,and at the top.Also attaches to frames ofdifferent heights.Surface MaterialsPanel-to-wall bracket• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsOff-module connectors• Paint.36 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Bracket PackagesRight-hand bracketAnchor BracketcSpecifying, page 228.Panel-to-<strong>Furniture</strong> Bracket Package(PAB7)cSpecifying, page 228Left-hand bracketConnectionsBracket screws to theback of freestanding furnitureand hooks into theslotted channel of thepanel. Mounting screwsare provided.ConnectionsAttaches to the panelglide located at the baseof a panel.Anchors a panel to thefloor at the power entrypoint, such as a power poleor base power-in connection,to prevent panel movementand possible electricalwire damage.Complies with theOffice of Statewide HealthPlanning and DevelopmentOrganization (OSHPD)requirements for 80"H panelsthat are used in healthcare occupancies in thestate of California.Surface MaterialsPanel-to-furniturebracket• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsAnchor bracket• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsBracket allows panels tobe stabilized with freestandingfurniture.Rules for PanelStability withComponentscPage 64Application TopicsBreakaway basepower-in may eliminatethe need for an anchorbracket on a powered panelif the panel is 65"H orshorter.Special Requirementsfor Los AngelescPage 193.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 37
Panel AccessoriesPanel Stabilizer FootcSpecifying, page 230Panel Coat HookcSpecifying, page 230Markerboard and TraycSpecifying, page 231.ApplicationIncreases the stabilityof panel runs when furnitureor perpendicular panels arenot available to providestability.Pairs provide the moststability.ApplicationProvides a convenientplace for hanging coatsand similar light objects inworkstations.ApplicationProvides a writing surfaceon the side of a panel.Laminate surface onboard cleans easily.Tray to hold pens andaccessories is available asan option.ConnectionsAttaches to all panels,including curved panels.Non-handed design allowsfoot to attach to either sideof the panel.Tip: Panel-stabilizer footmust not be used as thesole source of support forpanels.Each foot extends 16"from the base of the panel.Surface MaterialsFoot• PaintConnectionsFits anywhere under thetop cap reveal of panelswith a painted top cap only.Panel coat hook cannot beused with wood top cap.ConnectionsMarkerboard attachesto panels at any heightusing brackets that areincluded.Tray is built into the markerboard bottom frame and isavailable as an option.Application TopicsStabilizes up to threepanels if the panel rundoesn’t exceed 12'.cPages 64–65Panel stabilizer footmust not be used as thesole source of support forpanels.Surface MaterialsCoat hook• PaintSurface MaterialsMarkerboard surface• White laminate onlyBorder and tray• Black onlyApplication TopicsWall channels areavailable to attach markerboards to interior walls.Actual DimensionsDepth 16"Width 2 3 ⁄4"Height 11 1 ⁄4"Actual DimensionsDepth 1 7 ⁄8"Width 1 ⁄2"Height 4 5 ⁄16"Actual DimensionsBoardDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 30" or 36"Height 33"TrayDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 29 1 ⁄2" or 35 1 ⁄2".38 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel AccessoriesTackboardcSpecifying, page 231.ApplicationProvides increasedtackability betweenoverhead storage and worksurfacewhen non-tackablepanels are used.ConnectionsWall channels are availableto attach tackboardsto interior walls.cPage 164Brackets, which are factoryinstalled on the back ofthe tackboard, lock into theslotted channel of panels orinto wall channels.Surface MaterialsTackboard• Vertical surface fabricHardware• Black paint onlyActual DimensionsDepth 3⁄4"Width 30", 36", 42",48", 60", or 72"Height 17 3 ⁄4".Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 39
Base Power-InsBase power-ins are fieldinstalled and connect thepanel electrical system tothe building power source.All five wiring schematicsare available.cSpecifying, page 232Connector plugs intothe appropriate powerwayterminal.Conduit is flexible andhouses wires for 3 or 4circuits.Right-angle elbow helpsposition the conduit close tothe panel.Actual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄2"Width 5 1 ⁄2"Height 1 3 ⁄4"Conduit diameter 1⁄2"Conduit length 6'. Elbow depth 1 5 ⁄8"Product DetailsPower-in brings power topanel run by connecting toa designated receptaclelocation or to the end of thepowerway.Three circuit sharedneutral base power-in fitsstandard- or larger-sizeopening receptacles.Three circuit separateneutral and all four circuitbase power-ins can only fitin larger-size receptacleopenings.Conduit connects powerinto building’s powersource.End power-ins interfacethe building power by enteringat the end of a paneland connecting to a flag terminalon a powerway. Endpower-ins occupy the sameflag terminal as a powerpole and worksurface heightpower. A receptacle openingis not used. If powerpole or end power-in andpower cable managementpanel are used together,you must plan accordinglyfor your installation. Ifpower pole or end power-inand power cable managementpanel are usedtogether, you must planaccordingly for yourinstallation.cPage 234..ConnectionsAttaches to the appropriatelocation on thepowerway depending onpowerway width.Filler plates are availableso a duplex-size power-incan be used in a larger-sizeopening.Wiring & CablingAll the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.Building power sourcecan come from the floor,wall, or column.Conduit leads must behardwired to the buildingwiring by a qualified electricianor engineer.Power-ins are UL listedand CSA certified.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages 191–193Understanding BuildingWiringcPage 194.Surface MaterialsConduit• Black vinyl onlyApplication TopicsBreakaway power-in ismandated for use in healthcare occupancies in theState of California by theOffice of Statewide HealthPlanning and DevelopmentOrganization (OSHPD).With 50 pounds of pressure,the connection will comeapart to separate live electricalcurrent in the event ofpanel movement. Breakawaypower-ins fit duplexortriplex-size receptacleopenings.Tip: This product is notavailable in Canada.cPage 23318"W panels cannot beconnected to power-insbecause these panels onlyaccommodate pass-throughpowerways..40 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Base Fiber-InBase Fiber-InBase fiber-in allows fiberopticcables to enter thebase of panels at an angleso the fiber-optic cable isn’tforced to form a tight radiuswhich could damage thecable.cSpecifying, page 235Wedge-shaped connectorallows fiber-optic cableto enter cable space inpanel’s upper base cavityat a shallow angle.Panel base cover forbase fiber-in is similarto standard base coverbut includes cutout forconnector.Knockout openings arevisually unnoticeable untilremoved.Tip: Once removed, knockoutcannot be replaced.Conduit protects fiberopticcables from floormonument to panel base.Actual DimensionsBase coverWidth 30", 36", 42", or 48"Height 3 23 ⁄32"ConduitOutside diameter 1"Inside diameter 3 ⁄4". Length 6'Tip: 30"W panel base hasno receptacle knockouts butdoes accommodate basefiber-in.19 9 /16"30"W25 9 /16"36"W31 9 /16"42"W37 9 /16"7 1 /16"48"W7 1 /16"7 1 /16"7 1 /16".Product DetailscutoutCutout in panel base coverallows space for connector.Wedge-shaped connectorcan be oriented in eitherdirection.Base fiber-in does notobstruct receptacle locations.Reusable filler platesare available to replace theknockout or to fill the gapthat results when you use astandard-size receptacle inan oversize receptacleopening. Filler plates areavailable through ServiceParts.Inside diameter of conduitis 3 ⁄4". In situationswhere capacity is critical,you should conduct a testusing the specific cabletypes your installationrequires..ConnectionsMounting bracketattaches to panel framewith screws. Wedge-shapedconnector is anchored tomounting bracket.Conduit attaches towedge-shaped connectorwith locking nut.Base cover attaches topanel with concealed clipsand is removable.Wiring & CablingLocal electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsConduit• Black plastic onlyBase cover• PaintWedge-shapedconnector• Black plastic onlyMounting bracket• Black paint only.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 41
2" x 2" Power Poles and Cable PolesPower poles bring buildingpower from the ceilingto the powerways in thebase cavity of panels. Allfive wiring schematics areavailable. They can also beused to run cables into thetop cap or into the panelbase cavity.cSpecifying, page 235Cable poles provide aspace to route cables fromthe ceiling to the top cap orbase cavity of a panel.cSpecifying, page 236Junction box, at the topof the power pole, enclosesthe hardwire connectionto the building’s electricalservice.Hanger bar secures thetop of the pole to the ceilinggrid.Ceiling trim plateCarrier fastens to theedge of the panel andallows the cover to snapinto place.Filler conceals powerharness and cables routedto the base of the panel.Flag connector attachesto powerway at the designatedterminal.Base cover matches thebase of adjacent panels.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄2"Width 1 5 ⁄8". Hanger bar length 36".Product DetailsFour pole heights areavailable to correspond topanel heights.Ceiling heights up to10'4" can be accommodated.Connections2" x 2" poles can connectto end-of-run or to an L-or T- configuration. Carriermust always attach totallest panel. Carrier mustattach to center panel in T-configuration.Height of the pole mustcorrespond with the heightof the panel it is attached toso that it will connect underthe top cap. Adjacent panelscan be lower.Alignment rod linksupper and lower parts ofpole to ensure straightconnection.Carrier fastens to the endof a panel with screws thatattach below the top cap.Panel remains undamagedso power and cable polecan be removed and relocatedlater..Wiring & CablingAll the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.Flag connector on thepower pole plugs into eitherend of the powerway. Itdoes not interfere with areceptacle location. If powerpole or end power-in andpower cable managementpanel are used together,you must plan accordinglyfor your installation.Exception: Flag connectoron the power pole plugsinto the green end only ofa 24"W powerway.Six to eight 3 ⁄8" diametercables can be accommodatedinside the 2" x 2"power pole or cable pole.Surface MaterialsUpper part of pole• PaintLower part of pole• Vertical surface fabricBase• Paint (must matchupper part)Ceiling trim plate• White paint only.42 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
2" x 2" Power Poles andCable PolesPanels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 43
2" x 6" Power Poles and Cable PolesPower poles bring buildingpower from the ceilingto the powerways in thebase cavity of panels. Allfive wiring schematics areavailable. They can also beused to run cables into thetop cap or into the panelbase cavity.cSpecifying, page 236Junction box, at the topof the power pole, enclosesthe hardwire connectionto the building’s electricalservice.Hanger bar secures thetop of the pole to the ceilinggrid.Ceiling trim plateFiller conceals powerharness and cables routedto the base of the panel.Cover matches height ofadjacent panels.Power pole allows two 8-wire systems to be installed.Two power harnessesare provided to supplypower to two panel runs atthe same time.Flag connector attachesto powerway at the designatedterminal.Actual DimensionsDepth 2"Width 6". Hanger bar length 36"Connector plate attachesto the top of a panel at thesame height as the paneland to the bottom of thepanel..Product DetailsFour pole heights areavailable to correspond topanel heights.Ceiling heights up to10'4" can be accommodated..Connections2" x 6" pole is used inlinewith tackable acousticalor transparent panels. It canalso be used in L, T, and Xconfigurations.Height of the pole mustcorrespond with the heightof the panel it is attached toso that it will connect underthe top cap. Adjacent panelsmust be the same height.Alignment rod linksupper and lower parts ofpole to ensure straightconnection.Connector plate attachesto the top of a panel at thesame height as the paneland to the bottom of thepanel.Carrier fastens to the endof a panel with screws thatattach below the top cap.Panel remains undamagedso power and cable polecan be removed and relocatedlater. Plate will bevisible after installation..44 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
2" x 6" Power Poles andCable Poles.Wiring & CablingAll the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.Flag connector on thepower pole plugs into eitherend of the powerway. Itdoes not interfere with areceptacle location. If powerpole or end power-in andpower cable managementpanel are used together,you must plan accordinglyfor your installation.Exception: Flag connectoron the power pole plugsinto the green end only ofa 24"W powerway.Surface MaterialsUpper and lower partof pole• PaintConnector plate• PaintCeiling trim plate• White paint only..Application Topics2" x 6" power polescannot be used in end-ofrunapplications.2" x 6" power polescannot be used in apanel change-of-heightapplication.Worksurfaces, storagebins, or shelves cannotbe hung from a 2" x 6"power pole.Corner fillers for usewith 2" x 6" power polesare available, contactSpecials for furtherinformation....Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 45
18"W and 24"W Powerways.Powerways that areinstalled in the panel basecavity allow power to bedistributed wherever panelsgo. All five wiring schematicsare available.cSpecifying, page 23718"W and 24"Wpowerways have twocolor-coded flag connectors—agreen end anda yellow end.18"W powerways areavailable for pass-throughpower in 18"W panels. Theycannot accommodatereceptacles, base powerins,end power-ins, powerpoles, or cable poles.Yellow flagconnectorGreen flagconnectorFlag connector linksto powerblock terminalon adjacent powerway ofsame wiring schematic.Terminal for all basepower-ins or any receptacleof any size of same wiringschematic.Powerblock terminalsaccept connectorfrom adjacent powerway.Terminal for three circuitwith shared neutral basepower-in or standard-sizereceptacle of same wiringschematic.Power pole, endpower-in, or cablemanagementharnessconnector portTip: Only one of these threeapplications may be used atone time.Green flag connectorYellow flagconnector.46 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
18"W and 24"W Powerways.Product DetailsReceptacles snap intoterminals and are held inplace with screws.• 18"W pass-throughpowerways have noreceptacle locations.• 24"W powerways haveone receptacle locationon each side.cPage 50Color coding on 18"Wand 24"W powerwaysdesignates opposing endsof the powerway—greenrepresents the power-inend. The yellow end can beused to extend the networkto an adjacent powerway.Green end of factoryinstalledpowerways istagged on the outside ofthe panel.ConnectionsTwo rules for joining18"W and 24"W powerwaysapply to every installation:• There must be at leastone green end at eachintersection.• There can be no morethan one yellow end ateach intersection.24"W 24"WGreenInactiveYellowParking StationFlag from the greenend of 24"W powerwayis inactive. It connects toparking station on 24"Wadjacent powerway..24"WideGreenFlag from the greenend of 24"W powerwayconnects to the secondpowerblock terminal of30"W or wider powerways.Straight connection isformed when a flag connectorfrom the yellow end ofone 24"W powerwayattaches to the secondpowerblock terminal on thegreen end of the adjacent24"W powerway.24"W 24"WGreenInactiveTerminal30"Wideor WiderTerminal1 2YellowStraight connectionin a T-configurationrequires the flag connectorto travel further. It connectsfrom the yellow end of 24"Wpowerway to the first powerblockterminal on the adjacent24"W powerway. Flagfrom the green end ofpowerway is inactive andparked on adjacent 24"Wpowerway. Corner wirecover conceals flagconnectors..24"WideGreen30"Wideor WiderTerminalStraight connectionin a T-configuration with24"W and 30"W or widerpowerways requires flagconnector to travel farther.Flag connector from thegreen end of 24"W powerwayconnects to first powerblockterminal of 30"W orwider powerway.L-connection is formedwhen flag connector turnsto left or right.T-connection is formedby three flags—two formingan L-connection and theother a straight connectionat the junction.X-connection is formedby three flags that makeright turns. Remaining connectionis inactive..End-of-run is terminatedby folding the last flag backand connecting it to its ownpowerblock terminal.In green-green connectionsthe extra flag cansnap onto the extra terminalinstead of onto a parkingstation. This makes aredundant power connectionthat works the sameas a parking station.G YG Y GYYGAlthough it is possibleto power all four panels inan X-configuration with onlygreen ends at the intersection,it is not recommended.One end of a powerway inthe intersection should beyellow..Wire separator is availableto separate data andtelecommunication cablesfrom the powerway. It isavailable factory installedin tackable acoustical andhigh-performance acousticalpanels. It can be fieldinstalled in non-tackable,tackable acoustical, highperformanceacoustical,and transparent panels andis available from ServiceParts.Wiring & CablingAll the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.All Steelcase electricalsystems are designedin compliance with theNational Electrical Code(NEC) and CanadianElectrical Code (CEC) tofunction as a multi-wirebranch circuit. Installationsshould be made in accordancewith the NEC or CECprovisions for multi-wirebranch circuits.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages 191–193Powerways are concealedwhen they areproperly installed.Application TopicsHow Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62Steps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage 186.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 47
30"W to 60"W Powerways.Powerways that areinstalled in the panel basecavity allow power to bedistributed wherever panelsgo. All five wiring schematicsare available.cSpecifying, page 23730"W and wider powerwayshave one green flagconnector to extend powerto an adjacent powerway.Both ends of the powerwayhave powerblock terminals.Powerblock terminalsaccept connector from adjacentpowerway of samewiring schematic.Green flagconnectorTerminal for standard-sizereceptacle only of samewiring schematic.Powerblock terminalsaccept connector fromadjacent powerway of samewiring schematic.Terminal forstandard-sizereceptacle onlyof same wiringschematic.Terminal for base powerinor receptacle of any size.Terminal for any basepower-in or any receptaclesof any size of same wiringschematic.Green flag connectorPower pole, endpower-in, or cablemanagementharnessconnector port of samewiring schematic.Tip: Only one of these threeapplications may be used atone time on one side of thesame panel.Power pole, endpower-in, or cablemanagementharnessconnector port of samewiring schematic..48 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
30"W to 60"W Powerways.Product DetailsReceptacles snap intoterminals and are held inplace with screws. 30"Wand wider powerways haveone receptacle location oneach side. 36"W and widerpowerways have two receptaclelocations on eachside.cPage 50Green end of factoryinstalledpowerways istagged on the outside ofthe panel.ConnectionsOne rule for joining 30"Wand wider powerwaysapplies to every installation:• There must be at leastone green end at eachintersection.30"Wideor WiderGreen30"Wideor WiderTerminalFlag from the greenend of 30"W or wider powerwayis connected topowerblock terminal onadjacent powerway..24"WideGreenFlag from the greenend of 24"W powerwayconnects to the secondpowerblock terminal of30"W or wider powerways.Straight connection isformed when a flag connectorfrom one 30"W or widerpowerway attaches to thesecond powerblock terminalon the end of the adjacent30"W or wider powerway.30"Wideor WiderGreen30"Wideor WiderTerminal1 230"Wideor WiderTerminalStraight connectionin a T-configuration of30"W or wider powerwaysrequires the flag connectorto travel farther. It connectsto the first powerblock terminalon the adjacent powerway.Corner wire coverconceals flag connectors..24"WideGreen30"Wideor WiderTerminalStraight connectionin a T-configuration with24"W and 30"W powerwaysrequires flag connector totravel farther. Flag connectorfrom the green end of24"W powerway connectsto first powerblock terminalof 30"W or wider powerway.L-connection is formedwhen flag connector turnsto left or right.T-connection is formedby two flags that make rightturns.X-connection is formedby three flags that makeright turns..End-of-run is terminatedby folding the last flag backand connecting it to its ownpowerblock terminal.Panel-to-panel connectorcan be used with 30"Wand wider powerways tocreate a power link whereno flag is available. It alsocan be used to correctplanning and installationoversights without havingto reconfigure.cPage 238Wire separator is availableto separate data andtelecommunication cablesfrom the powerway. It isavailable factory installedin tackable acoustical andhigh-performance acousticalpanels. It can be fieldinstalled in non-tackable,tackable acoustical, highperformanceacoustical,and transparent panels andis available from ServiceParts.Wiring & CablingAll the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.All Steelcase electricalsystems are designedin compliance with theNational Electrical Code(NEC) and CanadianElectrical Code (CEC) tofunction as a multi-wirebranch circuit. Installationsshould be made in accordancewith the NEC or CECprovisions for multi-wirebranch circuits..Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages 191–193Powerways are concealedwhen they areproperly installed.Application TopicsHow Connectors AffectPower FlowcPage 62Steps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage 186.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 49
Base Covers and ReceptaclesReceptacles are orderedseparately and installedin the field in knockoutopening.cSpecifying, page 242Knockout can beremoved in the field to allowreceptacle to be installed.Tip: Once removed, knockoutcannot be replaced;Openings for receptaclesare visually unnotice-ordered from Service Parts.able until the knockout isremoved .Actual DimensionsBase coverWidth 17 3 ⁄32", 23 3 ⁄32", 29 3 ⁄32", 35 3 ⁄32",41 3 ⁄32", 47 3 ⁄32", or 59 21 ⁄64"Height 3 23 ⁄32"Receptacle openingWidth of left opening 2 3 ⁄4"Width of right opening 5 1 ⁄4". Height 1 3 a filler plate must be⁄8".Product DetailsPanels are shipped withbase covers that havereceptacle knockouts.Base covers have onestandard-size opening onthe left and a larger-sizeopening on the right.Exceptions: 24"W and 30"Wbase covers don’t haveenough space for two receptacleson each face, so theyhave a standard-size openingon one side of the paneland a larger-size opening onthe reverse side. 18"W panelsaccommodate passthroughpower only, so theirbase covers do not havereceptacle knockouts.Knockouts cannot beaccidentally removed bykicking them or strikingthem with a vacuum cleanerbecause the pressure toremove the knockout mustbe applied from the back ofthe panel. Once removed,knockout cannot bereplaced.Reusable filler platesare available to replace theknockout or to fill the gapthat results when you usea standard-size receptaclein an oversize opening.Filler plates are availablethrough Service Parts.Standard sizeLarger size.Receptacles are availablein 15-amp and 20-ampversions and are designedto link to a specific circuit.All receptacles are duplex,meaning that they have twooutlets, but some aredesigned to fit in the largeropenings of <strong>Avenir</strong> basecovers. As a result, specificlines may be limited to andfit only in specific receptaclelocations in the base.Duplex receptacles areone of two sizes. Standardsizereceptacles fit in thesmaller-size openings(2 3 ⁄4"W x 1 3 ⁄8"H) of the basecover. The standard-sizereceptacles will also fit in thelarger-size (5 1 ⁄4"W x 1 3 ⁄8"H)openings with a filler.Oversized duplexreceptacles with two outletswill only fit in the largersizeopening of the basecover (5 1 ⁄4"W x 1 3 ⁄8"H) in36"W through 60"W panels..50 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Base Covers andReceptacles3-Circuit, SharedLine Size1 Standard2 Standard3 Standard3-Circuit,Separate NeutralsLine SizeA StandardB StandardC Larger size3+DLine Size1 Standard2 Standard3 Standard4 Larger size3I+1Line Size1 Standard2 Standard3 Standard4 Larger size2+2Line Size1 Standard2 Standard3 Larger size4 Larger sizeNumbers printed on thereceptacles indicate the linenumber. With the 3-circuit,separate neutral systemthese designations are withletters A, B, or C as comparedto 1, 2, 3, or 4 in theother systems.Label on receptacleindicates which circuit thereceptacle connects to, sothe user can control whichdevices are on specificcircuits..Orange triangle indicatesto users the receptaclesthat are connected to isolatedgrounds.The followingreceptacles have isolatedground circuits.3 circuit,separate neutralsLine ALine B4 circuit, 3+DLine 44 circuit, 3I+1Line 1Line 2Line 34 circuit, 2+2Line 3Line 4ConnectionsBase covers are attachedto panels with concealedclips and are removable.Receptacles plug intoterminals on powerway andare secured with screws...Wiring & CablingAny circuit can beaccessed at any receptaclelocation by using the appropriatereceptacle. All fivewiring schematics are available.Tip: All the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must use the samewiring schematic. Componentsare color coded andkeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts.Cable grommets canbe inserted in duplex-sizereceptacle openings toroute cables from the panelbase to the worksurface.Cable knockouts ateach end of every basecover allow cables to passthrough..Wire separator is availableto separate telecommunicationcables from thepowerway. Wire separatoris available factory installedin tackable acoustical andhigh-performance panels. Itcan be field installed in nontackable,tackable acoustical,high-performanceacoustical and transparentpanels and is available fromService Parts..Surface MaterialsBase covers• Paint (standard)Receptacle• PlasticApplication Topics18"W panels accommodatepass-through powerwaysonly, so their basecovers do not have receptacleopenings.Base power-ins areavailable to fit standard-sizeor larger-size openings. Toavoid using a receptacleposition for a base powerin,use an end power-in, orpower pole of same wiringschematic.cPage 40Base fiber-in includes abase cover to use in placeof the standard base cover.cPage 41.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 51
In-Line Cable Drop Box.Cable drop box allowscables to be routed betweenpanels of different heightsthat are connected in astraight line.cSpecifying, page 240.Product DetailsNotch in the end of ashortened top cap on thelower panel allows cablesto enter the cable drop boxfrom cable routing spacein the top of the panel.Only one end of the lowerpanel can accommodate acable drop box because thenotch is only available atone end of the shortenedtop cap.Six heights are availableto accommodate all combinationsof panel heightswith either medium or hightop caps..ConnectionsCarrier attaches to theend trim of the taller panel.The cable drop box snapsonto the carrier; similar tofillers.Shortened top cap mustbe ordered separately andfield installed to replace thefactory-installed top cap onthe lower panel. It can beoriented with the notch ateither end.Notch of shortened topcap is 3" to allow sufficientcable bend radius for mosttypical cable types.Top cap grommet isshipped with shortened topcap. It can be field installedto finish opening in thelower panel top cap to protectcables from exposedmetal edges..Surface MaterialsIn-line cable drop box• PaintShortened top cap ofcable drop box• PaintCarrier• Black paint onlyShortened top capfor panel• Paint.52 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
In-Line Cable Drop BoxPanels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 53
Receptacle Locations.Straight Non-Tackable, Tackable Acoustical, and High-Performance Acoustical PanelsSide 1 3 3 /4" Side 2 3 3 /4"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H5 /8"5 /8"5 /8"12"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H18"WSide 1 3 3 /4" 5 Side 2/8"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H24"W30"W5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H12"12" 12"3 3 /4"5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"HSide 1 3 3 /4" 5 Side 2 3 3 /4"/8"5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H10 5 /32"30"W (Optional Base Cover for use in Chicago)5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"HSide 1 3 3 /4" Side 23 3 5 /4"/8"10 5 /32"5 Side 1 3 3 /4" Side 2 3 3 /4"/8" 5 /8"12"Straight Transparent Panels2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H5 /8"12"24"W5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H12"2 3 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H36"W through 60"W12"5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"HSide 1 3 3 /4" 5Side 2/8"12"3 3 /4"5 1 /4"W x 1 3 /8"H12".All panels can be partof a distribution network,but receptacles are availableonly in the base coversshown below. Standard-sizereceptacles can be positionedin any opening. Oversizereceptacles fit in largersizeopenings only.18"W panels accommodatepass-through powerwaysonly, so their basecovers do not have receptacleopenings.Base covers can bemoved to the other side of astraight panel in the field.Gap that results when youuse a standard-size receptacle,or a standard-sizebase power-in, in a largersizeopening must be closedwith a filler plate. Fillerplates are available throughService Parts.Base power-ins areavailable to fit standardsizeor larger-size receptacleopenings. To avoidusing a receptacle positionfor a base power-in, usean end power-in.cPage 40.54 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel CreepPanel Creep.Small increments areadded or deducted to thelength of a run of panelsbecause of the differentways that panels are connectedto each other. Theaccumulation of theseincrements is called panelcreep..Deduct 5 ⁄64" at each panelseam when panels areconnected in line.Add 1 27 ⁄32" each time aperpendicular panel is joinedto the end of a panel runwith a universal connector.Add 1 43 ⁄64" each time aperpendicular panel isinserted into a run of panelswith universal connectors.Add 2 1 ⁄32" each time aclosed-configurationconnector is used to join aperpendicular panel at theend of a panel run.Add 2 1 ⁄16" each time aclosed-configurationconnector is used to inserta perpendicular panel intoa run of panels.5 /32"5 /32"1 /32"-5 /64"1 27 /32"1 43 /64"5 /32"2"2 1 /32"1 /32"2 1 /16"1 /32"1 27 /32"1 27 /32"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"-5 /64"30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" +-5 /64" + -5 /64" + -5 /64"= 121 1 /64"-5 /64"30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" +-5 /64" + -5 /64" + -5 /64" + 1 27 /32" + 1 27 /32" = 124 45 /64"-5 /64"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"-5 /64" -5 /64"121 1 /64"30 5 /16"-5 /64" -5 /64" 1 27 /32"124 45 /64"1 43 /64" -5 /64" 1 27 /32"126 29 /64"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" +-5 /64" + -5 /64" + 1 27 /32" + 1 27 /32" + 1 43 /64" = 126 29 /64"2 1 /32" -5 /64"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"-5 /64" -5 /64"125 5 /64"30 5 /16"30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" +-5 /64" + -5 /64" + -5 /64" + 2 1 /32" + 2 1 /32" = 125 5 /64"2 1 /32" -5 /64" 2 1 /16"30 5 /16"-5 /64"30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" + 30 5 /16" +-5 /64" + -5 /64" + 2 1 /32" + 2 1 /32" + 2 1 /16" = 127 7 /32"30 5 /16"30 5 /16" 30 5 /16" 30 5 /16"127 7 /32"2 1 /32"2 1 /32".Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 55
How Panel-Supported Components Fit.Dimensions of panelsand panel-supported components,such as worksurfaces,shelves, and overheadstorage bins, don’t matchexactly. Panels are slightlylarger to allow for the 5 ⁄32"overlap of perpendicularpanels.cPage 55Two smaller worksurfacescan fit in the spaceof a single large worksurface,but a slight gap willresult where the worksurfacesmeet. For example,two 30"W worksurfaces canbe used in place of a single60 9 ⁄32"W worksurface.Worksurface fillers canbe used to fill in the slightgaps that result in unusualconfigurations.Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation.Corner worksurfacesare never wrapped by panelson both ends, like rectangularworksurfaces. Therefore,they are slightly larger toreduce or eliminate gaps..How <strong>Furniture</strong> Relates to Panel Sizes30 5 /16"W panel30"W worksurface29 3 /4"W shelf or bin36 5 /16"W panel36"W worksurface35 3 /4"W shelf or bin42 5 /16"W panel42"W worksurface41 3 /4"W shelf or bin48 5 /16"W panel48"W worksurface47 3 /4"W shelf or bin60 9 /16"W panel60 1 /4"W worksurface60 1 /16"W shelf or bin30 5 /16"W panel -5 /64" 30 5 /16"W panel60 1 /4 "W worksurface60 1 /16"W shelf or binTwo 29 3 /4"W shelves or bins30 5 /16"W panel -5 /64" 36 5 /16"W panel66 1 /4"W worksurfaceOne 29 3 /4"W and one 35 3 /4"W shelf or bin30 5 /16"W panel -5 /64" 42 5 /16"W panel72 1 /4"W worksurface72 1 /16"W shelf or binOne 29 3 /4"W and one 41 3 /4"W shelf or bin36 5 /16"W panel -5 /64" 36 5 /16"W panel72 1 /4 "W worksurface72 1 /16"W shelf or binTwo 35 3 /4"W shelves or bin= 60 35 /64"= 66 35 /64"= 72 35 /64"= 72 35 /64".56 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Solutions to Overhead Storage Problems Caused byPAB2 BracketsSolutions to OverheadStorage Problems Causedby PAB2 Brackets.PAB2 brackets are usedto connect panels of differentheights. Because PAB2brackets occupy a portionof the slotted channel inthe taller panel, they preventoverhead storagecabinets and shelves frombeing attached in someconfigurations.cPage 26Diagrams below and onthe following pagesshow how to configurechange-of-height installationsto avoid blocking theslotted channels. Most useone or more change-of-heightpanel connectors..Straight Connections1 Change-of-HeightPanel Connector1 Change-of-HeightPanel Connector53"L-Connections65"65"53"53"H Panel65"H PanelWhen a PAB2 bracket isused to attach a 53"H or65"H panel to a taller panel,the slotted channel of thetaller panel will be partiallyblocked and prevent theoverhead storage componentfrom being attached tothe taller panel.Tip: Mounting overheadstorage components higheror lower than the standardheight or mounting them onadjacent panels may be anacceptable solution in someinstallations.The style numbers areshown under the individualdrawings. Some installationsalso require the specialconnector bracket. Theframes and quantities of allthe components needed arelisted underneath the rounddetail drawings.53"80"80"53"65"PC6553 PC8053 PC806580"80"65"PC6553 PC8053 PC8065.Change-of-height panelconnectors can be usedinstead of PAB2 connectorsin many configurations toallow overhead storagecomponents to be attached.cPage 31..Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cSolutions to Overhead Storage Problems Caused by PAB2 Brackets, continued 57
Solutions to Overhead Storage Problems Caused by PAB2 Brackets, continuedT-Connections53"1 Change-of-HeightPanel Connector1 PAB5EConnector Bracket65"2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5FConnector BracketPAB253"1 Change-of-HeightPanel Connector1 Universal Connector orPAB5G Connector Bracketfor fixed-T ConnectionX-Connections53"53"1 Change-of-HeightPanel Connector1 PAB5BConnector Bracket65"53"2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5CConnector Bracket.53"65"65"53"53"80"53"80"80"53"65"PC6553 PC8053 PC8065PC6553PC655365"53"53"PC8053PC805380"53"80"65"PC8065PC8065PC6553 PC8053 PC8065PC6553 PC8053 PC8065PC6553PC655365"53"65"53"53"53"80"53"PC8053PC805380"53"80"53"65"65"80"65"PC8065PC806565"80"80"65"80"65"80"65"80"65"2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5FConnector Bracket53"41"65"65"65"PC6553 PC8053 PC80651 Change-of-HeightPanel Connector1 Universal Connector53"2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5DConnector Bracket65"65"3 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5AConnector Bracket65"PC6553PC5341PC6553PC8053PC6553PC6553PC6553PC6553PC655365"53"80"53"65"53"65"53"53"41"53"80"80"80"PC5341PC8053PC8053PC8053PC8053PC8053PC805380"80"80"53"80"53"80"53"65"53"65"80"80"80"PC6553PC8065PC8065PC8065PC8065PC8065PC806580"80"80"65"80"65"80"65".58 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 59Panels..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................80"53"53"65"2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5DConnector Bracket65"41"53"65"80"41"53"80"80"41"65"80"80"53"65"80"3 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5AConnector BracketPC6553PC8053PC5341PC6541PC6541PC5341PC6541PC8041PC5341PC6541PC8041PC5341PC8041PC8041PC6541PC8041PC8041PC6553PC8053PC805380"41"53"65"3 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5AConnector Bracket80"65"53"41"3 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5AConnector Bracket80"41"53"41"65"41"53"41"2 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5CConnector Bracket80"41"53"53"65"41"53"53"3 Change-of-HeightPanel Connectors1 PAB5AConnector BracketPC5341PC6541PC5341PC8041PC5341PC5341PC6541PC5341PC5341PC8041Solutions to OverheadStorage Problems Causedby PAB2 Brackets
Bracket Application Rulesfor Curved Front Bin and L-Shelf Supported by <strong>Avenir</strong> PanelsBasic BracketsBasic brackets are usedto mount bins and shelvesto panels with vertical slotpatterns. Answer, <strong>Avenir</strong>,Elective Elements, Kick,Series 9000, Montage, andTechnology Wall panels cansupport basic attachmentbrackets. Basic attachmentbrackets push bins andshelves 1 ⁄4" from frame.6"6"Width of overhead binor shelf must match thewidth of the panel or panelsthat it is attached to or amaximum of 12" wider..12"Basic attachmentbrackets install in panelseams and allow bins andshelves to be installed amaximum of 12" off-module..60 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
How Connectors Affect Panel-Supported ComponentsHow Connectors AffectPanel-SupportedComponents.Panel’s ability to supportcomponents is directlyaffected by the way panelsare connected. Choose aconnector that will accommodateyour workstation’sneeds.Straight ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interfere with panelsupportedcomponents.L-ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interfere with panelsupportedcomponents.T-ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interfere with panelsupportedcomponents.X-ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interfere with panelsupportedcomponents..BlockedVarying-height connectorpackages (PAB2)block a portion of the slottedchannel on both sidesof the taller panel.BlockedClosed-configurationconnector packages(PAB9) block the slottedchannel on one side of theperpendicular panel.BlockedClosed-configurationconnector packages(PAB9) block the slottedchannel on both sides ofthe perpendicular panel.BlockedPerpendicular connectorpackages (PAB4)block the slotted channelsof the two in-line panels.BlockedVarying-height connectorpackages (PAB2)block a portion of the slottedchannel on one side ofthe taller panel.BlockedPerpendicular connectorpackages (PAB4)block the slotted channelsof the two in-line panels.BlockedVarying-height perpendicularconnectorpackages (PAB3) blocka portion of the slottedchannel on each side ofeach of the taller panels.BlockedVarying-height perpendicularconnectorpackages (PAB3)block a portion of the slottedchannel on one side ofeach of the taller panels..Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 61
How Connectors Affect Power Flow.Panel connectionsaffect how power flowsthrough panels. Choose aconnector that will accommodateyour workstation’sneeds.Straight ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interrupt power flow.L-ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interrupt power flow.T-ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interrupt power flow.X-ConnectionsUniversal connectorsdo not interrupt power flow..Varying-height connectorpackages do notinterrupt power flow.Closed-configurationconnector packages donot interrupt power flow iflap joints and shorter basecovers are used. They areavailable upon request.Closed-configurationconnector packages donot interrupt power flow iflap joints and shorter basecovers are used. They areavailable upon request.Perpendicular connectorpackages disruptpower flow in both perpendicularpanels.Panel CreepVarying-height connectorpackages do notinterrupt power flow.Perpendicular connectorpackages disruptpower flow in the perpendicularpanel.Varying-height perpendicularconnectorpackages disrupt powerflow in both perpendicularpanels.Varying-height perpendicularconnectorpackages disrupt powerflow in the perpendicularpanel.62 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.
How Connectors AffectPower FlowPanels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 63
Rules for Panel Stability.<strong>Avenir</strong>, when properlyinstalled, is designed tobe a very stable furnituresystem. The guidelinespresented here are methodsthat will help you maximizethe performance ofworkstations using panelsalone, panel-supportedcomponents, or freestandingfurniture. To maximizeperformance and stability,the installation instructionsthat accompany each furnitureshould be strictlyobserved.An “X” over a drawingmeans that this applicationis not recommended.=Panel doors and doorframes follow the samestability rules as non-tackable,tackable acoustical,and high-performanceacoustical panels.Change of height hasno effect on these stabilityrules.Rules for Non-Tackable, Tackable Acoustical, and High-Performance Acoustical PanelsTwo-Panel Runs8' maximumThree-Panel Runs12' maximum 12' maximum12' maximum30"W minimumUnstable. Requires Stabilizer feet provide Perpendicular panel <strong>Furniture</strong> provides stabil-additional support at end stability at end of panel run. provides stability at end of ity at end of panel run.of panel run.panel run.Tip: Not recommended on80"H panels in a 12' run.Four-Panel Runs16' maximum16' maximum30"W minimumUnstable. Requires Unstable. Requires a Perpendicular panel <strong>Furniture</strong> provides stabil-additional support at end perpendicular panel or furnitureas support at end of of panel run.Tip: Not recommended onpanel run.80"H panels in a 16' run.Five-Panel RunsUnstable. Requiresadditional support.provides stability at end ity at end of panel run.of panel run...64 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Rules for Panel StabilityRules for Transparent PanelsTwo-Panel Runs8' maximum 8' maximum 8' maximum30"W minimumTwo transparentTwo panels are stable if Stabilizer feet provide Perpendicular panel <strong>Furniture</strong> used in frontpanels require additional transparent panel is not at stability at end of panel run. provides stability at end of of transparent panels addssupport.end of run.panel run.stability but blocks the view.Three-Panel Runs12' maximum12' maximum 12' maximum48"W minimum30"WminimumUnstable. Requires Unstable. Requires a Stabilizer feet provide Straight transparent Tackable acousticaladditional support at end perpendicular panel or furnitureas support at end of a transparent panel.provides stability at end of a two transparent panels arepanel run.three-panel run of straight not at the end of a run.transparent panels.12' maximum12' maximum30"W minimumUnstable. Two transpar-Tackable acoustical <strong>Furniture</strong> provides stabil-<strong>Furniture</strong> used in front ofent panels require addi-panel provides stability if ity if transparent panel is transparent panels addstional support if they’re at only one transparent panel not at the end of a run. stability but blocks the view.the end of a three-panel is at the end of a run. Tip: Not recommended onrun.80"H panels in a 12' run.Four-Panel Runs16' maximum16' maximum30" minimumUnstable. Transparent Perpendicular panel <strong>Furniture</strong> provides stabil-Unstable. Transparent Unstable. Transparentpanels do not provide provides stability at end of ity at end of panel run. panel requires additional panel requires additionalstability as a complete panel run.support at the end of a run. support at the end of a run.panel run.Straight transparentStraight transparent panels can only be usedpanels can only be used in the first and secondin the first and second positions..stability if last panel is not perpendicular panel panel provides stability ifof panel run.positions..Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 65
Rules for Panel Stability with Components*.Maximum panel stabilityis always achievedwhen loads are counterbalancedby similar loads onthe opposite side of thepanels. The recommendationsshown here apply tonon-tackable, tackableacoustical, and high-performanceacoustical panels.Components cannot besupported by straight transparentpanels.An “X” over a drawingmeans that this applicationis not recommended.*Panel components includestorage bins, shelves, worksurfaces,and worksurfacesupportedpedestals.Methods for Stabilizing Panels60" minimumConnect to a wall or aperpendicular run of panelsat least 60"W.Rules for Panel StabilityPanel runs with onepanel-supported componentper panel require stabilityevery three panels.Panel runs with twopanel-supported componentsper panel require stabilityevery two panels.Panel runs with twopanel-supported componentsper panel can be extendedfor three panels, if the centerpanels only support onecomponent and all loadsare counterbalanced.Fully loaded panelsmust be counterbalanced.In addition, panel run-offsare required at both endsof the panel..Stabilizer feet shouldnot be used when panelshave panel-supportedcomponents.Minimum two 18"Wpanel run-offsMinimum two 24"Wpanel run-offsTip: Not recommended on80"H panels in a 16' run.Minimum two 18"Wpanel run-offsConnect to perpendicularpanels, freestanding furniture,or a worksurface withat least one end panel orclear-access end panel.Must be same widthas worksurfaceTip: Not recommended o80"H panels in a 16' run..66 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>WorksurfacesStatement of Line 68Product DetailsWorksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style 1 1 /2"-Thick Panel-Supported WorksurfacesRectangular Worksurfaces 76Corner Worksurfaces 78Corner Split-Top Worksurfaces 80Panel-Supported Radius-End Tables 82Freestanding Corner Worksurfaces 84Transaction Worksurfaces 86Curvilinear WorksurfacesRules for Using Curvilinear Worksurfaces with <strong>Avenir</strong> Panels 88Directional Laminate Grain Directions for <strong>Avenir</strong> Curvilinear 89Corner and Extended Corner Curvilinear Worksurfaces 90Corner Split-Top Curvilinear Worksurfaces 92Transitional Curvilinear and Straight Worksurfaces 94Jetty Curvilinear Worksurfaces 96Visitor, Linking, and Spanner Curvilinear Worksurfaces 98Worksurface Supports 100Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces 108Freestanding <strong>Furniture</strong>Desks 114Returns 116Bridges 118Radius-End Tables 120Credenzas 122Related ProductsWorksurface Accessories 124Grommets 126Grommet Locations 127Center Drawer Fit and Grommet Obstruction 130Worksurface Wiring and Cabling 132<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 67
WorksurfacesStatement of Line1 1 /2"-Thick Panel-Supported WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 76Specifyingc Page 246Rectangular Worksurfaces24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54 1 ⁄4"W 60 1 ⁄4"W 66 1 ⁄4"W 72 1 ⁄4"W18"D • • • •24"D • • • • • • • • •30"D • • • • • • • •Understandingc Page 78Specifyingc Page 252Understandingc Page 80Specifyingc Page 253Corner Worksurfaces30 1 ⁄4"W 36 1 ⁄4"W 42 9 ⁄32"W 48 9 ⁄32"W24"D • • • •30"D • • •Corner Split-Top Worksurface42 1 ⁄2"W 48 5 ⁄16"24"D • •26 1 /8 – 30 1 /8"Understandingc Page 82Specifyingc Pages 254Understandingc Page 84Specifyingc Page 256Panel-Supported Radius-End Tables60"W 66"W 72"W30"D • • •36"D • • •Freestanding Corner Worksurfaces36 1 ⁄4"W 42 1 ⁄4"W 48 1 ⁄4"W24"D • • •30"D • • •68 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 86Specifyingc Page 258Transaction Worksurfaces30 5 ⁄16"W 36 5 ⁄16"W 42 5 ⁄16"W 48 5 ⁄16"W 60 5 ⁄8"W16 5 ⁄8"D • • • • •WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Pages 90, 92Specifyingc Page 259Corner and Split-Top Curvilinear Worksurfaces36"36"42"42"48"48"36"18"36"24"42"24"42"30"48"24"48"30"18"42"24"48"24"30"24"30"42"24"48"24"24"24"Understandingc Page 90Specifyingc Page 264Extended Corner Curvilinear Worksurfaces*48"48"48"48"60"or 72"24"24"60"or 72"24"30"60"or 72"30"24"60"or 72"30"30"*Drawing and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 69
WorksurfacesStatement of Line, continuedUnderstandingc Page 94Specifyingc Page 266Transitional Curvilinear Worksurfaces*36"42"48"24" 18"18 1 /2"30" 24" 30"24 1 /2" 30 1 /2"24"Understandingc Page 94Specifyingc Page 262Straight Worksurfaces for Use with Curvilinear Worksurfaces24" 30"36"42"48"54"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"60"66"72"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"Understandingc Page 96Specifyingc Page 267Jetty Curvilinear Worksurfaces*48"48"48"66"24"72"24"72"30"30"30"30"*Drawing and dimensionsshow left-hand units. Righthandunits are also available.70 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 98Specifyingc Page 268Visitor Curvilinear Worksurfaces*24" 30" 30" 30"24" 18" 24"30"36"24"36"30"WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 98Specifyingc Page 269Understandingc Page 98Specifyingc Page 270Linking Curvilinear WorksurfacesSpanner Curvilinear Worksurfaces26"32"38"50"50"62"26"32"30"30"36"36"<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 71
WorksurfacesStatement of Line, continued<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 108Specifyingc Page 278Understandingc Page 108Specifyingc Page 278Straight, with Crank40"W 46"W28 1 ⁄4"D S S34 1 ⁄4"D B, D B, DB = Bi-level worksurfaceD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceCorner, with Crank39 1 ⁄4"W 45 1 ⁄4"W22 1 ⁄4"D S, D, B S, D, BB = Bi-level worksurfaceD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceUnderstandingcPage 108SpecifyingcPage 280Understandingc Page 112Specifyingc Page 281Extension Worksurfaces, Crank Adjustable24"W 36"W22 1 ⁄4"D L, R L, RL = Left-hand worksurfaceR = Right-hand worksurfaceStraight, Electrically Adjustable40"W 46"W28 1 ⁄4"D S S34 1 ⁄4"D D DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceUnderstandingc Page 112Specifyingc Page 281Corner, Electrically Adjustable39 1 ⁄4"W 45 1 ⁄4"W22 1 ⁄4"D S, D S, DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurface72 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
WorksurfacesStatement of LineCurvilinear Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesUnderstandingcPage 108SpecifyingcPage 282UnderstandingcPage 108SpecifyingcPage 282Corner, with Crank39 1 ⁄4"W 45 1 ⁄4"W22 1 ⁄4"D B, D, S B, D, SB = Bi-level worksurfaceD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceStraight, with Crank40"W 46"W28 1 ⁄4"D S S34 1 ⁄4"D B, D B, DB = Bi-level worksurfaceD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceWorksurfacesUnderstandingc Page 108Specifyingc Page 284UnderstandingcPage 112SpecifyingcPage 285Extension Worksurfaces, Crank Adjustable24"W 36"W22 1 ⁄4"D L, R L, RL = Left-hand worksurfaceR = Right-hand worksurfaceCorner, Electrically Adjustable39 1 ⁄4"W 45 1 ⁄4"W22 1 ⁄4"D S, D S, DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurfaceUnderstandingc Page 112Specifyingc Page 285Straight, Electrically Adjustable40"W 46"W28 1 ⁄4"D S S34 1 ⁄4"D D DD = Dual worksurfaceS = Single worksurface<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurfaces Statement of Line, continued 73
WorksurfacesStatement of Line, continuedFreestanding <strong>Furniture</strong>Understandingc Page 114Specifyingc Pages 286, 290, 294Understandingc Page 114Specifyingc Pages 288, 292, 296Desks, Single Pedestal60 1 ⁄4"W 66 1 ⁄4"W 72 1 ⁄4"W24"D • • •30"D • • •36"D • •Desks, Double Pedestal60 1 ⁄4"W 66 1 ⁄4"W 72 1 ⁄4"W24"D • • •30"D • • •36"D • •Understandingc Page 116Specifyingc Page 298Understandingc Page 116Specifyingc Page 300Returns36"W 48"W 60 1 ⁄4"W18"D • •24"D • • •Returns with Pedestals36"W 48"W 60 1 ⁄4"W24"D • • • ** = Also available with two pedestals.Understandingc Page 118Specifyingc Page 302Understandingc Page 120Specifyingc Page 303Bridges48"W 60 1 ⁄4"W18"D •24"D • •Radius-End Tables60"W 66"W 72"W30"D • • •74 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
WorksurfacesStatement of LineUnderstandingc Page 122Specifyingc Page 306Credenzas45"W 60 1 ⁄4"W 66 1 ⁄4"W 72 1 ⁄4"W24"D • • K K KK = Kneespace credenza is available.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 75
Rectangular Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickPanel-supported worksurfaces attach to panelsfor support.cSpecifying, page 246Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sides ofthe worksurface.Worksurface supportsare ordered separately toattach the worksurface topanels.cPage 271Clear-access end panelis 1 5 ⁄16" thick and has a basethat adjusts within a 3 1 ⁄2"range.Actual DimensionsDepth 18", 24", or 30"Width 24", 30", 36", 42", 48", 54 1 ⁄4", 60 1 ⁄4",66 1 ⁄4", or 72 1 ⁄4"HeightVaries with selected supportThickness 1 1 ⁄2". Worksurface filler length 18", 24", or 30"Fixed pedestals areavailable to support worksurfacesat 28 1 ⁄2" H.cPage 326End panel with base is1 5 ⁄16" thick.Center drawer is availablefield installed on 24"Dand 30"D worksurfaces only.Radius edge is locatedon the front and back ofthe worksurface..76 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Rectangular Worksurfaces.Product DetailsCenter support isincluded with 66 9 ⁄32"W and72 9 ⁄32"W worksurfaces toallow them to span twopanels.ConnectionsWorksurfaces are standardwithout supports.Worksurface supportsare ordered separately andinstalled in the field. Theyinclude:• Side support• Cantilevers• End panels with base• End panels without base• Clear-access end panels• Locking side support• Shared cantilevers• Support plates• Fixed pedestals• Pedestal fillerscPage 100Tip: End panels withoutbase should be used to supportonly one end of a worksurface.Worksurfaces that are60"W or wider can spantwo panels. Worksurfacesthat are less than 60"Wmust attach to panels thatare a comparable size totheir width.cPage 56.Pedestals can besuspended beneathpanel-supported 1 1 ⁄2"thick worksurfaces. Orderpedestals separately andinstall them in the field.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation..Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage 126Pedestals and centerdrawer block access togrommets in some locations.cPage 130Cable and fiber reelstores lengths of excessfiber-optic cable or conventionalcables.cPage 134Termination plateaccommodates the oversizedjunction boxes usedfor installation of fiber-opticcables.cPage 135.Cords and cables arerouted and managed undera worksurface through theuse of cable storage trays,wire guide clips, and cordreels.Power strip allowsaccess to electrical powerbelow the worksurface..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain (optionon wood)Worksurface support• PaintGrommet• PlasticWorksurface filler• VinylShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 77
Corner Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickCorner worksurfacesfit into the 90° angle formedby panels and create a transitionbetween two rightangleworksurfaces of thesame depth.cSpecifying, page 252Rear corner support isshipped with every cornerworksurface.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sidesand back edges of theworksurface.Radius edge is locatedon the front and on the backsides of the worksurface.Actual DimensionsDepth 24" or 30"Width 30 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄4", 42 1 ⁄4", or 48 1 ⁄4"Front edge width 8 53 ⁄64", 17 5 ⁄16", 25 25 ⁄32", 25 7 ⁄8", or34 3 ⁄8". Thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Cutout allows cords andcables to pass behindthe worksurface and isunfinished..ConnectionsCantilevers or sharedcantilevers are requiredto attach the worksurface toa panel. End panels are notrecommended.cPages 101–103Cantilever is orderedseparately and is recommendedwhen there are noadjacent worksurfaces, orthe adjacent worksurfaceis a different height. It canattach a worksurface to apanel at any height.cPage 101Two cantilevers cansupport adjacent worksurfacesto ensure alignmentof worksurfaces at the sameheight..Cantilever-to-cantileverclamp attaches over thefront tips of two adjacentcantilevers to ensure alignmentof worksurfaces at thesame height.Change-of-heightcantilever-to-cantileverclamp can be ordered toensure alignment of adjacentworksurfaces at differentheights. Change ofheight is three inches.Shared cantilever isordered separately and isrecommended for use withan adjacent worksurface. Itreplaces two side-by-sidecantilevers when the cornerworksurface and adjacentworksurface are the sameheight.cPage 103.78 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Corner Worksurfaces.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallations, it is suggestedthat worksurface fillers beordered after the worksurfaceinstallation.Adjacent worksurfacesmust be supported with aside support, end panel,clear-access end panel, orpedestal on the other end.Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the cornerworksurface.cPage 126Cable and fiber reelstores lengths of excessfiber-optic cable or conventionalcables.cPage 134Termination plateaccommodates the oversizedjunction boxes usedfor installation of fiber-opticcables.cPage 135..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Worksurface support• PaintRear corner support• Black paint onlyGrommets• PlasticCantilever-tocantileverclamp• Black paint only.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 79
Corner Split-Top Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickCorner split-top worksurfacefits into the 90°angle formed by panels andcreate a transition betweentwo right-angle worksurfacesof the same depth.cSpecifying, page 253Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sides of theworksurface.Cantilevers, included withworksurface, lock ontopanel.Radius edge is locatedon the front and on the backsides of the worksurface.Adjustable-heightkeyboard shelf accommodateskeyboard andmouse pad.Release lever, located onunderside of keyboardshelf, activates continuousadjustment of keyboardsurface.Actual Dimensions42"W 48"WDepth 24" 24"Width 42 1 ⁄4" 48 5 ⁄16"Front edge width 25 16 ⁄32" 33"Thickness 1 1 ⁄2" 1 1 ⁄2".Cutout allows cords andcables to pass behindthe worksurface and isunfinished.Rear corner support isshipped with every cornerworksurface.1 1 ⁄2" space separatesthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on unitswith two surfaces..Product DetailsMonitorKeyboard worksurfaceis supported by a springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6"higher or 5" lower than themonitor worksurface.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.1"KeyboardFloor6"5"One-inch space separatessides of keyboard surfacefrom adjacent furnitureto prevent pinching..80 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Corner Split-TopWorksurfaces.ConnectionsCantilever connects toa panel and supports onlythe corner worksurface.Adjacent worksurfaces mustbe supported separately.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallations, it is suggestedthat worksurface fillers beordered after the worksurfaceinstallation..Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the cornerworksurface.cPage 126Cable and fiber reelstores lengths of excessfiber-optic cable or conventionalcables.cPage 134Termination plateaccommodates the oversizedjunction boxes usedfor installation of fiber-opticcables.cPage 135.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Cantilevers• PaintRear corner support• Black paint onlyGrommets• Plastic...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 81
Panel-Supported Radius-End Tables1 1 /2"-ThickRadius-end tables areperfect for conferencingand can serve as a primaryworksurface.cSpecifying, page 254Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Edge is vinyl on laminateworksurfaces and woodradius edge on woodworksurfaces.Actual DimensionsDepth 30" or 36"Width 60", 66", or 72"Height with adjustable 26 1 ⁄8" to 30 1 ⁄8"column supportThickness 1 1 ⁄2". Column diameter 4".ConnectionsLocking side supportsattach the worksurfaceto a panel with a springactivatedsafety catch toprevent it from accidentallydisengaging.cPage 100Support plate from adjacentworksurface ensuresalignment.cPage 104Column support isadjustable within a rangeof 4"H.4".Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Edge• Vinyl (standard onlaminate worksurface)• Wood (standard on woodworksurface)Column support• Paint (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)Locking side support• Black paint only.82 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 83WorksurfacesPanel-SupportedRadius-End Tables..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized.
Freestanding Corner Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickFreestanding cornerworksurfaces are availablefor use with adjacentworksurfaces of the samedepth and thickness.cSpecifying, page 256Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Clear access endpanels have a shared supportbracket attached andare available left, right, andin both locations.Radius edge is locatedon the front and back sidesof the worksurface.Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sidesand rear edge of theworksurface.Freestanding cornerworksurfaces have aback panel.The adjacent 1 1 ⁄2"thick worksurface mustbe floor supported with apedestal at the oppositeend and cannot be morethan 60"W. The adjacentworksurface does not havea back panel.Actual DimensionsDepth 24" or 30"Width 30 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄4", 42 1 ⁄4", or 48 1 ⁄4"Front edge width 8 13 ⁄16", 17 5 ⁄16", 25 13 ⁄16", or 34 1 ⁄4"Thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Height 28 1 ⁄2" to 29 1 ⁄2"Back panel height 3 1 ⁄2"from floor84 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Freestanding CornerWorksurfacesProduct Details60" maximum.Freestanding cornerworksurfaces must beused in conjunction withadjacent 1 1 ⁄2" thick worksurfaceson one or both sides.The adjacent worksurfacesmust be floor supportedwith a pedestal at the oppositeend and cannot bemore than 60"W.Bridges and returnscannot be used in conjunctionwith freestandingcorner worksurfacesbecause the back edge ofthe freestanding worksurfaceis radiused and thereturns or bridges havesquare back edgesPanel wrapping offreestanding corner worksurfaceswhen used inconjunction with adjacentworksurfaces on both sidesis possible.Clear-access endpanels on freestandingcorner worksurface,although similar in appearanceto standard clearaccessend panels, havedifferent features. The freestandingcorner worksurfaceclear-access endpanels have a shared supportbracket attached toaccept the adjacent worksurface.These end panelsalso do not have attachmenthardware to connectto panel seams.Worksurface heightranges from 28 1 ⁄2" to 29 1 ⁄2"by adjusting the clearaccessend panel and glideon the rear corner support.The rear corner supportglide has a range of 1 1 ⁄2"only, therefore the worksurfacemay not be any lowerthan 28 1 ⁄2"..Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallations, it is suggestedthat worksurface fillers beordered after the worksurfaceinstallation.Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage 126Products are availableto manage cords andcables under the bridge’sworksurface.cPage 178Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Back panel, clearaccessend panels,center support• PaintGrommets• PlasticShared Supportbracket(s)• Black paint onlyLeveling glides• Black onlyApplication TopicsFreestanding cornerworksurfaces mustbe disassembled beforereconfiguration.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 85
Transaction Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickTransaction worksurfacesprovide a surfacethat can be used by standingvisitors or serve as ashelf.cSpecifying, page 258Worksurface has awood core with a laminatesurface.Vinyl radius edge islocated on the front andback of both the straightand curved worksurfaces.Support brackets attachthe transaction worksurfaceto a panel.Actual DimensionsDepth 16 5 ⁄8"Width 30 5 ⁄16", 36 5 ⁄16", 42 5 ⁄16", 48 5 ⁄16", or 60 5 ⁄8". Thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sides of theworksurfaces..Product DetailsUtility shelf lightsfit under either side ofa straight transactionworksurface.cPage 174.86 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Transaction Worksurfaces.ConnectionsSupports, included, attachtransaction worksurface toany panel. The worksurfacemay be panel wrapped by ahigher panel on one or bothsides.Perpendicular panelscannot be higher than thetransaction worksurface.Recommended standingheight (42 1 ⁄2"H) fortransaction worksurfaces isachieved by attaching themto 41"H panels.Tip: Transaction worksurfacescan only be used with41"H panels.Panel top caps remainin place beneath the transactionworksurfaces. Twosupport bracket types areavailable—one for use withlow top caps and one formedium top caps. Transactionworksurfaces cannotbe attached to panels withhigh top caps..Wiring & CablingCable routing throughmedium top caps is notimpaired..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.Front and back edges• VinylSupport brackets• Paint...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 87
Rules for Using Curvilinear Worksurfaces with<strong>Avenir</strong> Panels.5 /32"Perpendicular panelsintrude slightly into theneighboring space. Curvilinearworksurfaces, and thestraight and transitionalworksurfaces that are usedwith them, are special sizesto align with panel dimensionsin typical applications.Directional laminatescFor grain direction,see page 89.cFor laminate availability,see page 378.cFor PVC edge colordefault, see page 383.FlushFlushCorner and extendedcorner worksurfaces fitflush with panels.Panel wrapping theends of corner andextended corner worksurfacesis not possible.Straight and transitionalworksurfaces foruse with curvilinear worksurfacescan be wrappedon one side only. To wrapboth sides, use a conventional<strong>Avenir</strong> straightworksurface.Panel wrapping is possiblewhen a straight worksurfaceis used because theshorter straight worksurfaceallows the exact amountof space needed for theperpendicular panel..88 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Directional Laminate Grain Directions for <strong>Avenir</strong> Curvilinearfor Straight, Transitional, Corner, Extended Corner, Spanner, Visitor, Linking,Jetty, Enterprise, and Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesDirectionalLaminateGrain Directionsfor <strong>Avenir</strong> CurvilinearDirectional laminatesare standard with the graindirections shown.Scale 30StraightWorksurfaceTransitionWorksurfaceLeftHandStraight CornerWorksurfaceCurved CornerWorksurfaceRightHandExtended CornerWorksurfaceWorksurfacesSpannerWorksurfaceand TableVisitorWorksurfaceLinkingWorksurfaceJettyWorksurfaceMake a sketch of thegrain direction on adjacentworksurfaces to be surethey are suitable for yourinstallation.Examples:<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 89
Corner and Extended Corner Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-Thick.Curvilinear worksurfacesare available to allow a broaderrange of workstation layoutswith <strong>Avenir</strong>.cSpecifying, pages 259 and 264Worksurface has awood core with a laminatesurface.Actual Dimensions36 5 /32"42 5 /32"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"36 5 /32"18"42 5 /32"30"18"48 5 /32"24"30"36 5 /32"48 5 /32"24"36 5 /32"24"48 5 /32"24"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"24"24"48 5 /32"24"42 5 /32"48 5 /32"30"42 5 /32"24"48 5 /32"30"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"24"30"48 5 /32"30"24"Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl self-edged PVC.Cable scallops areincluded to allow cords andcables to pass behind theworksurface.Rear corner bracket isincluded with extended cornerand corner worksurfacesto support back corner.Radius edge is locatedon the user’s front edge ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl T-mold.Additional supports areavailable and must beordered separately.60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"48 5 /32"30"30".Product Details1 1 ⁄2"-thick straight<strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswith radius edge can beused with curvilinear worksurfaces.Fit between worksurfaceswill not be snug.Tip: <strong>Avenir</strong> non-curvilinearworksurfaces have a laminateedge and curvilinearworksurfaces have a T-moldedge.User’s edge(s) of theworksurface are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match orcontrast with the laminateworksurface. Color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately, unlike the edgesof other <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswhich are defaults determinedby the laminate colorthat you select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Vinyl (PVC) edgefinishes the sides and backof worksurfaces. The colorof these edges are determinedby the laminate coloryou select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Articulated keyboardshelf can be installedbeneath curvilinear worksurfaces.Field-installed centerdrawer can be installedbeneath curvilinear worksurfaceswherever spacepermits—requires 19 1 ⁄2"D x21"W..90 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Corner and ExtendedCorner CurvilinearWorksurfacesConnectionsStraight segment ofextended corner worksurfacevaries depending onworksurface size. Refer tothe following chart to determineif one or more pedestalswill fit. When straightsegment is 15"W, it canaccommodate a pedestalwithout the curved portionsof the user’s edge of theworksurface overhangingthe pedestal. 30"W straightsegment will accommodatetwo pedestals side by side.CAStraightDEBA B C D E24" 24" 60" 48" 18 29 ⁄64"30" 30" 60" 48" 12 29 ⁄64"24" 30" 60" 48" 12 29 ⁄64"30" 24" 60" 48" 18 29 ⁄64"24" 24" 72" 48" 30 29 ⁄64"30" 30" 72" 48" 24 29 ⁄64"24" 30" 72" 48" 24 29 ⁄64"30" 24" 72" 48" 30 29 ⁄64"Tip: Illustration and dimensionsshow left-hand unit.Right-hand units have thesame dimensions.Pedestals supportextended corner curvilinearworksurfaces at 28 1 ⁄2"H.Pedestals are availablewith or without locks.cPage 146..End panel connects to apanel and supports either aleft- or right-hand end of aworksurface at 28 1 ⁄2"H.Cantilever connects to apanel and supports the endof a worksurface. You mustorder either the left- or righthandversion. Triangularshapedcantilever can alsobe used to support curvilinearworksurfaces.Shared cantileverconnects to a panel andsupports two adjacentworksurfaces. Triangularshapedshared cantilevercan also be used to supportcurvilinear worksurfaces..Side-support bracketscan be used to support theends of worksurfaces whenthey are wrapped by panelswith a width dimension thatmatches the worksurface’sdepth. Side-support bracketsare shipped in pairs.cSee Rules for UsingCurvilinear Worksurfaceswith <strong>Avenir</strong> Panels.page 88Center support isincluded and must be usedto provide additional supportfor worksurfaces widerthan 60".Wiring & CablingCable scallops areincluded in the back edgesof these worksurfaces toprovide space for plugs topass over the back edge ofthe worksurface.Worksurfaces areinstalled with a 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation..Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage 178Surface MaterialsDirectional laminatesand wood veneer arenot available on curvilinearworksurfaces.Worksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of these edgesmust be specified separately.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults,page 383Pedestals• PaintEnd panel• PaintCantilever and sharedcantilever• PaintSide-support bracketsand corner brackets• Paint.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 91
Corner Split-Top Curvilinear Worksurface1 1 /2"-ThickCurvilinear split-topworksurface is availableto allow a broader range ofwork-station layouts with<strong>Avenir</strong>.cSpecifying, page 260Cable scallops areincluded to allow cords andcables to pass behind theworksurface.Worksurface has awood core with a laminatesurface.Cantilevers, includedwith worksurface, lock ontopanel.Adjustable-heightkeyboard shelf accommodateskeyboard andmouse pad.Release lever, located onunder side of keyboardshelf, activates continuousadjustment of keyboardsurface.Actual Dimensions42"W 48"WDepth 24" 24"Width 42 1 ⁄8" 42 1 ⁄8"Front edge width 24 1 ⁄2" 32 3 ⁄4"Thickness 1 1 ⁄2" 1 1 ⁄2".Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl self-edged PVC.1 1 ⁄2" separates the keyboardand monitor surfaces on unitswith two surfaces..Product Details1 1 ⁄2"-thick straight(PWR) <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfacescan be used withcurvilinear worksurfaces.Fit between worksurfaceswill not be snug.Tip: <strong>Avenir</strong> non-curvilinearworksurfaces have a laminateedge and curvilinearworksurfaces have a T-moldedge.User’s edge(s) of theworksurface are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match orcontrast with the laminateworksurface. Color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately, unlike the edgesof other <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswhich are defaults determinedby the laminate colorthat you select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Vinyl (PVC) edgefinishes the sides and backof worksurfaces. The colorof these edges are determinedby the laminate coloryou select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383MonitorKeyboardFloor6"5"Keyboard worksurfaceis supported by a springmechanism that allows it toadjust to positions up to 6"higher or 5" lower than themonitor worksurface..92 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Transitional Curvilinear andStraight CurvilinearWorksurfaces.ConnectionsPedestals are available tosupport the end of a straightworksurface. They can beused at either end and willsupport these worksurfacesat 28 1 ⁄2"H. Pedestals areavailable with or withoutlocks.cPage 146End panel connects to apanel and supports either aleft- or right-hand end of aworksurface at 28 1 ⁄2"H.Cantilever connects to apanel and supports the endof a worksurface. You mustorder either the left- or righthandversion. Triangularshapedcantilever can alsobe used to support curvilinearworksurfaces.Shared cantileverconnects to a panel andsupports two adjacentworksurfaces. Triangularshapedshared cantilevercan also be used to supportcurvilinear worksurfaces..Side-support bracketscan be used to support theends of worksurfaces whenthey are wrapped by panelswith a width dimension thatmatches the worksurface’sdepth. Side-support bracketsare shipped in pairs.cSee Rules for UsingCurvilinear Worksurfaceswith <strong>Avenir</strong> Panels,page 88Side support bracket isincluded and must be usedto provide additional supportfor worksurfaces widerthan 60"..Wiring & CablingCable scallops areincluded in the back edgesof these worksurfaces toprovide space for plugs topass over the back edge ofthe worksurface.Worksurfaces areinstalled with a 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation.20"66" or 72"Worksurface edgesthat are 66"W or widerhave two scallops. Scallopsare located 20" from thecenter of the scallop to theends of the worksurface.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage 178.Surface MaterialsDirectional laminatesand wood veneer arenot available on curvilinearworksurfaces.Worksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of these edgesmust be specified separately.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults,page 383Pedestals• PaintEnd panel• PaintCantilever and sharedcantilever• PaintSide-support brackets• Paint.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 95
Jetty Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickCurvilinear worksurfacesare available toallow a broader range ofworkstation layouts with<strong>Avenir</strong>.cSpecifying, page 267Additional supports areavailable and must beordered separately.Worksurface has awood core with a laminatesurface.Radius edge is locatedon the user’s front edge ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl T-mold.Actual Dimensions48 5 /16"24"66"72". 30"48 5 /16"30"24"72"48 5 /16"30"30"Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl self-edged PVC.Cable scallops areincluded to allow cords andcables to pass behind theworksurface.Column base is includedwith the worksurface. Itadjusts over a range of 4"to accommodate unevenfloors..Product Details1 1 ⁄2"-thick <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswith radiusedge can be used withcurvilinear worksurfaces.Fit between worksurfaceswill not be snug.Tip: <strong>Avenir</strong> non-curvilinearworksurfaces have a laminateedge and curvilinearworksurfaces have a T-moldedge.User’s edge(s) of theworksurface are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match orcontrast with the laminateworksurface. Color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately, unlike the edgesof other <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswhich are defaults determinedby the laminate colorthat you select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Vinyl (PVC) edgefinishes the sides and backof worksurfaces. The colorof these edges are determinedby the laminate coloryou select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Field-installed centerdrawer can be installedbeneath curvilinear worksurfaceswherever spacepermits—requires 19 1 ⁄2"D x21"W..96 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Jetty CurvilinearWorksurfaces.ConnectionsShared cantileverconnects to a panel andsupports two adjacentworksurfaces. Triangularshapedshared cantilevercan also be used to supportcurvilinear worksurfaces.Pedestals should not beinstalled below jetty worksurfaces.Use adjacentworksurfaces instead.Wiring & CablingCable scallops areincluded in the back edgesof these worksurfaces toprovide space for plugs topass over the back edge ofthe worksurface.Worksurfaces areinstalled with a 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage 178..Surface MaterialsDirectional laminatesand wood veneer arenot available on curvilinearworksurfaces.Worksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of these edgesmust be specified separately.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults,page 383Column support• PaintShared cantilever• Paint.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 97
Visitor, Linking, and Spanner Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-Thick.Curvilinear worksurfacesare available toallow a broader range ofworkstation layouts with<strong>Avenir</strong>.cSpecifying, page 268Worksurface has awood core with a laminatesurface.Conference end panelis included with the visitorworksurface to link to thepanel and support one endof the worksurface. It supportsthe worksurface at28 1 /2""H.Straight edge is locatedon the back and sides ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl self-edged PVC.Shared cantilevers mustbe used on both sides ofthe worksurface.Actual Dimensions24 5 /16"25 27 /32"24"30 5 /16"18"30 5 /16"24"30 5 /16"30"36"24"36"30"Radius edge is locatedon the user’s front edge ofthe worksurface. This edgeis a vinyl T-mold.Cable scallops areincluded to allow cords andcables to pass behind theworksurface.Column support isincluded with the linkingand spanner worksurfaces.It adjusts to a range of 4" toaccommodate unevenfloors.25 27 /32" 30 27 /32"38"50"50"62"30 27 /32"30"30"36"Additional supports areavailable and must beordered separately.36".Product Details1 1 ⁄2"-thick <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswith radiusedge can be used withcurvilinear worksurfaces.Fit between worksurfaceswill not be snug.Tip: <strong>Avenir</strong> non-curvilinearworksurfaces have a laminateedge and curvilinearworksurfaces have a T-moldedge.User’s edge(s) of theworksurface are finishedwith a vinyl T-mold radiusedge detail that can bespecified to match orcontrast with the laminateworksurface. Color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately, unlike the edgesof other <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaceswhich are defaults determinedby the laminate colorthat you select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Vinyl (PVC) edgefinishes the sides and backof worksurfaces. The colorof these edges are determinedby the laminate coloryou select.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Center drawer is notpractical to use with visitor,linking, and spanner worksurfaces.Freestanding version ofthe spanner worksurface isavailable. It has legs thatallow it to function as amobile table..98 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Visitor, Linking, andSpanner CurvilinearWorksurfaces.ConnectionsShared cantileverconnects to a panel andsupports two adjacentworksurfaces. Triangularshapedshared cantilevercan also be used to supportcurvilinear worksurfaces.Pedestals should not beinstalled below these worksurfaces.Use adjacentworksurfaces instead..Wiring & CablingCable scallops areincluded in the back cornerof the linking worksurfaceto provide space for plugsto pass over the back edgeof the worksurface.An L-configurationfiller package may bemodified in the field to fit inthe cable scallop of a linkingworksurface.Cable scallop is notincluded in the visitor orspanner worksurfaces. Useadjacent worksurfaces toroute cables.Visitor worksurfacesare installed with a 3 ⁄16" gapseparating the back of theworksurface from the supportingpanels. This smallspace permits cord movement.Worksurface supportshave stop tabs to ensureproper installation.Cable managementdevices are available tohelp manage conventionaland fiber-optic cablesbeneath the worksurface.cPage 178.Surface MaterialsDirectional laminatesand wood veneer arenot available on curvilinearworksurfaces.Worksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of these edgesmust be specified separately.cSee Edge Defaults,page 383Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults,page 383Conference end panel• PaintColumn support• PaintShared cantilever• Paint.ShippingPalletizing streamlinesunloading and staging ofworksurfaces. Identicalworksurfaces ordered onthe same line item arepacked on pallets containing10–17 worksurfaces.Remaining worksurfacesare packed individually incartons. If palletizing is notdesired, order in quantitiesof nine or less per line item.For maximum unloadefficiency, utilize pallethandling equipment at jobsite whenever possible.Wood worksurfaces cannotbe palletized...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 99
Worksurface SupportsSide SupportcSpecifying, page 271cSpecifying, page 271.Locking Side Support..Product DetailsSide supports hold up astraight worksurface that isthe same dimension as thepanel it is linked to.Panel width must equalthe worksurface depth.Side supports areordered separately.Product DetailsLocking side supportsattach the worksurface to apanel when the worksurfaceis not panel wrapped and issupported by a pedestal onthe opposite end.Locking side supportsare ordered separately...ConnectionsSide supports can beused to support <strong>Avenir</strong>worksurfaces.Side supports hook intothe panel at any height andfasten to the worksurfacewith screws.One pair of side supportsis used to support the frontand the back of the worksurfaceon the same end.You can use an alternativesupport at the other end ofthe worksurface.Panel-supported tablesare standard with lockingside supports.cPage 82..Surface MaterialsSide support• Grey Value 2 paint onlyConnectionsLocking side supportscan be used to support<strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaces.Locking side supporthooks into a panel and fastensto the worksurface withscrews.Surface MaterialsLocking side support• Black paint only.100 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface SupportsL-Shaped CantileverscSpecifying, page 27117 15 /16", 23 15 /16", or 29 7 /8"D2 1 /16"H12 5 /8"H5 15 /16" or 11 7 /8"DActual DimensionsDepth 17 15 ⁄16", 23 15 ⁄16", or 29 7 ⁄8"Width (thickness) 3 ⁄4". Height 12 5 ⁄8".Product DetailsCantilevers support worksurfacesand leave the floorunobstructed.Cantilevers are orderedseparately.Return panel must be thesame width as the worksurfacedepth. Side supportsmust be used..ConnectionsCantilevers can beused to support <strong>Avenir</strong>worksurfaces.Cantilever hooks into apanel at any height and fastensto the worksurface withscrews.DCantilever depth mustcorrespond with the depthof the worksurface.Spring-activated safetycatch automatically locksthe worksurface supportsonto the panel to secure theworksurface.Cantilever-to-cantileverclamp is used to alignside-by-side worksurfacesof the same height that aresupported by a pair ofcantilevers..Change-of-height cantilever-to-cantileverclamp aligns worksurfacesat different heights that aresupported by cantilevers.Change of height is threeinches.Surface MaterialsCantilever• PaintCantilever-tocantileverclamp• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsAlternative worksurfacesupports can beused at the opposite end ofthe worksurface.30"D worksurfacescannot be supportedby two cantilevers.Support one end with sidesupport, end panel, clearaccessend panel, or apedestal to achieve adequatestability.Corner WorksurfacescPage 78.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Supports, continued 101
Worksurface Supports, continuedcSpecifying, page 272Actual DimensionsDepth 16"Width (thickness) 1". Height 12"Triangular-Shaped Cantilevers.Product DetailsCantilevers support worksurfacesand leave the floorunobstructed.Cantilevers can be usedon all <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaces.They must be orderedseparately.Return panel must be thesame width as the worksurfacedepth. Side supportsmust be used.All cantilevers areordered separately..ConnectionsCantilever hooks into apanel at any height and fastensto the worksurface withscrews.18", 24", or 30"DCantilever can be usedon 18"D, 24"D, and 30"Dworksurfaces.Safety catch locks theworksurface supports ontothe panel to secure theworksurface.Non-handed so it canaccommodate left- andright-hand applications.Tie plate is used to alignside-by-side worksurfacesof the same height thatare supported by a pair ofcantilevers.Surface MaterialsCantilever• PaintTie plate• Grotto paint onlyApplication TopicsAlternative worksurfacesupports can beused at the opposite end ofthe worksurface.30"D worksurfacescannot be supportedby two cantilevers.Support one end with sidesupport, end panel, clearaccessend panel, or apedestal to achieve adequatestability.Corner WorksurfacescPage 78..102 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface SupportsL-Shaped Shared CantileversSupport plate is includedto align worksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 2728 9 /16" or 14 9 /16"D12 9 /16"H4 1 /16" or 10 1 /16"DActual DimensionsDepth 8 9 ⁄16" or 14 9 ⁄16"Height 12 9 ⁄16"Support plate 14"D x 3 11 ⁄16"WTriangular-Shaped Shared Cantilever16"12"cSpecifying, page 272Actual DimensionsDepth 16"Height 12"Top plate depth 11 3 ⁄4". Top plate width 4 1 ⁄2"..Product DetailsShared cantileverssupport adjacent worksurfacesat the same height.Two versions of theshared cantilever are availablefor 24"D and 30"Dworksurfaces.Shared cantilevers areordered separately.Product DetailsCantilevers support twoadjacent worksurfaces andleave the floor unobstructed.Cantilevers can beused on all <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfacesand curvilinearworksurfaces...ConnectionsShared cantilevercan be used to supportother <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaces.Shared cantilever hooksinto a panel at any heightand fastens to the worksurfacewith screws.Spring-activated safetycatch automatically locksthe worksurface supportsonto the panel to secure theworksurface.ConnectionsCantilever hooks into apanel at any height and fastensto the worksurfaceswith screws.Alignment plate isincluded to join adjacentworksurfaces at the samelevel.18", 24", or 30"DCantilever can be usedon 18"D, 24"D, and 30"Dworksurfaces.Worksurface supportslock onto the panel tosecure the worksurface...Surface MaterialsShared cantilever• PaintSupport plate• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsCorner WorksurfacescPage 78Surface MaterialsShared cantilever• PaintAlignment plate• Grotto paint only.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Supports, continued 103
Worksurface Supports, continuedSupport PlatescSpecifying, page 273Actual DimensionsDepth 14", 20", or 25 15 ⁄16"Width 3 11 ⁄16"End Panels with BasecSpecifying, page 273Actual DimensionsDepth 18", 24", or 30"Width (thickness) 1 5 ⁄16"Height 27". Leveling glide range 1"..Product DetailsSupport plate joins worksurfacesat the same heightand allows adjacent worksurfacesto provide supportat a 90° angle.Three support platesizes are available tocorrespond with the threeworksurface depths. Eachplate is 4" less deep thanthe worksurface depth:14"D on an 18"D worksurface,20"D on a 24"D worksurface,and 25 15 ⁄16"D ona 30"D worksurface.Support plates areordered separately.Product DetailsEnd panels support 1 1 ⁄8"-thick worksurfaces at anoverall height of 28 1 ⁄8" and1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfaces atan overall height of 28 1 ⁄2".End panels are orderedseparately...ConnectionsSupport plates canbe used to support 1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfaces.Support plate attaches toadjacent worksurface withscrews.ConnectionsEnd panels can beused to support 1 1 ⁄2"-thickworksurfaces.Panel-attachment hardwareis fastened to theend panel in the field toaccommodate left- or righthandapplications. Theyare not freestanding units.End panel hooks into thepanel and fastens to theworksurface with screws...Surface MaterialsSupport plate• Black paint onlyApplication TopicsAdjacent worksurfacemust be supported at bothends.Panel-SupportedTablescPage 82Surface MaterialsEnd panel• PaintLeveling glides• Black only.104 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface SupportscSpecifying, page 274Actual DimensionsDepth 24" or 30"Width (thickness) 1"Height 27"Leveling glide range 1"cSpecifying, page 274Actual DimensionsDepth 24" or 30"Width (thickness) 1 5 ⁄16"Height 25" to 28 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1⁄4"End Panels without BaseFloor-Support End PanelsAttachment hardwareengages slotted channel inpanel seam.Adjustable-height baseaccommodates worksurfaceheights from 25"H to28 3 ⁄4"H...Product DetailsEnd panels without basesupport 1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfacesat an overall heightof 28 1 ⁄2".End panels are orderedseparately.Product DetailsLeft- and right-handversions of the floorsupportend panels areavailable.Depth of floor-support endpanel corresponds to either24"D or 30"D worksurfaces...ConnectionsPanel-attachment hardwareis fastened to theend panel in the field toaccommodate either left- orright-hand applications, butshould not be used to supportboth. They are not freestandingunits.End panel hooks into thepanel and fastens to theworksurface with screws.Surface MaterialsEnd panel• PaintLeveling glides• Black only..Surface MaterialsEnd panel• PaintLeveling glides• Black only.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Supports, continued 105
Worksurface Supports, continuedClear-Access End PanelsRight- and left-handversions of the clearaccessend panel areavailable.cSpecifying, page 27523 15 /16" or 29 7 /8"D2 1 /16"H26 1 /4" to29 3 /4"H11" or 16"DActual DimensionsDepth 24" or 30"Width (thickness) 1 5 ⁄16"Height 26 1 ⁄4" to 29 3 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 ⁄4"Attachment hardwareengages slotted channelin panel seam.Adjustable-heightbase accommodatesworksurface heights from26 1 ⁄4" to 29 3 ⁄4"..Product DetailsClear–access endpanel supports a worksurfaceand provideskneespace..Clear-access end panelsprovide more supportand stability than cantilevers,but still allow users to swiveltheir chairs without runninginto the worksurfacesupports.Clear-access end panelsare ordered separately..ConnectionsClear-access end panelscan be used to support1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfaces.Clear-access end panelshook into the panel andfasten to the worksurfacewith screws. They are notfreestanding units.Spring-activated safetycatch automatically locksthe worksurface supportsonto the panel to secure theworksurface.Surface MaterialsClear-access end panel• PaintLeveling glides• Black only.106 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface SupportsWorksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 107
Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesCrank-Adjustable.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacesare available in<strong>Avenir</strong>-style and Curvilinearand support computers,keyboards, and mouse forusers in task-intensive orhigh-churn environments.cSpecifying, page 278Worksurfaces have awood core with a laminatesurface.Knobs adjust keyboardtilt on dual adjustableheightworksurfaces.Release lever activatescontinuous height adjustmentof keyboard surfaceon dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.Hand crank allowsseated left- or right-handedusers to raise or lower themonitor worksurface. Crankcan be stored away whennot in use..Product DetailsThree variations ofcrank-adjustableworksurfaces areavailable—single, dual,and bi-level. All threevariations are availablein both straight and cornershapes.39 13 /16"26 7 /16"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatesingle or multiplemonitors and a keyboard.You can adjust the heightof the worksurface withthe crank mechanismfrom 26 7 ⁄16"H to 39 13 ⁄16"H.39 13 /16"26 7 /16"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with asmaller keyboard worksurfaceattached. You canadjust the height of themonitor worksurface withthe crank from 26 7 ⁄16"H to39 13 ⁄16"H, and the keyboardworksurface movesalong with it.Dual worksurfacescannot be used withExtension Link worksurfaces..24 1 /2"H to 40"HKeyboardMonitor6"5"Floor39 13 /16"26 7 /16"39 13 /16"26 7 /16".Keyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces issupported by a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface.Bi-level worksurfacesare two nearly equalpieces—a monitor worksurfaceand a large keyboardworksurface. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface with the crankmechanism. You can alsoadjust the height of the keyboardworksurface with thecrank mechanism. Thesetwo adjustments are completelyindependent of eachother and range from26 7 ⁄16"H to 39 13 ⁄16"H.Extension worksurfacesconnect to cornerworksurfaces to providethe user with additionalspace. An extensionworksurface attachesto a single or bi-levelcorner worksurfaceand moves up or downin tandem with the cornerworksurface.Extension worksurfaceincludes a gas cylinder inthe rear column.Extension worksurfacecannot attach to dualworksurfaces.108 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.PVCSideEdgeStraight <strong>Avenir</strong>-styleworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on theuser’s side and the back,and self-edge vinyl (PVC)on all other sides. The colorof the self-edge vinyl is adefault determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.PVCSideEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeRadiusBackEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeRadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdgeRadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdgeCorner <strong>Avenir</strong>-styleworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on theuser’s side and the backsides, and self-edge vinyl(PVC) on the sides thatface adjacent worksurfaces.The color of the self-edgevinyl is a default determinedby the laminate color chosenfor the worksurface..PVCSideEdgePVCSideEdgeRadiusT-moldFront EdgeStraight and cornerCurvilinear-style worksurfaceshave a T-moldvinyl radius edge on theuser’s side and self-edgevinyl (PVC) on all othersides. You can choose thecolor of the T-mold vinyl tocoordinate or contrast withthe worksurface. The colorof the self-edge vinyl is adefault determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.1 1 /2"PVCBackEdgeRadiusFrontEdgePVCBackEdgePVCBackEdgePVCSideEdge1 3 /4"PVCSideEdge1"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1"gap separates sides andadjacent furniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces..Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.GasCylindersGas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfacesto provide an additional110 pounds of lift assistance(55 pounds for eachcylinder). Gas cylinders fitinto the empty rear columnsof single and dual crankadjustablebases anddecrease the load up to50 percent. Gas cylinderscannot be field installed tobi-level models becausehe space in all four columnsis occupied by the crankmechanism. Gas cylindercomes standard on extensionworksurfaces.Mechanism requiresassembly. Worksurfacerequires assembly to mechanism..Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Edge Defaults,pages 383.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults,pages 383.Adjustable-height base• Paint.Application TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface will supportup to 20 pounds.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-height power,or desk accessories in thepath of adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Crank-adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfaceswill travel 1" forapproximately every 6.5turns of the crank handle..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cAdjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continued 109
Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces, continuedCrank Adjustability DetailsCrank drives worm screw Straight and cornerin leg of straight single, bi-level worksurfacesstraight dual, corner single, have separate height-adjust-and corner dual worksurfacesto raise or lower work-keyboard and the monitorsurface. Chain connects to surfaces, which allow theheight-adjustment mecha-two surfaces to adjust indenismin adjacent leg so it pendently of one another.moves up or down in sync Monitor surface can accom-with crank leg. Crank handle modate one 21" monitor.can be used in either leg.Actual Dimensions<strong>Avenir</strong>40"40"40"21 15 3 /4"15 /16"28 1 /4"ment mechanisms for the16 11"13 /16"46"46"46"21 15 3 /4"15 /16"28 1 /4"11"16 13 /16"Curvilinear40"40"40"15 21 1 /2"3 /4"28 1 /4"17 11"1 /4"46"46"46"21 3 /4"15 1 /2"28 1 /4"11"17 1 /4".Chain connectsheight-adjustmentmechanisms on extensionworksurfaces andadjacent worksurfaces toallow user to adjust allworksurfaces simultaneouslywith one turn of thecrank.39 1 /4" 39 1 /4" 34 1 /16"40 9 /16"39 1 /4" 39 1 /4"37 7 /16"22 1 /4"9 3 /4"11"27 5 /8" 10 1 /8"24" 24" 24"24 15 /16"23 7 /16"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4" 31 3 /16" 12 9 /16"40 3 /16"24"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"32 1 /2" 32 1 /2" 32 1 /2"22 1 /4"9 3 /4"22 1 /4"11"22 1 /4"32 1 /2" 32 1 /2" 32 1 /2"27 11 /16"24"4 1 /2"15 9 /16"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4" 38 1 /4"44 13 /16"28 1 /16"32 5 /16"Three worksurfaces(one corner and twoextension worksurfaces)can be linked and raisedor lowered with oneaction.4 1 /2"15 9 /16"21 5 /8"24 1 /8"25 11 /16"24"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"24"36"24"36"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4"22 1 /4".110 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Adjustable-HeightWorksurfacesWorksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 111
Adjustable-Height WorksurfacesElectrically AdjustableElectrically adjustable,adjustable-height worksurfacesare available in<strong>Avenir</strong>-style and Curvilinearand support computers,keyboards, and mouse forintensive computer usersin single-occupant, multioccupant,or high-churnenvironments. Allows usersto quickly and easily varybetween seated and standingpostures.cSpecifying, page 281Knobs adjust keyboard tilton dual adjustable-heightworksurfaces.9' power cord is provided.Release lever activatescontinuous adjustmentof keyboard surface ondual adjustable-heightworksurfaces..Leveling glides adjust toinstall unit on uneven floors.Worksurface has a150-pound weight capacitywith a wood core anda laminate surface.Worksurface with a 250-pound weight capacity isavailable as an option.Programmable memoryis available as anoption.Drawer-mounted twobuttoncontroller activatessmooth, continuousheight adjustment of singleor monitor worksurface.Controller is included with150-pound weight capacityworksurfaces..Product DetailsTwo variations of electricallyadjustable,adjustable-heightworksurfaces are available—singleand dual. Bothvariations are available instraight and corner shapes.40"24 1 /2"Single worksurfacesare one piece to accommodatea monitor and a keyboard.You can adjust theheight of the worksurfacefrom 24 1 ⁄2"H to 40"H.40"24 1 /2"Dual worksurfaces aretwo pieces—a large monitorworksurface with a smallerkeyboard worksurfaceattached. You can adjustthe height of the monitorworksurface from 24 1 ⁄2"H to40"H, and the keyboardworksurface moves alongwith it.Programmable memoryis available as an option andallows three users to programthree height settingseach, for a total of nine settings.Included, is a drawermountedsix-button controllerwith an LED display thatshows settings in inches,and soft-start/soft-stopadjustment for an extrasmooth start and stopmotion..112 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Adjustable-HeightWorksurfaces.High-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface is availableas an option and accommodatesa 250-pound weightcapacity. Programmablememory is included.Controller drawer shipswith the worksurface andallows for easy access tothe controller while helpingto prevent unintentionaladjustment.Keyboard surface tiltswith a range of 25°.24 1 /2"H to 40"HMonitorKeyboardFloor6"5".Keyboard worksurfaceon dual worksurfaces issupported by a spring mechanismthat allows it to adjustto positions up to 6" higheror 5" lower than the monitorworksurface.PVCSideEdgeStraight <strong>Avenir</strong>-styleworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on theuser’s side and the back,and self-edge vinyl (PVC)on all other sides. The colorof the self-edge vinyl is adefault determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.PVCSideEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeCorner <strong>Avenir</strong>-styleworksurfaces have aradius-edge profile on theuser’s side and the backsides, and self-edge vinyl(PVC) on the sides thatface adjacent worksurfaces.The color of the self-edgevinyl is a default determinedby the laminate color chosenfor the worksurface.PVCSideEdgeRadiusBackEdgeRadiusFrontEdgeRadiusBackEdgeRadiusBackEdgePVCSideEdgePVCBackEdgePVCSideEdgePVCSideRadiusEdgeT-moldFront EdgeStraight and cornerCurvilinear-style worksurfaceshave a T-moldvinyl radius edge on theuser’s side and self-edgevinyl (PVC) on all othersides. You can choose thecolor of the T-mold vinyl tocoordinate or contrast withthe worksurface. The colorof the self-edge vinyl is adefault determined by thelaminate color chosen forthe worksurface.1 3 /4"1 1 /2"1"At least a 1 3 ⁄4" gapmust separate backs of aworksurface and panels toaccommodate cables andprevent pinching. A 1"gap separates sides andadjacent furniture. There isalso a 1 1 ⁄2" space betweenthe keyboard and monitorsurfaces on units with twosurfaces.Adjustable-heightmechanism requiresattachment to the base andworksurface..Actual Dimensions<strong>Avenir</strong>40"40"28 1 /4"46"46"28 1 /4"Curvilinear40"40"28 1 /4"46"46"28 1 /4".Surface MaterialsWorksurfaces• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.User’s edge(s)• Vinyl T-moldTip: The color of theseedges must be specifiedseparately.cSee Edge Defaults,pages 383.Back and side edges• Vinyl (PVC) defaultcSee Edge Defaults,pages 383.Adjustable-height base• Paint21 3 /4"11"21 3 /4"11"21 3 /4"11"21 3 /4"11"37 7 /16".39 1 /4" 39 1 /4"40 9 /16"39 1 /4" 39 1 /4"22 1 /4"24" 24"24 15 /16"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"40 3 /16"24"22 1 /4"45 1 /4" 45 1 /4"44 13 /16"22 1 /4"32 1 /2" 32 1 /2"22 1 /4"Application TopicsAdjustable-heightworksurfaces support atotal of 150 pounds. If theunit has two surfaces, themonitor surface will supportup to 130 pounds and thekeyboard surface will supportup to 20 pounds.Maximum power consumptionis 3.38 amps. A 9' powercord is provided.Optional high-performanceadjustable-heightworksurface supports250 pounds on top of worksurface.Maximum powerconsumption is 3.38 amps.Moving worksurfacescan collide with other components.Don’t install overheadstorage, desk-height power,or desk accessories in thepath of adjustable-heightworksurfaces.Worksurfaces with 150-pound weight capacity willtravel 1.3" per second.Worksurfaces with 250-pound weight capacity willtravel 1" per second.28 1 /16"32 5 /16"9 3 /4"11"32 1 /2" 32 1 /2"27 11 /16"24"4 1 /2"15 9 /16"4 1 /2"15 9 /16"9 3 /4"11".Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 113
DesksDesks are available insingle- and double-pedestalmodels. They are shippedfully assembled.cSpecifying, page 286Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.End panel is standard onsingle-pedestal desks.Leveling glides adjust toinstall desks on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth 24", 30", or 36"Width 60 1 ⁄4", 66 1 ⁄4", or 72 1 ⁄4"Height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"End panel thickness 1 5 ⁄16"Back panel height 25 7 ⁄16"Back panel thickness 1"Leveling glide range 1". Pedestal width 15"Vinyl (PVC) is located onthe sides of the worksurface.Radius edge is locatedon the front and back of theworksurface.Locks are available in thetop drawer of pedestals tosecure all drawers in thepedestal. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Drawers are made of steel.Box-, and file-size drawersare available.Pedestals are availablelocated on the left, right, orboth sides of the desk.Center drawer can bespecified for factory or fieldinstallation. Center drawersdo not lock.Product Details1 1 /2"Back panel fits betweenpedestals or pedestal andend panel. There is 1 1 ⁄2" ofspace between the bottomof the back panel and thefloor.Flush 1 5 /16" 1 /2"Back panel, on 24"D and30"D desks, is recessed1 5 ⁄16" from the back edge ofthe worksurface. Pedestalsare recessed 1 ⁄2" from theback edge of the worksurface.End panel, on singlepedestal desks, is flushwith the back edge of theworksurface.6 1 /2"Overhanging top, on36"D desks only, provideskneespace for visitors andenables the desk to be usedfor conferencing. Overhangis 6 1 ⁄2" on the visitor’s side...114 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Desks.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Single-pedestal desksare standard with a “BBF”pedestal—two box drawersand one file drawer—on theright.Double-pedestal desksare standard with a “BBF”pedestal—two box drawersand one file drawer—on theleft and an “FF” pedestal—two file drawers—on theright..Standard full drawerinterior includes full-depthand full-extension box andfile drawers. Accessoriesinclude one pencil tray perbox/box/file pedestal, onebox drawer divider per boxdrawer, and one hangingfile rail per file drawer.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts.Center drawers areequipped with a conveniencetray.Exception: Desks orderedwithout center drawer areequipped with a conveniencetray in the top boxdrawer.cPage 124Storage accessories—including movable partition,convenience tray, stationerytray, and reference shelf—are available.cPage 160.ConnectionsReturns and bridgesattach to desks with supportbrackets that are shippedwith the return or bridge.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation.Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage 126Pedestals and centerdrawer block access togrommets.Exception: Back centergrommet doesn’t conflictwith center drawer.cPage 130.Products are availableto manage cords andcables under the desk’sworksurface.cPage 178Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)End panel• PaintBack panel• PaintPedestal• PaintLock• 9201 Polished Chromestandard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)<strong>Avenir</strong> drawer pulls• Paint.pullcoverDrawer pull paint colorcan match or complementthe pedestal color, while thepull cover always matchespedestal color.Center drawer• Paint• PlasticGrommets• PlasticLeveling glides• Black onlyApplication TopicsAccess to receptaclein panel base is possiblewhen a desk is panelwrapped, but the backpanel limits access. Deskmust be pulled away slightlyfrom the panels to accessthe outlet. Use a panelsupportedreceptacle orpower strip in applicationswhere frequent access tothe receptacle is needed.Storage CapacitiescPage 166.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 115
ReturnsReturns attach to a desk orcredenza to form anL-shape configuration.Returns are shipped fullyassembled.cSpecifying, page 298Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.End panel is standard onreturns without pedestals.Leveling glides adjust toinstall returns on unevenfloors.Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sides andback of the worksurface.Actual DimensionsDepth* 18" or 24"Width of return without pedestal 36" (35"), 48" (47"), or(kneespace width) 60 1 ⁄4" (59")Width of return with one pedestal 36" (21"), 48" (33"), or(kneespace width) 60 1 ⁄4" (45")Width of return with two pedestals 60 1 ⁄4" (30")(kneespace width)Height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"End panel thickness 1 5 ⁄16"Back panel height 25 7 ⁄16"Back panel thickness 1"Leveling glide range 1"Pedestal width 15". *Returns with pedestals are 24"D.Support plates connectthe return to desks andcredenzas.Radius edge is located onthe front of the worksurface.Locks are available in thetop drawer of pedestals tosecure all drawers in thepedestal. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Drawers are made of steel.Box- and file-size drawersare available.Product Details1 1 /2"Back panel fits betweenthe pedestal or end paneland the adjacent desk orcredenza. There is 1 1 ⁄2" ofspace between the bottomof the back panel and thefloor.Flush 1 5 /16"Back panel is recessed1 5 ⁄16" from the back edgeof the worksurface. Endpanel, on returns withoutpedestals, is flush withthe back edge of theworksurface.1 /2" 1 5 /16"1 5 /16"Pedestals are recessed1⁄2" from the back edge ofthe worksurface...116 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Returns.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Returns are standard withan “FF” pedestal—two filedrawers.Standard full drawerinterior includes full-depthand full-extension box andfile drawers. Accessoriesinclude one pencil tray perbox/box/file pedestal, onebox drawer divider per boxdrawer, and one hangingfile rail per file drawer.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts.Bridges and returnscannot be used in conjunctionwith freestandingcorner worksurfacesbecause the back edgeof the freestanding worksurfaceis radiused and thereturns or bridges havesquare back edges.ConnectionsReturns attach to desksand credenzas using twosupport brackets that areincluded with the return.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation...Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, in 18"Dand 24"D returns onlyto allow cords and cablesto pass through theworksurface.cPage 126Pedestals block accessto some grommets.cPage 130Products are availableto manage cords andcables under the return’sworksurface.cPage 178.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)End panel• PaintBack panel• PaintPedestal• PaintLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)<strong>Avenir</strong> drawer pulls• PaintDrawer pull paint colorcan match or complementthe pedestal color while thepull cover always matchespedestal color.Grommets• PlasticLeveling glides• Black onlySupport plate• Black paint onlypullcover.Application TopicsAccess to receptaclein panel base is possiblewhen a return is panelwrapped, but the backpanel limits access. Returnmust be pulled away slightlyfrom the panels to accessthe outlet. Use a panelsupportedreceptacle orpower strip in applicationswhere frequent access tothe receptacle is needed.Storage CapacitiescPage 166.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 117
BridgesBridges attach to a deskand credenza to form a U-shape configuration. Bridgesare shipped knocked down(K.D.).cSpecifying, page 302Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Support plates connectthe bridge to desks andcredenzas.Actual DimensionsDepth 18" or 24"Width 48" or 60 1 ⁄4"Height when attached 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"Back panel height 25 7 ⁄16". Back panel thickness 1"Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sides andback of the worksurface.Radius edge is located onthe front of the worksurface..Product Details1 1 /2"1"Back panel is recessed1" from the end panels ofadjacent desk or credenza.There is 1 1 ⁄2" of spacebetween the bottom of theback panel and the floor.Bridges and returnscannot be used in conjunctionwith freestandingcorner worksurfacesbecause the back edgeof the freestanding worksurfaceis radiused and thereturns or bridges havesquare back edges..118 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Bridges.ConnectionsBridges attach to desksand credenzas at 28 1 ⁄2"Husing support plates thatare included with thebridge.Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicularapplication.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation.Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage 126Products are availableto manage cords andcables under the bridge’sworksurface.cPage 178..Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Back panel• PaintSupport plates• Black paint onlyGrommets• Plastic.Application TopicsAccess to receptaclein panel base is possiblewhen a bridge is panelwrapped, but the backpanel limits access. Bridgemust be pulled away slightlyfrom the panels to accessthe outlet. Use a panelsupportedreceptacle orpower strip in applicationswhere frequent access tothe receptacle is needed...Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 119
Radius-End TablesRadius-end tables areperfect for conferencing andcan serve as a primary worksurface.Unit must be connectedto a bridge, return, oradjoining worksurface to forma L- or U-shaped configurationand to provide properstability. Additional attachmenthardware may need tobe ordered.cSpecifying, page 303Edge is vinyl on laminateworksurfaces and woodradius edge on woodworksurfaces.End panel provides supportfor freestanding radiusendtable.Leveling glides adjust toinstall furniture on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth 30"Width 60", 66", or 72"Height 28 1 ⁄2"Kneespace width 60" table 22 1 ⁄2"W66" table 28 1 ⁄2"W72" table 34 1 ⁄2"WThickness 1 1 ⁄2". Column support diameter 4"Straight edge of worksurfaceis a vinyl self-edgedPVC on laminate versiontables and veneer on woodtables.Center panel increasesstability of end panel support.Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface..Product DetailsModesty panel is availableand fits between thecenter support and the columnsupport to provideadditional privacy in thekneespace area. The modestypanel is attached in thefield to the center supportand the bottom of the worksurface,a column bracket isalso includedModesty panels are14"H to 1 1 ⁄16" thick, widthvaries by the size of thetable as follows:60"W table 20 1 ⁄8"W66"W table 26 1 ⁄8"W72"W table 32 1 ⁄8"W.120 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Radius-End Tables.ConnectionsSupport plate from adjacentworksurface ensuresalignment.cPage 104Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation..Wiring & CablingGrommet is available,factory-installed, to allowcords and cables to passthrough the worksurface.cPage 126.Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)Edge• Vinyl (standard onlaminate worksurface)• Wood (standard on woodworksurface)Column support• Paint (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option).Application TopicsRadius end table mustbe used in conjunctionwith an adjacent worksurfaceof the same thickness.Unit must be connected to abridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form a L- orU-shaped configuration andto provide proper stability.Additional attachment hardwaremay need to beordered..ShippingRadius end table andmodesty panel areshipped knocked down(K.D.)..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 121
CredenzasCredenzas are availablewith two, three, or fourpedestals. They are availablewith or without a kneespace.They are shipped fullyassembled.cSpecifying, pages 306–309Worksurface has a woodcore with a laminate orwood surface.Vinyl (PVC) edge islocated on the sides of thecredenza’s worksurface.End panel is standard oncredenzas with a kneespace.Leveling glides adjust toinstall credenzas on unevenfloors.Actual DimensionsDepth 24"Width of credenza without 45" or 60 1 ⁄4"kneespaceWidth of credenza with 60 1 ⁄4"(29"), 66 1 ⁄4"(35"),kneespace (kneespace width) or 72 1 ⁄4"(26")Height 28 1 ⁄2"Worksurface thickness 1 1 ⁄2"End panel thickness 1 5 ⁄16"Back panel height* 25 7 ⁄16"Back panel thickness* 1"Leveling glide range 1"Pedestal width 15".* Back panel on credenzas with kneespace only.Radius edge is locatedon the front and back of thecredenza’s worksurface.Drawers are made ofsteel. Box-, and file-sizedrawers are available.Locks are available in thetop drawer of each pedestalto secure all the drawers inthe pedestal. Products withlocks ship with a lock facering and removable plasticplug to accommodate a lockcylinder installed on site.Lock cylinders must bespecified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Product Details1 1 /2"Back panel is standardon credenzas with a kneespaceonly. Back panel fitsbetween the pedestal andend panel. There is 1 1 ⁄2" ofspace between the bottomof the back panel and thefloor.Flush 1 5 /16" 1 /2"Back panel, on 24"D and30"D desks, is recessed1 5 ⁄16" from the back edge ofthe worksurface. Pedestalsare recessed 1 ⁄2" from theback edge of the worksurface.End panel, on singlepedestal desks, is flushwith the back edge of theworksurface...122 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Credenzas.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess.Credenzas are standardwith an “FF” pedestal—two file drawers—in alllocations.Standard full drawerinterior includes full-depthand full-extension box andfile drawers. Accessoriesinclude one pencil tray perbox/box/file pedestal, onebox drawer divider per boxdrawer, and one hangingfile rail per file drawer.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts.ConnectionsReturns and bridgesattach to credenzas withsupport plates that areincluded with the return orbridge...Worksurface fillers areavailable as transition fillersfor radius-edge worksurfacesin a perpendicular orstraight-line application.cPage 125Tip: Because of different furnitureapplications andinstallation techniques, it issuggested that worksurfacefillers be ordered after theworksurface installation.Wiring & CablingGrommets are available,factory installed, on credenzawith kneespaceto allow cords and cablesto pass through the worksurface.cPage 126Pedestals block accessto some grommets.cPage 130.Products are available tomanage cords and cablesunder the credenza’sworksurface.cPage 178Surface MaterialsWorksurface• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Wood (option)• Customiz stain or full-fillfinish (option on wood)End panel• PaintBack panel• PaintPedestal• PaintLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)<strong>Avenir</strong> drawer pulls• Paint.pullcoverDrawer pull paint colorcan match or complementthe pedestal color while thepull cover always matchespedestal color.Grommets• PlasticLeveling glides• Black onlyApplication TopicsAccess to receptaclein panel base is possiblewhen a credenza is panelwrapped, but the backpanel limits access. Credenzamust be pulled awayslightly from the panels toaccess the outlet. Use apanel-supported receptacleor power strip in applicationswhere frequent accessto the receptacle is needed.Storage CapacitiescPage 166.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 123
Worksurface AccessoriesMetal Center DrawerscSpecifying, page 310Actual DimensionsDepth 18 1 ⁄8" or 23"Inside depth 14 1 ⁄2" or 19 1 ⁄2"Width 21 1 ⁄2"Inside width 19 1 ⁄2"Height 2 3 ⁄8"Inside height 2"Plastic Center DrawercSpecifying, page 310Actual DimensionsDepth 19"Inside depth14 7 ⁄8" (includes pencil tray)Width 21"Inside width 19"Height 1 3 ⁄8"Inside height 1 3 ⁄8"Overall height installed 2"Pencil spaces2 7 ⁄8"D x 7 1 ⁄2"W. Paper clip spaces 1"D x 3 3 ⁄4"W..Product DetailsMetal center drawerprovides convenient personalstorage beneath theworksurface.Tray for pencils and paperclips is included.Locks are not available oncenter drawers. For securestorage, use pedestals andother lower storage withlocks.ConnectionsFits on all 24"D and30"D panel-supportedworksurfaces and 24"D,30"D, and 36"D desks.Tip: 24"D desk can only usethe 18 1 ⁄8"D center drawer.Installation in the factoryor in the field is possible.Product DetailsLight-duty, plasticcenter drawer can beadded beneath the worksurfaceto store pens, pencils,paper, and other lightweightpersonal tools.Low profile ensures thatdrawer is not visually prominentand occupies littlekneespace.Locks are not available oncenter drawers. For securestorage, use pedestals andother lower storage withlocks...Drawer frame andattaching hardwareare included for fieldinstallation.Wiring & CablingGrommets cannot beused over center drawers.cPage 126Surface MaterialsCenter drawer• PaintTip: Drawer will match thecolor of the supports. Ifyou want a complementarycolor, you should order thedrawer separately for fieldinstallation.Application TopicsPosition of factoryinstalledcenter drawerson 30"W and 36"Wworksurfaces is centered.On 42"W or wider worksurfaces,the drawer is standardcentered, but can bespecified left or right.ConnectionsPlastic center drawercan be used with 1 1 ⁄2"-thickworksurfaces.Field install centerdrawer wherever space isavailable beneath the worksurface.Minimum arearequired is 19 1 ⁄2"D x 21"W.A 27"H or higher clearanceis recommended.Installation templateand attaching hardwareare included for fieldinstallation...If left or right is specified,drawer will be placedapproximately 4" from theleft or right end to allow forthe attachment of cantileversor end panels.centeredDrawer is centered whenfactory installed on desks.23"minimum11 3 /8"Kneespace clearanceneeded is 23"W.Wiring & CablingGrommets cannot beused over center drawers.cPage 126Surface MaterialsDrawer• Black textured plastic onlySlides• Black plastic only.124 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface AccessoriescSpecifying, page 311Actual DimensionsVertical unitDepth 19 1 ⁄2"Inside depth 19"Width 7 1 ⁄2"Inside width 7"Height 22"Inside height 21 1 ⁄2"Worksurface FillerscSpecifying, page 276Actual Dimensions1 1 ⁄2"-ThickDepth 18", 24", or 30"Width 5⁄16". Height 1 1 ⁄2"Processor Storage Units..Product DetailsProcessor storageunits are available for storingCPUs beneath anyworksurface.Accommodates a systemunit or a processingunit.Product DetailsWorksurface fillers areused to fill in the slight gapsthat may result when worksurfacesare connected inperpendicular or straightlineapplications.ConnectionsWorksurface fillers areavailable for use with 1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfaces...ConnectionsProcessor storageunits can be used with1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfaces.Installation requirementsmay vary. Consultthe CPU manufacturer’sinstructions for properattaching position.Perpendicular configurationsrequire a worksurfacefiller that conforms to aradius worksurface edge onone side and a straightworksurface edge on theother side.Straight-line configurationsrequire a worksurfacefiller that accommodatesstraight worksurface edgeson both sides.Worksurface fillersizes are available tocorrespond with worksurfacedepths...Wiring & CablingCable routing under aworksurface is not impaired.Surface MaterialsProcessor storage unit• Black paint onlySurface MaterialsWorksurface filler,1 1 ⁄2"-thick• PlasticcPage 380ApplicationTopicsOrder worksurface fillersafter the worksurface installationbecause differentfurniture applications andinstallation techniques maynot require a worksurfacefiller or worksurface fillermay not fit.How Panel-SupportedComponents FitcPage 56.Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 125
Grommets.Actual DimensionsDepth 2 1 ⁄8"Width 3 1 ⁄2"Height 13⁄16"Opening depth 1 5 ⁄8"Opening width 3"Size of pass-through hole 3 ⁄4" x 7 ⁄8".Product DetailsGrommets are factoryinstalled to allow cords andcables to pass through theworksurface.Snap-out cover allowsnumerous cords and cablesto pass through the worksurface.Three-prong plugswill fit through the opening.The cover holds cords inplace when replaced..Surface MaterialsGrommet• PlasticTip: If a plastic color is notspecified, 6000 Black will beprovided.cPage 380.Application TopicsCenter drawers willblock access to grommets,so avoid specifying centergrommets when installingcenter drawers.Pedestals will blockaccess to some grommets,so avoid left and right grommetswhen specifying worksurfacesthat will havepedestals installed beneaththe grommets.Grommet LocationscPage 127Center Drawer Fit andGrommet ObstructioncPage 130.126 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Grommet LocationsGrommet LocationsPanel-Supported Rectangular Worksurfaces andFreestanding Credenzas and Returns3 7 /8"CenterlineCWBLCWBCCWBRCWFCCWFL CWKBCWFRFront of worksurface5 1 /4" 13 7 /8"Any combination of upto seven grommet locationsis available on panel-supportedworksurfaces andfreestanding returns andcredenzas.Exceptions: On the worksurfacesshown below, onlyselect grommet locationsare available.30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W18"D24"D30"DFreestanding DesksAny combination of upto nine grommet locations isavailable on freestanding24"D and 30"D desks.16 3 /4" 3 7 /8"Centerline3 3 /4"CWMLCWMRCWBLCWBCCWBRCWFCCWFL CWKBCWFRFront of worksurface5 1 /4" 13 7 /8".5 9 /16"Exception:4 5 /8" on 24"Dworksurfaces10 3 /16"5 9 /16"Exception:4 5 /8" on 24"Dworksurfaces10 3 /16"Any combination of upto nine grommet locations isavailable on freestanding36"D desks.16 3 /4" 3 7 /8"Centerline9 3 /4"CWBLCWFLCWMLCWKBFront of worksurfaceCWBCCWFCCWMRCWBRCWFR5 1 /4" 13 7 /8"11 9 /16"10 3 /16".Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cGrommet Locations, continued 127
Grommet Locations, continuedCorner Worksurfaces (includes Freestanding)CenterlineCWBC23 1 /8CWKB10 3 /16"Front of worksurface5 1 /4"Back center grommet(CWBC) is available on allcorner worksurfaces.Keyboard grommet(CWKB) is available oncorner worksurfaces withfront edge more than 25"W.36 1 /4"W 42 1 /4"W 48 1 /4"W24"D 24"D17 5 /16"W 24"D25 13 /16"W 34 1 /4"W36 1 /4"W42 1 /4"W48 1 /4"W30"D 30"D8 13 /16"W17 5 /16"W30"D25 13 /16"WCorner Worksurface with Adjustable Keyboard ShelfCenterline11"8 1 /8"22 11 /16"35 1 /8"Front of worksurface42" Corner Worksurface.Centerline11"8 1 /8"26 15 /16"Front of worksurface48" Corner Worksurface39 3 /8".128 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 129Grommet LocationsWorksurfaces...............................................................................................................................................Freestanding Radius-End TablesCWBRCWBL4 5 /8"4 5 /8"
Center Drawer Fit and Grommet ObstructionPanel-SupportedWorksurfacesPanel-supportedworksurfaces withcenter drawerattached in the center.Tip: 18"D worksurfacescannot accommodate centerdrawers.Panel-supportedworksurfaces withcenter drawerattached 4" from theleft edge.Tip: 30"W and 36"Wworksurfaces can onlyaccommodate centerattachedcenter drawers.Panel-supportedworksurfaces withcenter drawerattached 4" from theright edge.Tip: 30"W and 36"Wworksurfaces can onlyaccommodate centerattachedcenter drawers.DesksDesks with centerdrawer attached in thecenter.Desks with centerdrawer attached 11 1 /4"from pedestal on left.Pedestals block grommetslocated above them.Desks with centerdrawer attached 11 1 /4"from pedestal on right.Pedestals block grommetslocated above them..30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 66"W 72"W24"D30"D24"D30"D24"D30"D24"D30"D and 36"D24"D30"D and 36"D24"D30"D and 36"DWhite dot indicates that grommet is accessible.Black dot indicates that grommet is obstructed..130 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Center Drawer Fit andGrommet ObstructionWorksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 131
Worksurface Wiring and Cabling.Power and Communication Spheres and PortPower and communicationspheres and portprovide convenient desktopaccess to power outlets anddata jacks. Spheres andports are field installed only.Power spheres have fourelectrical outlets and two 6'cords with plug or conduitfor hardwired applications.cSpecifying, page 314Power and communicationspheres providetwo electrical outlets, faceplatesfor two customersuppliedvoice/data jacks,and a 6' cord with plug orconduit.cSpecifying, page 314Communication sphereincludes faceplate for fourcustomer-suppliedvoice/data jacks.cSpecifying, page 315Power and communicationport has a lowprofilecover that is almostflush with worksurface.cSpecifying, page 315Power and communicationport includes twooutlets and two adaptersto accommodate customersupplied standard voice/data jacks..132 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Wiringand Cabling.Product DetailsPower and communicationspheres are fieldinstalled. Use a 3"-diameterdrill to cut mounting hole atdesired location.Round power andcommunication portcontains an opening in oneside of lower port thatallows excess wire andcable cords to drop beneaththe worksurface, leavingthe port clear.cSpecifying, page 315Port is field installed. Usea 3 1 ⁄2"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Lid of port in up positionallows low-profile routing..Lid can drop down whenport is not in use, and concealoutlets. Twist lid untillegs line up with slots andpush down until lid is flushwith housing..Wiring & Cabling6' power cord is includedon power and communicationspheres and port.Hardwired version ofpower and communicationsphere is availablewith 6' Greenfield conduit.Tip: Hardwiring mustbe done by a licensedelectrician.Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.Underwriters Laboratory(UL) and CanadianStandards Association(CSA) listed. These productshave been designed tomeet U.S. and Canadiannational electrical andenergy codes and mostlocal building codes. Localelectrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricianor electrical engineerfor proper installation of allelectrical equipment..Surface MaterialsPower spheres, communicationspheres,and round power andcommunication port• Black plastic only..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Wiring and Cabling, continued 133
Worksurface Wiring and Cabling, continuedCable and fiber reel isavailable to store excessfiber-optic cable lengths. Itis also suitable for storingpower cables.cSpecifying, page 312Key-shaped mountinghole allows quick installationand removal of reelmounted horizontally tounderside of worksurface.Mounting slots allowinstallation of reel verticallybeneath worksurface.Inner reel accommodatescopper wire and othercables that can be woundtightly.Outer reel accommodatesthe preferred bend radius offiber-optic cables.Tabs prevent cables fromslipping off reel.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄4"Width 8". Height 8 5 ⁄16"Cable and Fiber Reel..Product DetailsCapacity of reel isapproximately 12' of standardpower or communicationcable on outer reel and18' of telephone-type cordon inner reel dependingon the specific cable used.Neatness of installation canaffect capacities. In criticalsituations, you shouldconduct a test using thespecific cable types yourinstallation requires.ConnectionsReel can be field installedvertically or horizontally inthe kneespace of freestandingdesks or panel-supportedworksurfaces..Wiring & CablingChicago, New York,and Los Angeles havespecial requirements.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrician or electrical engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsReel• Black plastic only.134 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Wiringand CablingTermination PlateTermination plate isavailable for field installationto accommodate junctionboxes for connectionsof fiber-optic cables andother cable types.cSpecifying, page 312Bracket allows terminationplate to be connectedto worksurface.NEMA standard holepattern allows virtually allconventional boxes andtermination devices to beconnected.Opening provides accessto termination device.Actual DimensionsDepth 3 ⁄4"Width 7 1 ⁄8"Height 7 1 ⁄8". Center opening 2 3 ⁄4" diameter.Product DetailsFaceplates andjunction boxes can beadded to support fiber-opticor ordinary voice/datanetworks.ConnectionsTermination plate isfield installed beneath theworksurface in any positionneeded. Usually, it islocated at the back of theworksurface so it doesn’tobstruct kneespace.Wiring & CablingChicago, New York,and Los Angeles havespecial requirements.Local electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrician or electrical engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.Surface MaterialsTermination plate• Black plastic only..Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 135
136 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>8500 Series TablesStatement of Line 1388500 Series Tables 1408500 Series Tables<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 137
Statement of Line8500 Series TablesUnderstandingcPage 140SpecifyingcPage 318UnderstandingcPage 140SpecifyingcPage 318Round Tables30" 36" 42" 48" 54"Diameter • • • • •Square Tables30"W 35"W30"D •35"D •UnderstandingcPage 140SpecifyingcPage 320Rectangular Tables35"W 45"W 60"W 65"W 70"W25"D • • •30"D • • • •35"D • • •UnderstandingcPage 140SpecifyingcPage 320UnderstandingcPage 140SpecifyingcPage 322Oval Tables78"W 96"W42"D •48"D •Boat-Shape Tables60"W 65"W 70"W 72"W 96"W 120"W 150"W 180"W35"D • • •36"D •42"D •48"D • • •138 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Columns and Base Configurations8500 Series TablesColumns and BaseConfigurations8500 Series TablesStatement of LineRound30"diameter36"diameter42"diameter48"diameter54"diameterSquare30" 35"30" 35"Rectangle35" 45" 45"25" 25" 30"60" 65" 70"60"30"25"60" 65" 70"8500 Series Tables30" 30" 30"35" 35" 35"30" 35" 40"30"35" 40"Oval78" 96"42" 48"42"48"Boat-shape60" 65" 70" 72" 96"30" 35"30" 35"30" 35"30" 36"36" 42"30" 35" 40"120" 150" 180"42"54"38" 48" 38" 48" 38" 48"36"36"51"51"66"66"<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 139
8500 Series Tables.Pedestal-base tablesfill a variety of needs for conferenceand work tables ingeneral offices, institutions,and educational work spaces.cSpecifying, pages 318–323Table tops have a woodcore and are available with alaminate surface with a vinyledge or a wood veneer surfacewith a vinyl edge.Adjustable levelingglides allow tables toremain level when installedon uneven floors.Column support includesa cylindrical steel columnand a base with feet.Height of table top is 28 1 ⁄2".Product Details1 /2"1 1 /4"VinylLaminate orwood surfaceVinyl edge is standardon tables with laminate orwood surface.Columns and baseconfigurationscPage 139Ends of boat-shapetables are available withstraight or curved profiles.Braces are included toreinforce boat shape tablesthat are 120"W or larger...Surface MaterialsTable top• Laminate (standard)• Accent laminate (option)A family of pre-approved,non-Steelcase laminatesthat reflect the latesttrends in color.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• Open line laminate(option)A program including non-Steelcase laminates thatare suitable for use onSteelcase products.cSee Surface MaterialsReference Manual.• WoodTable edges• Soft vinyl (color tocoordinate with laminate)Column support• Paint (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)Base• Textured paint (standard)• 9201 Polished Chrome(option)ShippingAll tables are shippedknocked down (K.D.) and willrequire assembly. Tops onboat-shape tables 150"W orlarger are shipped in twopieces. Tight-joint fastenersare supplied for properassembly..140 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>Storage<strong>Avenir</strong>Pull<strong>Avenir</strong>-StylePullStatement of Line and Comparison 142Steelcase 730 Seriesstorage cabinets and800 Series lateral filesare available with an<strong>Avenir</strong>-style pull to makethese products compatiblewith <strong>Avenir</strong>. The <strong>Avenir</strong>-stylepull complements the<strong>Avenir</strong> pull, but it is notidentical. The <strong>Avenir</strong>-stylepull is flush so it will allowthe lateral file receding doorto go back into the file.200 SeriesPullStorage with <strong>Avenir</strong> PullsFixed Pedestals 146Worksurface-Supported Pedestals 146Mobile Pedestals 146Storage with 200 Series PullsFixed Pedestals 148Worksurface-Supported Pedestals 148Mobile Pedestals 148Additional Matching Storage Components 150Shelveswith Radius or Square End Supports 152StorageFirstFile lateral filesare available with pullsto make these productsvisually compatible with200 Series pedestals.Storage Binswith Flush or Integral Doors 154Service Modules 158Related ProductsStorage Accessories 160Wall Channels 164Vertical Attachment Rails 165Application TopicsStorage Capacities 166<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 141
StorageStatement of LineFixed27"HWorksurfacesupported18 1 /2"H 21"HMobileUnderstandingc Page 146Specifyingc Page 326Pedestals with <strong>Avenir</strong> Pulls15"W23 1 ⁄2"D •29 1 ⁄2"D •18"D800 Series Combination Cabinets30"W 36"W 42"W52 3 ⁄8"H • • •64 11 ⁄16"H • • •c Page 150Specifyingc See theStorage Products<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.18"D cPage 150SpecifyingcSee theStorage Products<strong>Specification</strong><strong>Guide</strong>.800 Series Personal Cabinets*30"W52 3 ⁄8"H •64 11 ⁄16"H •*Drawings show left-hand units. Right-hand units are also available.36"Wc Page 150Specifyingc See theStorage Products<strong>Specification</strong><strong>Guide</strong>.730 Series Storage and Wardrobe Cabinets41 1 ⁄4"H 52 3 ⁄8"H • 18"D 24"D64 11 ⁄16"H • • 80 1 ⁄2"H • • • = Wardrobe cabinet = Storage cabinet = Combination storage and wardrobe cabinet142 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
StorageStatement of Line27"H 21"H18 1 /2"HFixedWorksurfacesupportedMobileUnderstandingc Page 148Specifyingc Page 334Pedestals with 200 Series Pulls15"W23 1 ⁄2"D •29 1 ⁄2"D •7 1 /2"H16 1 /2"HHalf-heightFull-heightShelves with Square End Supports23 3 ⁄4"W 29 3 ⁄4"W 35 3 ⁄4"W 41 3 ⁄4"W 47 3 ⁄4"W 60 1 ⁄16"W 72 1 ⁄16"W14 3 ⁄4"D • • • • • • •Understandingc Page 152Specifyingc Page 340Storage7 5 /8"H16 5 /8"HHalf-heightFull-heightUnderstandingc Page 152Specifyingc Page 341Shelves with Radius End Supports23 3 ⁄4"W 29 3 ⁄4"W 35 3 ⁄4"W 41 3 ⁄4"W 47 3 ⁄4"W 60 1 ⁄16"W14 7 ⁄8"D • • • • • •<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cStorage Statement of Line, continued 143
Storage Statement of Line, continued17 1 /8"HUnderstandingc Page 154Specifyingc Page 342Storage Bins with Flush Doors23 3 ⁄4"W 29 3 ⁄4"W 35 3 ⁄4"W 41 3 ⁄4"W 47 3 ⁄4"W 60 1 ⁄16"W 72 1 ⁄16"W15 5 ⁄8"D • • • • • • •16 5 /8"HUnderstandingcPage 154SpecifyingcPage 343Storage Bins with Integral Doors23 3 ⁄4"W 29 3 ⁄4"W 35 3 ⁄4"W 41 3 ⁄4"W 47 3 ⁄4"W 60 1 ⁄16"W14 7 ⁄8"D • • • • • •23"18 3 /4"35 5 /16"18 3 /4"35 5 18/16"3 /4"Understandingc Page 158Specifyingc Page 346Service Modules60"W16 1 ⁄4"D •144 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
StorageStatement of LineStorage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 145
Pedestalswith <strong>Avenir</strong> PullsFixed pedestals rest onthe floor and support all rectangularworksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 326Mobile pedestals fitunder a worksurface or canbe moved wherever storageis needed.cSpecifying, page 330Top is 1 ⁄8"H steel. Additionaltop options areavailable.Lock is available on allpedestals. It controls all ofthe drawers in the pedestal.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Casters are hard compositionand non-locking.Actual DimensionsFixed Worksurface- Mobile Mobile pedestalpedestal supported pedestal with factorypedestalinstalled cushion topDepth 23 1 ⁄2" or 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" or 28 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2"Width 15" 15" 15" 15"Height 27" 18 1 ⁄2" 21" 23 1 ⁄4". Leveling glide range 1 7 ⁄8" N.A. N.A. N.A.Top is open to attachbeneath the worksurface.Worksurface-supportedpedestals attach beneathall <strong>Avenir</strong> 1 1 ⁄2"-thick worksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 328Drawers are made ofsteel. Box- and file-sizedrawers are available.Back and sides arefinished.Leveling glides adjust toinstall pedestals on unevenfloors.Mobile pedestal cushiontop provides a temporaryseat ideal for informalgatherings. Handle can beextended to easily transportmobile pedestal. Availablefactory-installed.cPage 332.Product Details<strong>Avenir</strong>Pull<strong>Avenir</strong>-StylePullSteelcase 730 Seriesstorage cabinets and800 Series lateral filesare available with an<strong>Avenir</strong>-style pull to makethese products compatiblewith <strong>Avenir</strong>. The <strong>Avenir</strong>-stylepull complements the<strong>Avenir</strong> pull, but it is notidentical. The <strong>Avenir</strong>-stylepull is flush so it will allowthe lateral file receding doorto go back into the file.Box drawers are awelded steel construction.One divider is included witheach box drawer.File drawers are awelded steel construction.Drawer body sides are fullheightand accommodatefront-to-back filing of hangingletter-size file folders.One rail is included witheach file drawer to accommodateside-to-side filing ofletter-, A4- and legal-sizehanging folders..146 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Pedestals.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer fronts.Pencil tray to holdsmall office supplies isincluded with each box/fileor box/box/file pedestal.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess..Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place of standard1 ⁄8"H steel tops. 1"Hsteel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"H laminatewith square edge profile,1 7 ⁄16"H laminate with bullnoseedge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"Hwood veneer with squareedge profile.Safety interlock systemallows only onedrawer to be opened at atime for added stability.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry.Handle of mobilepedestal cushion topis retractable and has threestages. In the stowed position,handle is flush withmobile pedestal front. Instation position, the handleextends 3" to allow mobilepedestal to be easilymoved. In the travel position,the handle is completelyextended and articulatesupward for longer distancetransport..Field-installed accessoriesare available, includingpencil trays, media trays,dividers, and rails.cPage 349ConnectionsFixed pedestals attachanywhere underneath a rectangularworksurface. Theycannot attach to panel-supportedtables. Attachmenthardware is shipped witheach fixed pedestal.Worksurface-supportedpedestals can be suspendedbeneath panelsupported1 1 ⁄2" thick worksurface.Order pedestalsseparately and install themin the field.Side supports are notrequired when pedestalssupport the worksurface..A 1 ⁄2" gap between thepanel and the back of thepedestal allows for cordrouting and storage behindthe pedestal.A filler is included witheach pedestal to concealthe gap and to provide panelstability for configurationsthat are not panel-wrapped.Tip: The filler can be omittedfor applications where thegap is not visible, or additionalpanel stability is notrequired.Wiring & CablingLeft and right grommetlocations are blockedwhen pedestals areinstalled under them.cPage 130Surface MaterialsPedestal• PaintWood veneer top• Wood veneer—Open-pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option)Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edge.Drawer pulls• Paintpullcover<strong>Avenir</strong> Pull<strong>Avenir</strong> drawer pull paintcolor can match or complementthe pedestal colorwhile the pull cover alwaysmatches the pedestal color.Lock face ring• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Casters and glides• Black onlyMobile pedestalcushion top• UpholsteryMobile pedestalcushion top handle• 9201 Polished ChromeonlyApplication TopicsStorage CapacitiescPage 166..Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 147
Pedestalswith 200 Series PullsFixed pedestals rest onthe floor and provide supportto all <strong>Avenir</strong> rectangularworksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 334Mobile pedestals fitunder a worksurface or canbe moved wherever storageis needed.cSpecifying, page 338Top is 1 ⁄8"H steel. Additionaltop options areavailable.Lock is available on allpedestals. It controls all ofthe drawers in the pedestal.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Casters are hard compositionand non-locking.Actual DimensionsFixed Worksurface- Mobilepedestal supported pedestalpedestalDepth 23 1 ⁄2" or 29 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2" or 28 1 ⁄2" 23 1 ⁄2"Width 15" 15" 15"Height 27" 18 1 ⁄2" 21". Leveling glide range 1 7 ⁄8" N.A. N.A.Worksurface-supportedpedestals attach beneathall <strong>Avenir</strong> 1 1 ⁄2" thick worksurfaces.cSpecifying, page 336Top is open to attachbeneath the worksurface.Drawers are made ofsteel. Box- and file-sizedrawers are available.Back and sides arefinished.Leveling glides adjust toinstall pedestals on unevenfloors.Mobile pedestal cushiontop provides a temporaryseat ideal for informalgatherings. Handle can beextended to easily transportmobile pedestal. Availablefactory-installed.cPage 332Product Details200 Series pulls areintegral and complement200 Series FirstFile lateralfiles.200 Series drawer pullBox drawers are awelded steel construction.One divider is included witheach box drawer when theoptional full drawer interioris specified.File drawers are awelded steel construction.Drawer body sides are fullheightand accommodatefront-to-back filing of hangingletter-size file folders.One rail is included witheach file drawer to accommodateside-to-side filing ofletter-, A4- and legal-sizehanging folders when theoptional full drawer interioris specified.Drawer fronts can beremoved and changed inthe field to create a differentaesthetic or to replace damageddrawer .fronts..148 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Pedestals.Pencil tray to holdsmall office supplies isincluded with each box/fileor box/box/file pedestalwhen the optional fulldrawer interior is specified.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Individual drawer locksare available on file/filepedestals for applicationswhere you want to limitaccess to each drawer.Pedestals include a securityshield above each drawerto prevent unauthorizedaccess..Steel top1"HLaminate topwith squareedge 1 3 /16"HLaminate topwith bullnose1 7 /16"HVeneer top1 3 /16"HSteel, laminate, andwood veneer tops areavailable in place of standard1 ⁄8"H steel tops. 1"Hsteel tops, 1 3 ⁄16"H laminatewith square edge profile,1 7 ⁄16"H laminate with bullnoseedge profile on thefront edge, and 1 3 ⁄16"Hwood veneer with squareedge profile.Safety interlock systemallows only onedrawer to be opened at atime for added stability.Counter-weights areincluded to provide addedstability. All pedestals areshipped with a factoryinstalledcounter-weightpackage that meets orexceeds standards for theindustry.Field-installed accessoriesare available,including pencil trays,media trays, dividers,and rails.cPage 349.ConnectionsWorksurface-supportedpedestals can be suspendedbeneath panel-supported1 1 ⁄2" thickworksurfaces. Orderpedestals separately andinstall them in the field.Fixed pedestals attachanywhere underneath a rectangularworksurface. Theycannot attach to panel-supportedtables. Attachmenthardware is shipped witheach fixed pedestal.Side supports are notrequired when fixedpedestals support theworksurface..A 1 ⁄2" gap between thepanel and the back of thepedestal allows for cordrouting and storage behindthe pedestal.A filler is included witheach pedestal to concealthe gap and to provide panelstability for configurationsthat are not panel-wrapped.Tip: The filler can be omittedfor applications where thegap is not visible, or additionalpanel stability is notrequired.Wiring & CablingCable notches on the1 1 ⁄8" worksurfaces are partiallyblocked if pedestalsare installed directly belowa cable notch.Grommet locations onother <strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfacesare blocked when pedestalsare installed under them.Surface MaterialsPedestal• PaintWood veneer top• Wood veneer—Open-pore finishes• Customiz stain (option)Laminate top• Laminate• Accent laminate (option)• Open Line laminate(option).Square edge profileon laminate top• PVC edge defaultTip: Bullnose edge topshave a self-edge.Drawer pulls• Paint to match pedestalLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Casters and Gldes• Black onlyApplication TopicsStorage CapacitiescPage 166.Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 149
150 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>Additional Matching Storage Components800 Series Lateral Files18"D..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................A wide array of additionalstorage products are availablefor use with <strong>Avenir</strong>.cFor details, see theStorage Products<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>................................................................................................................................................18"D730 Series Storage and Wardrobe Cabinets36"W800 Series Personal Cabinets800 Series Combination Cabinets18"D800 Series Vertical Files30"D
Additional MatchingStorage ComponentsStorage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 151
Shelveswith Radius or Square End SupportsPanel-supportedshelves are available inhalf-height and full-heightmodels.cSpecifying, page 340 Radius-styled end supportsMetal backstop preventsnotebooks and equipmentfrom damaging panel fabricor walls.Spring-activated safetycatch automatically locksthe shelf onto the panel orwall channel to preventaccidental removal.Radius-styled end supportsfeature steel, doublewallconstruction and attach Square-styled end supportssupportsto panels or wall channelsat 1" increments.Square-styled end supportsfeature steel, doublewallconstruction and attachto panels or wall channelsat 1" increments.Radius endActual DimensionsHalf-height shelf with radius end supportsHalf-height shelf with square end supportsDepth 14 7 ⁄8" Depth 14 3 ⁄4"Inside depth 12 3 ⁄4" Inside depth 13 5 ⁄8"Width 23 3 ⁄4", 29 3 ⁄4", 35 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", 47 3 ⁄4", or 60 1 ⁄16" Width 23 3 ⁄4", 29 3 ⁄4", 35 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", 47 3 ⁄4", 60 1 ⁄16",or 72 1 ⁄16"Inside width 28 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2", 40 1 ⁄2", 46 1 ⁄2", or 58 13 ⁄16" Inside width 22 1 ⁄2", 28 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2", 40 1 ⁄2", 46 1 ⁄2", 58 13 ⁄16",or 70 13 ⁄16"Height 7 5 ⁄8" Height 7 1 ⁄2"Inside height 5 11 ⁄16" Inside height 5 1 ⁄4"Full-height shelf with radius end supportsFull-height shelf with square end supportsDepth 14 7 ⁄8" Depth 14 3 ⁄4"Inside depth 12 3 ⁄4" Inside depth 13 5 ⁄8"Width 23 3 ⁄4", 29 3 ⁄4", 35 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", 47 3 ⁄4", or 60 1 ⁄16" Width 23 3 ⁄4", 29 3 ⁄4", 35 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", 47 3 ⁄4", 60 1 ⁄16",or 72 1 ⁄16"Inside width 28 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2", 40 1 ⁄2", 46 1 ⁄2", or 58 13 ⁄16" Inside width 22 1 ⁄2", 28 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2", 40 1 ⁄2", 46 1 ⁄2", 58 13 ⁄16",or 70 13 ⁄16"Height 16 5 ⁄8" Height 16 1 ⁄2". Inside height 14 11 ⁄16" Inside height 14 1 Square end⁄4".Product DetailsShelf lights are availableto recess into the bottom ofshelves.cPage 364Adjustable dividersand bookends are availablefor use on shelves.cPage 352ConnectionsSteel support hooks onend supports insert into theslotted channel of a panelor wall channel and lockinto place with a safetycatch..152 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Shelves.Shelves that are 72 1 ⁄16"Wand 60 1 ⁄16"W can span twopanels. Shelves less than60 1 ⁄16"W must attach topanels that are a comparablesize to their width.Example: A 47 3 ⁄4"W shelfcan only attach to a48 5 ⁄16"W panel, not totwo 24 5 ⁄16"W panels.cPage 168Additional support forstability, other than a panelstabilizer foot, is neededwhen shelves are attachedto panels. Component loadsthat are counterbalancedon the opposite side of thepanel can minimize therequired length of panelrun-off. When calculatingloads, two loaded shelvesmay be considered areplacement for any onefully loaded storage unitor worksurface.cPage 168Wall channels are availableto attach shelves towalls.cPage 164.Vertical-attachmentrails can be specifiedseparately to attach storagebins and shelves toPathways TechnologyWalls.Tackboards are availablefor use between the worksurfaceand shelf. They providea tackable displaysurface above the worksurface.cPage 231Tip: To provide space toaccommodate an 18"H<strong>Avenir</strong> tackboard, shelvesmust be attached to panelswith medium or high topcaps...Wiring & CablingVertical wire managersare available to concealcords that are routed onthe edge of panels.cPage 176Surface MaterialsShelf• PaintApplication TopicsARelationship betweenthe top of a panel and thetop of the shelf variesdepending on the panelheight and the top cap youchoose. The tables at rightshow dimension “A” whenthe shelf is hung as high aspossible without exceedingthe height of the panel. Tocalculate lower positions forthe shelf, remember thatslots on the slotted channelare spaced at 1" increments.Radius End SupportsPanel Top Aheight cap41" Low 61 ⁄64"41" Med. 47 ⁄64"41" High 1 47 ⁄64"53" Low 5 ⁄64"53" Med. 55 ⁄64"Maximum clearance53" High 1 55 ⁄64"under a full-height shelf withradius end supports that is65" Low 25 ⁄64"attached at its highest posi-65" Med. 11 tion on a 65"H panel is⁄64"18 9 ⁄16" for low top caps, and65" High 1 11 ⁄64" 19 17 ⁄32" for medium andhigh top caps.80" Low 13⁄64"Maximum clearance80" Med. 63⁄64"under a full-height shelf with80" High 1 63 ⁄64" square end supports that isattached at its highest positionon a 65"H panel isSquare End Supports18 3 ⁄16" for a low and mediumtop caps, and 19 Panel Top A3 ⁄16" forhigh top caps.height cap41" Low 9⁄16"Storage CapacitiescPage 16641" Med. 11⁄32"41" High 1 11 ⁄32"53" Low 11⁄16"53" Med. 15⁄32"53" High 1 15 ⁄32"65" Low 0"65" Med. 25⁄32"65" High 1 25 ⁄32"80" Low 13⁄16"80" Med. 19⁄32"80" High 1 19 ⁄32".Shelf and Panel FitShelf Attaches to panel23 3 ⁄4"W* One 24 5 ⁄16"W panel29 3 ⁄4"W One 30 5 ⁄16"W panel35 3 ⁄4"W One 36 5 ⁄16"W panel41 3 ⁄4"W One 42 5 ⁄16"W panel47 3 ⁄4"W One 48 5 ⁄16"W panel60 1 ⁄16"W Two 30 5 ⁄16"W panels or one 60 5 ⁄8"W panel72 1 ⁄16"W* Two 36 5 ⁄16"W panel or one 30 5 ⁄16"Wand one 42 5 ⁄16"W panel. *Square end supports only.ClearanceStorage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 153
Storage Binswith Flush or Integral DoorsPanel-supportedstorage bins with flushor integral doors areshipped fully assembledand can be removed fullyassembled from a panelduring reconfiguration.cSpecifying, page 342Flush doorsSpring-activated safetycatch automatically locksthe shelf onto the panel orwall channel to preventaccidental removal.Integral doorsSteel end supportsattach to panels or wallchannels at 1" increments.Lift-up doors open andclose quietly by means ofresilient plastic bumpers.When opened, the doorsrecess into the overheadstorage bin. Doors areavailable in paint or fabriccovered.Actual DimensionsFlushIntegralDepth 15 5 ⁄8" 14 7 ⁄8"Inside depth 13 5 ⁄8" 12 3 ⁄4"Width 23 3 ⁄4", 29 3 ⁄4", 35 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", 23 3 ⁄4", 29 3 ⁄4", 35 3 ⁄4", 41 3 ⁄4", 47 3 ⁄4", or 60 1 ⁄16"47 3 ⁄4", 60 1 ⁄16", or 72 1 ⁄16"Inside width 22 1 ⁄2", 28 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2", 40 1 ⁄2", 28 1 ⁄2", 34 1 ⁄2", 40 1 ⁄2", 46 1 ⁄2", or 58 13 ⁄16"46 1 ⁄2", 58 13 ⁄16", or 70 13 ⁄16"Height 17 1 ⁄8" 16 5 ⁄8". Inside height 13" 12 7 ⁄8"Grommets allow cordsand cables to be routedfrom a panel top capthrough the storage binto the worksurface.FlushdoorsLocks are available tosecure a storage bin door.Lock is centered on theunderside of the case offlush doors and on the frontof each integral door. Onelock is required per door.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Integral pulls extendthe entire width of thedoors. Flush doors withno visible pulls are alsoavailable..Product DetailsLock is concealed in bottomedge of storage binswith flush doors and is centeredon lower edge of doorwith integral pulls. Lock isstandard keyed random.Consecutive and specifickeying options are available.Master-keyed locksare also available. Productswith locks ship with a lockface ring and removableplastic plug to accommodatea lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lock cylindersmust be specified separately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390Tip: Specify two lock cylindersfor 60" and 72" bins.Shelf lights are availableto recess into the bottomsof storage bins.cPage 174.154 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage Bins.Adjustable dividers areavailable for use in storagebins.cPage 352Metal backstop preventsnotebooks and equipmentfrom damaging panel fabricor walls..ConnectionsSteel support hooks onend supports insert into theslotted channel of a panelor wall channel and lockinto place with a safetycatch.Storage bins with flushdoors that are 72 1 ⁄16"Wand 60 1 ⁄16"W can span twopanels. Storage bins lessthan 60 1 ⁄16"W must attachto panels that are a comparablesize to their width.Example: A 47 3 ⁄4"W storagebin can only attach to a48 5 ⁄16"W panel, not to two24 5 ⁄16"W panels.cPage 342Storage bins withintegral doors that are60 1 ⁄16"W can span twopanels. Storage bins lessthan 60 1 ⁄16"W must attachto panels that are a comparablesize to their width.Example: A 47 3 ⁄4"W storagebin can only attach to a48 5 ⁄16"W panel, not to two24 5 ⁄16"W panels.cPage 343.Additional support forstability, other than a panelstabilizer foot, is neededwhen storage bins areattached to the panels.Component loads that arecounterbalanced on theopposite side of the panelcan minimize the requiredlength of panel run-off.When calculating loads, twoloaded bins may be considereda replacement for anyone fully loaded storageunit or worksurface.cPage 168Wall channels are availableto attach storage binsto walls.cPage 164Vertical-attachmentrails can be specifiedseparately to attach storagebins and shelves toPathways TechnologyWalls.Tackboards are availablefor use between the worksurfaceand storage bin.They provide a tackabledisplay surface above theworksurface.cPage 231Tip: To provide space toaccommodate an 18"H<strong>Avenir</strong> tackboard, storagebins must be attached topanels with medium orhigh top caps..Wiring & CablingSpace allows cords tobe routed behind thestorage bin.Vertical wire managersare available to concealcords that are routed on theedge of panels.cPage 176.Surface MaterialsStorage bin• PaintDoor(s)• Paint• Fabric-coveredGrommet• Grotto plastic onlyLocks• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option on flush doors).Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 155
Storage Bins, continuedApplication TopicsARelationship between thetop of a panel and the topof the storage bin variesdepending on the panelheight and the top cap youchoose. The tables belowand at right shows dimension“A” when the storagebin is hung as high as possiblewithout exceeding theheight of the panel. To calculateother positions forthe storage bin, rememberthat slots on the slottedchannel are spaced at 1"increments.Flush doorsPanel Top Aheight cap41" Low 9⁄16"41" Med. 11⁄32"41" High 1 11 ⁄32"53" Low 11⁄32"53" Med. 15⁄32"53" High 1 55 ⁄64"65" Low 0"65" Med. 25 ⁄32"65" High 25 ⁄32"80" Low 13 ⁄16"80" Med. 19 ⁄32"80" High 1 19 ⁄32".Integral doorsPanel Top Aheight cap41" Low 61⁄64"41" Med. 47⁄64"41" High 1 47 ⁄64"53" Low 5⁄64"53" Med. 55⁄64"53" High 1 15 ⁄32"65" Low 25⁄64"65" Med. 11⁄64"65" High 1 11 ⁄64"80" Low 13⁄64"80" Med. 63⁄64"80" High 1 63 ⁄64"Maximum clearanceunder a flush door storagebin that is attached at itshighest position on a 65"Hpanel is 18 3 ⁄16" for low andmedium top caps, and19 3 ⁄16" for high top caps.Maximum clearanceunder a integral door storagebin that is attached atits highest position on a65"H panel is 18 3 ⁄16" for lowand medium top caps, and19 3 ⁄16" for high top caps.Storage CapacitiescPage 166.Clearance..Storage Bin and Panel FitStorage bin Attaches to panel23 3 ⁄4"W* One 24 5 ⁄16"W panel29 3 ⁄4"W One 30 5 ⁄16"W panel35 3 ⁄4"W One 36 5 ⁄16"W panel41 3 ⁄4"W One 42 5 ⁄16"W panel47 3 ⁄4"W One 48 5 ⁄16"W panel60 1 ⁄16"W Two 30 5 ⁄16"W panels or one60 5 ⁄8"W panel72 1 ⁄16"W* Two 36 5 ⁄16"W panels or one30 5 ⁄16"W and one 42 5 ⁄16"W panel*Flush door only..156 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage BinsStorage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 157
Service ModulesService modules attachto the top of 60"W <strong>Avenir</strong>desks and credenzas toprovide privacy and overheadstorage.cSpecifying, page 346Tip-up doors open andclose quietly. When opened,the doors recess fully intothe storage bin provideeasy access to storedmaterials.End panels support theshelves or upper cases.Front surface of servicemodule is availablewith tackboard or painted.Back surface of servicemodule is painted.Actual DimensionsOverall depth 16 1 ⁄4"Overall width 60"Overall height 23"or 35 5 ⁄16"Storage bin width 28 1 ⁄2"Storage bin height12 3 ⁄4" clear interior spaceInside depth 12 3 ⁄4"Shelf width 58 3 ⁄4"Worksurface to underside 18 3 ⁄4". of shelf or storage binAll service modules are60"W. Supporting furnituremust be the same width.Front surface of servicemodule is available withtackboard or painted.Shelf is height adjustable.Four dividers are includedto divide the space in theservice module..158 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Service Modules.Product DetailsTackboards are attachedto the front surface of theservice module. They providea tackable display surfaceabove the worksurface.Shelf lights can be fieldinstalled beneath servicemodule shelves or storagebins.cPage 174Divider divides space inservice modules. They mustbe ordered separately..ConnectionsService module clampsare standard and will connectservice modules to an<strong>Avenir</strong> desk or credenzathat is 60"W..Wiring & CablingCable grommets inthe service-module endpanel allow cord and cablerouting..Locks & KeyingLock is available to securestorage bin. They arelocated in the front face ofeach tip-up door.Lock is standard keyedrandom. Consecutive andspecific keying options areavailable. Master-keyedlocks are also available.Products with locks shipwith a lock face ring andremovable plastic plug toaccommodate a lock cylinderinstalled on site. Lockcylinders must be specifiedseparately.cLock and Keying Options,page 390.Surface MaterialsService Module• PaintTackboard• Vertical surface fabricDividers• Clear textured plasticGrommet• Black plasticLock• 9201 Polished Chrome(standard)• 9250 Ember Chrome(option)Application TopicsMaximum clearancebetween 29 3 ⁄8"H worksurfaceand the bin is 18 3 ⁄8".Shipping InformationShipped knocked down(K.D.).Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 159
Storage Accessories.Pencil Tray, Bi-LevelTray, Media Tray, FileDrawer StationeryInsert, and ReferenceShelfcSpecifying, pages 350-351Product DetailsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinserts, and referenceshelf are used in:• Fixed pedestals• Worksurface-supportedpedestals• Mobile pedestalsPencil tray is available tohold small office supplies.Tip: Pencil trays are standardin box drawers ofpedestals. One pencil trayper pedestal is included.Bi-level tray is availableto hold small office suppliesand includes two traydividers for organizingmedia.Media tray is available tostore and organize media.Four tray dividers areincluded.File drawer stationeryinsert is for use in 12"Hfile drawers only andincludes three pockets tostore and organize paperdocuments and suppliessuch as envelopes.Reference shelf protectsreference papers in boxdrawers. Shelf rests on topof drawer edges and canslide the entire depth of thedrawer. A clear plasticinsert is standard with eachreference shelf.Surface MaterialsPencil tray, bi-leveltray, media tray, filedrawer stationeryinsert, dividers, andreference shelf• BlackInsert for referenceshelf• Clear plasticActual DimensionsPencil TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 1 1 ⁄2"Bi-level TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Media TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3 3 ⁄8"Vertical Stationery TrayDepth 4 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 8"Reference ShelfDepth 9 1 ⁄2"Width 11 7 ⁄8"Height 3⁄8".160 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage AccessoriesRailscSpecifying, page 349DividerscSpecifying, page 349.Product DetailsRails accommodate bothfront-to-back and side-tosidefiling of letter-, A4international-, and legalsizehanging folders.Rail packages are availablein quantities oftwo or four rails.Rails can be used for sideto-sidefiling in 12"H filedrawers of:• Fixed pedestals• Worksurface-supportedpedestals• Mobile pedestalsProduct DetailsDividers are available foruse in 6"H box drawers and12"H file drawers of:• Fixed pedestals• Worksurface-supportedpedestals• Mobile pedestals12"H drawer dividersare available in letter-width15".Dividers ship in a packageof two.Surface MaterialsRails• BlackSurface MaterialsDividers• BlackActual DimensionsFor use with drawersWidth 15"Actual DimensionsFor use in 6"H drawersWidth 15"For use in12"H drawersWidth 15".Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 161
Storage Accessories, continuedDividercSpecifying, page 352Divider for CurvedFront Bin and L-shelfcSpecifying, page 352.Product DetailsDivides space on storagebins, shelves, and servicemodules.SpecifyingMust be orderedseparately for use inshelves and overheadstorage bins.Shipped in cartons of four.Product DetailsDivides space in bins andshelves.Surface MaterialsDivider• Clear textured plastic onlySurface MaterialsDivider• 6695 Midnight onlyActual DimensionsDepth 10 3 ⁄4"WidthHeight 4 1 ⁄2"4" at the base1⁄2" at the topActual DimensionsDepth 5 1 ⁄4"Width 6"Height 8".162 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage AccessoriesStorage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 163
Wall ChannelsSlotted steel channelProduct Detailsaccepts shelves or overheadstorage bins.cSpecifying, page 352Wall channel can bepositioned on wall at varyingheights.Order wall channel heightaccording to its intendeduse. Cutting wall channelsis not recommended.ConnectionsWall channels can beused to support shelves andstorage bins.Field install on:• Concrete walls: Hilti ® typeanchors• Drywall or plywood:5⁄8" thickToggler ® type 3 ⁄16" wallanchor• Steel and wood studs:#10 sheet metal or woodscrews of appropriatelengthScrew hole positionsAnchors must be used on64 3 /4"Heach screw hole location of3 /8"the wall channel.6"49 3 /4"H3 /8"26"6"39 3 /4"H3 screw position/8"6"21"16"26"Components attach at1" increments, but screws16"block some slot locations.11"6" 6" 6"Floor.Actual DimensionsDepth 1 1 ⁄8"Width 15 ⁄16". Height 39 3 ⁄4", 49 3 ⁄4", or 64 3 ⁄4".Limit to two bins orshelves for each pair ofwall channels.Horizontal brace isrequired to reinforce verticalwall channels that supportstorage bins and shelvesthat are attached to walls.cPage 353Attaching worksur-Horizontal brace isfaces to wall channels isrequired for each compo-not recommended.nent that is wider than 48".The brace should be positionedat the top location ofSurface Materialseach bin or shelf of the ver-Wall channeltical wall channel.• PaintWidth of horizontalHorizontal bracebrace must match width of• Paintshelf of storage bin. BraceTip: Horizontal brace will beis not required for applica-visible until hidden by contionsthat involve shelvestents of shelf or storage bin.and bins that are 48"W orless.Horizontal brace is alsoavailable in 48" widths. Canbe used in applicationswhere there is concernabout the strength of thewall..Application TopicsB = Distance between center linesof reinforced wall channelsTop viewA = Width of storage componentA B23 3 ⁄4" 22 15 ⁄16"29 3 ⁄4" 28 15 ⁄16"35 3 ⁄4" 34 15 ⁄16"41 3 ⁄4" 40 15 ⁄16"47 3 ⁄4" 46 15 ⁄16"..164 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Vertical Attachment RailsVertical Attachment Rails<strong>Avenir</strong> storage binsand shelves can attachto Pathways TechnologyWalls using vertical attachmentrails.cSpecifying, page 353Vertical attachmentrails allow a half-heightshelf with square-end supportsto be placed underthe storage bin when thestorage bin is positionedat its highest point.Vertical attachmentrails attach bin or shelf toa 4" Pathways TechnologyWall. Must be orderedseparately.Rail covers are includedto conceal cords and cables.The rail covers are 21 1 ⁄2"long.Actual Dimensions. Height 25".Product DetailsVertical attachmentrails hold one bin or shelfand are intended for individualuse. Storage componentscannot be stacked onrails and they cannot beshared.Connections66 1 /4"H41 1 /2"HWorksurfaceLine84 1 /2"H66 1 /4"H41 1 /2"HWorksurfaceLineStability recommendationsvary depending on theapplication. Check stabilityrules when specifying overheadstorage components.cPage 66Skins and covers arenot damaged when overheadstorage is attachedto a Pathways TechnologyWall.Rails can accommodatean <strong>Avenir</strong> half-height shelfbeneath a storage bin thatis installed at the highestposition.Exception: <strong>Avenir</strong> half-heightshelf with with radius-styledend supports does not fitunder a storage bin..Wiring & CablingRail covers conceal therail and cords and cablesrouted vertically. The railcover extends slightly belowthe worksurface.SurfaceSurface MaterialsVertical attachmentrail for rail-mountedshelf and bin• PaintRail cover• PlasticApplication TopicsRailPlastic railcoverWorksurfaceFull-heightshelf21 1 /8"28 1 /2"Maximum clearanceunder an overhead storagebin or full-height shelfinstalled at its highest pointis 21 1 ⁄8"H to a typical28 1 ⁄2"H worksurface..Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 165
Storage CapacitiesPedestals with <strong>Avenir</strong> and 200 Series PullsFixed WorksurfacesupportedTip: Drawer capacities formobile pedestals are thesame as the 24"D pedestaldrawer capacities.Box Drawers,Inside Dimensions15"W x 6"H D W H24"D Pedestal (nominal) 18 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"30"D Pedestal (nominal) 24 23 ⁄32" 12 3 ⁄4" 4 7 ⁄32"File Drawers, Size Inside Dimensions Letter-Size Legal-Size Letter- and15"W x 12"H D W H Storage Storage Legal-SizeStorage24"D Pedestal 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 18 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄8"+ 12 1 ⁄16" 2 1 ⁄4" letter and(nominal) 5 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" legal30"D Pedestal 24 1 ⁄4" 12 1 ⁄16" 9 3 ⁄8" 24 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄8"+ 8 1 ⁄2" letter and(nominal) 11 1 ⁄2" 12 1 ⁄16" legalMobile..166 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage CapacitiesPanel-Supported StorageHalf-Height Shelves Size Inside Dimensionswith Square End D W HSupports23 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 22 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄4"29 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄4"35 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄4"41 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄4"47 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 46 1 ⁄2" 5 1 ⁄4"60 1 ⁄16"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 58 13 ⁄16" 5 1 ⁄4"72 1 ⁄16"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 70 13 ⁄16" 5 1 ⁄4"Half-Height Shelves Size Inside Dimensionswith Radius End D W HSupports23 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 22 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"29 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"35 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 34 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"41 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 40 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"47 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 46 1 ⁄2" 5 11 ⁄16"60 1 ⁄16"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 58 13 ⁄16" 5 11 ⁄16"Full-Height Shelves Size Inside Dimensionswith Square End D W HSupports23 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 22 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"29 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"35 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"41 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"47 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 46 1 ⁄2" 14 1 ⁄4"60 1 ⁄16"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 58 13 ⁄16" 14 1 ⁄4"72 1 ⁄16"W Shelf 13 5 ⁄8" 70 13 ⁄16" 14 1 ⁄4"Full-Height Shelves Size Inside Dimensionswith Radius End D W HSupports23 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 22 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"29 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"35 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 34 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"41 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 40 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"47 3 ⁄4"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 46 1 ⁄2" 14 11 ⁄16"60 1 ⁄16"W Shelf 12 3 ⁄4" 58 13 ⁄16" 14 11 ⁄16"..Storage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cStorage Capacities, continued 167
Storage Capacities, continuedStorage Bins Size Inside Dimensionswith Flush Doors D W H23 3 ⁄4"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 22 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"29 3 ⁄4"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 28 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"35 3 ⁄4"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 34 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"41 3 ⁄4"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 40 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"47 3 ⁄4"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 46 1 ⁄2" 12 3 ⁄4"60 1 ⁄16"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 58 13 ⁄16" 12 3 ⁄4"72 1 ⁄16"W Bin 13 5 ⁄8" 70 13 ⁄16" 12 3 ⁄4"Storage Bins Size Inside Dimensionswith Integral Doors D W H23 3 ⁄4"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 22 1 ⁄2" 12 7 ⁄8"29 3 ⁄4"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 28 1 ⁄2" 12 7 ⁄8"35 3 ⁄4"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 34 1 ⁄2" 12 7 ⁄8"41 3 ⁄4"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 40 1 ⁄2" 12 7 ⁄8"47 3 ⁄4"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 46 1 ⁄2" 12 7 ⁄8"60 1 ⁄16"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 58 13 ⁄16" 12 7 ⁄8"Service Modules Size Inside DimensionsD W H60"W Shelf, low 12 3 ⁄4" 58 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4"60"W Shelf, high 12 3 ⁄4" 58 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4"60"W Bin 12 3 ⁄4" 58 3 ⁄4" 12 3 ⁄4"DrawersSteel Center Drawers Size Inside DimensionsD W H18 1 ⁄8"D Drawer 14 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 2"23"D Drawer 19 1 ⁄2" 19 1 ⁄2" 2"Plastic Center DrawerInside DimensionsD W H12" 19" 1 3 ⁄8"Tip: Inside depth doesnot include pencil tray.Depth is 14 7 ⁄8" whenpencil tray is includedin dimensions...168 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>LightingStatement of Line and Comparison 170Product DetailsCanopy Lights 172Shelf Lights 174Application TopicsDaisy Chaining 175Related ProductsVertical Wire Managers 176LightingUnderwriters Laboratory(UL) listings are available forall Steelcase lights. Theselights have been designed tomeet all national electrical andenergy codes and most localbuilding codes. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of equipment.Peerless ambient lightscan be used with <strong>Avenir</strong>overhead storage. For productdetails, contact PeerlessLighting Corporation, Box 2556,Berkeley, CA 94702-05566,telephone 510.845.2760.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 169
LightingStatement of Line and ComparisonCanopy lights are taskCanopy Lightslights that provide broadcoverage and evenly bal-Panel-Mounted Lightsanced light that significantlyminimizes glare. They offerWorksurface- Panel-Mounted Details Detailsa variety of mounting optionsMounted Canopy Light Slatwall- WorkFloindependent of overheadCanopy Light Mounted Rail-Mountedstorage. Canopy lights areCanopy Light Canopy Lightdesigned to complement avariety of Steelcase systemsfurniture and manycompetitive furniture lines.Depth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24"36"48"Understanding Understanding UnderstandingcPage 172 cPage 173 cPage 173Specifying Specifying SpecifyingOpticscPage 356 cPage 358 cPage 358Patented, crescent-shapedTip: Specify panel-mounted canopy light, andlens with specular aluminumselect appropriate mounting options.reflector.<strong>Avenir</strong> Yes Yes Yes 2 Yes 1 6Scientifically designedreflector and crescent-Competitive Yes Yes 3 4 Yes 2 Yes 1 6shaped optics lens for lowglare and broad distributionof light.Architectural No Yes 5 No NoDrywallBallastElectronic1 Use rail-mounting riser. 4 Additional bracketsOrdered separately.can accommodate2 Electronic dimmerUse Details slatwall.panel-mounted canopyAvailableOrdered separately.lights on:3 Competitive products • Haworth Premisethat can accommodate • Herman Miller Actioncanopy lights by usingOffice, Ethospacethe standard Answer, • Knoll System 6,<strong>Avenir</strong>, and Series 9000 System Zpanel-mounting bracket 5 Use optional architecturalinclude:drywall brackets.• All Steel 80006 Use Details WorkFlo rail.• American Seating Ordered separately.Framework• Haworth Unigroup,Places• HON• Kimball Cetra• Knoll Morrison,Equity, Rugby• K1 System 3000• La-Z-Boy Contract• Panel Concepts• Precision• SMED• Teknion• Trendway• Unicore• Xception...170 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
LightingStatement of Line andComparison.Shelf lights mount intothe recessed bottom ofstorage shelves and bins toilluminate the worksurface.Three types of shelf lightsare available to control thequality of light for specificapplications. Each type iscompatible with Steelcasesystems furniture and allmajor competitive furniturelines.Shelf LightsStorage-Mounted LightsAdvanced Shelf Light Standard Shelf Light Utility Shelf LightMounting • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting package • Universal mounting packageOptions (standard) (standard) (standard)• Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package • Competitive mounting package• Flush mounting package • Flush mounting package • Flush mounting packageUnderstanding Understanding UnderstandingcPage 174 cPage 174 cPage 174Specifying Specifying SpecifyingcPage 362 cPage 364 cPage 366Depth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 25", 37", or 49" 25", 37", or 49" 19", 25", 37", or 49"Description Provides maximum glare control, The right choice for the majority Designed for use in display areas,which makes it the best light for of people in today’s workplace service centers, under transactionpeople who perform repetitive who switch frequently from task tops, and other applications wherefunctions, do critical visual tasks, to task throughout the day. glare control is not a primaryor have eyes that are particularlyconsideration.sensitive to light. Minimizingreflected glare is critical for theseworkers.Optics Faceted, specular aluminum Faceted, white reflector White reflectorreflectorOptics sleeve to reduce glare Contrast sleeve that can be Prismatic lens—and improve light distribution manually rotated to vary light flat acrylic diffuserintensityBallasts • Economizer electronic • Economizer electronic • Electronic ballastballast ballast • Magnetic normal-power-factor• Electronic ballast • Electronic ballast ballastElectronic • Available • Not available • Not availableDimmerLens None None • Bat-wing lens optionOptions.Lighting<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 171
Canopy Lightsfor Use with 3 ⁄4"- to 1 3 ⁄4"-Thick WorksurfacescSpecifying, page 356Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8"Height 18"Worksurface. thickness range 3 ⁄4" to 1 3 ⁄4"On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Housing is painted orclear anodized aluminum.Riser supports light aboveworksurface. Power cordsnaps into vertical wiremanager in back of riser.Clamp mechanismsecures riser to anyworksurface from 3 ⁄4"- to1 3 ⁄4"-thick.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle..Product DetailsCanopy light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or Chicago plug.45°Plug configurationallows two canopy lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T5lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.Optics include a crescentshapedlens with specularaluminum reflector that provideslow glare and broaddistribution of light.Connections1 /2" maximumEdge profile must not begreater than 1 ⁄2" thick toaccommodate clampmechanism.5 /16" minimumClearance betweenworksurface and panelmust be at least 5 ⁄16".Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps24 1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\83536 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\835Surface MaterialsHousing• Paint• Clear anodized aluminum2 3 Clear/4"spaceReflector• Specular (reflective)aluminum2 3 /16"CordAt least 2 3 ⁄4"H and• Black vinyl only2 3 ⁄16"W of clear spaceunderneath the worksurfaceEnd caps, control box,is needed.and riser• Sterling plastic onlyWiring & CablingElectronic ballast ismore energy efficient thanT8 electronic ballasts.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allowscontinuous-range dimmingfrom 100% to 50% lightoutput.SlotSlot in back of riser securespower cord until it reachesthe access channel at theback of worksurface....172 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Canopy LightsCanopy LightscSpecifying, page 358Actual DimensionsDepth 7 1 ⁄16"Width 24 1 ⁄4", 36 1 ⁄16", or 47 7 ⁄8". Height 3 13 ⁄16"Housing is paintedor clear anodizedaluminum.Bullet-shaped electronicdimming switch,when selected, is locatedon the left side, underneaththe control box.On-off switch is centeredon the bottom of the controlbox in the front.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.Cord exits from underneaththe center of the control box.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode. Cord with circuitbreaker is available to meetthe requirements of theChicago code..Product DetailsCanopy light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a9' cord with three-prongplug or Chicago plug.45°Plug configurationallows two canopy lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.Energy-saving T5lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.Optics include a crescentshapedlens with specularaluminum reflector that provideslow glare and broaddistribution of light.ConnectionsStandardBracketsAnswer, <strong>Avenir</strong>, andSeries 9000 bracketsare provided for use on panels.These brackets also willattach to many competitors’systems as well.Elective Elementsbrackets are optional andcan be specified to attachcanopy lights to ElectiveElements panels.Montage brackets areoptional and can be specifiedto attach canopy lights toMontage frames in the sameposition used for overheadstorage.Additional brackets areoptional for use on paneltypecompetitive products.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 173.Width Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps24 1 ⁄4" 21 3 ⁄5" 14 watts F14T5\83536 1 ⁄16" 33 2 ⁄5" 21 watts F21T5\83547 7 ⁄8" 45 1 ⁄5" 28 watts F28T5\835OptionalBracketsRiserSlatwall mountingRiser is available to attachbrackets are optionalcanopy lights to Detailsand can be specified toWorkFlo rail. For more infor-attach to Details slatwall,mation about WorkFlo rails,Montage slatwall tiles, andcall Details CustomerPathways Technology WallAlliance at 1.800.833.0411.slatwall skins.Riser may also be used withEllipse rail attached to aworksurface.Wiring & CablingElectronic ballast ismore energy efficient thanT8 electronic ballasts.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allows continuous-rangedimming fromArchitectural brackets100% to 50% light output.are optional for mountingon drywall.Application TopicsCanopyLightPanelSeamCord manager clipsecures power cord alongback of fixture to allow it toreach a vertical wire manageror panel seam.Surface MaterialsHousing• Paint• Clear anodized aluminumReflectorBracket must always be• Specular (reflective)installed on panel seams.aluminumBrackets can be flush withCordends of canopy light or light• Black vinyl onlycan extend past bracket onone side or both sides.End caps and control box• Sterling plastic only.Brackets.• Sterling paint onlyLighting
Shelf LightsAdvanced, Standard, and UtilitycSpecifying, page 362End cap cord managers,molded into thedurable plastic end caps,allow you to route andmanage excess cord.Housing is painted black.Optional paint colors areavailable.On-off switch is centeredon the front edge of theshelf light.Plug is flat so it remainsclose to the receptacle.9' cord with grounded plugis factory installed. Lengthis maximum allowed byU.S. National ElectricalCode.Daisy chain cords havemodular connectors to linkshelf lights together.Actual DimensionsAdvanced Standard UtilityDepth 9 1 ⁄4" 9 1 ⁄4" 5 1 ⁄2"Width 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8", 36 5 ⁄8", 18 5 ⁄8", 24 5 ⁄8",or 48 5 ⁄8" or 48 5 ⁄8" 36 5 ⁄8", or 48 5 ⁄8". Height 1 3 ⁄4" 1 3 ⁄4" 1 3 ⁄4".Product DetailsShelf light includes thelamp, ballast, and either a 9'cord with three-prong plugor daisy-chain cords.Cord exits from the centerof the back of the light.45°Plug configurationallows two shelf lights toengage adjacent outlets inone receptacle.9' cord with circuitbreaker is available tomeet the requirements ofthe Chicago code.Energy-saving T8lamps have triphosphorcoating for balanced colorand pleasing light.ConnectionsShelf light mountsrecessed or flushdepending on design ofoverhead storage bin, shelf,or service module. Installationis done in the field.Universal bracket allowsshelf light to be installed withouttools and to be recessedunder most overhead storagebins and shelves. Thebracket snaps into the endcaps and then shelf lightsnaps into place.Flush mounting packageprovides snap-on,painted end cap covers foruse on shelf lights that arescrew-mounted under storagebins, shelves, servicemodules and transactiontops using key-hole slots inthe light fixture. The flushmounting package is alsoused to mount shelf lights toSteelcase overhead storageWidth Lamp Lamp Replacementwidth wattage lamps18 5 ⁄8" 18" 15 watt F15T8-TL73524 5 ⁄8" 24" 17 watt F17T8-TL73536 5 ⁄8" 36" 25 watt F25T8-TL73548 5 ⁄8" 48" 32 watt F32T8-TL735bins and shelves manufac-available. Electronic ballaststured prior to August 1991.eliminate fluorescent lampEnd cap covers are fieldflicker and computer screeninstalled.interference.Competitive mountingEconomizer electronicpackage provides attach-ballast cuts power usement hardware to mountby 25% and emits 50% ofSteelcase shelf lights on allthe light output of a regularmajor competitive furnitureelectronic ballast. It islines. Package includesavailable on Advanced andscrews and installationStandard shelf lights.instructions.Electronic dimmingcontrol features slidingswitch, which allowscontinuous-range dimmingfrom 100% to 10% lightoutput on Advanced shelflights.Bat-wing lens is availableas an option on Utility shelflights for applications wheremoderate improvement toShelf light can belight distribution of regularmounted anywhere fromprismatic lens is required,side to side beneath over-and low cost is critical.head storage bin, shelf, orservice module. The cordUnderwriters Labora-length is the only limitation.tory (UL) and CanadianStandards Association(CSA) listed. These lightsWiring & Cablinghave been designed to meetPower drawn is approxi-U.S. and Canadian nationalmately 1 ⁄2 amp.electrical and energy codesand most local buildingDaisy chaining permitscodes. Local electricalinterconnecting up to sixcodes vary, so you shouldshelf lights from a singleconsult a qualified electricalpower outlet.contractor or engineer forcPage 175proper installation of allelectrical equipment.Starter cord powers firstlight in a daisy chain andallows you to convert anySurface Materialsdaisy chain light for inde-Housingpendent operation.• Black paint (standard)• Paint colors (option)Magnetic ballasts areavailable on Standard andReflectorUtility shelf lights.• Specular (reflective)Tip: Magnetic ballasts canaluminum on Advancedcause interference with com-shelf lightputer monitors. An electronic• White on Standard andballast is recommended forUtility shelf lightsshelf lights in offices wherecomputers are used.Cord• Black vinyl onlyElectronic ballast that isroughly 30% more efficientEnd cap cord manager. than a magnetic ballast is. • Black plastic only.174 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Daisy ChainingDaisy Chaining.Daisy chainingAdvanced, Standard,and Utility shelf lightstogether extends powerfrom one shelf light toanother within workstationsto help keep receptaclesclear for other uses.Starter cord is requiredon shelf lights with daisychain cords to bring powerto the first shelf light in adaisy chain so there’s noneed to designate whereeach shelf light will be usedwithin the chain.Power will not be interruptedin a chain even ifone of the shelf lights isturned off or its lamp hasburned out. That’s becausethe path of power throughthe chain doesn’t passthrough the lamps orswitches.Additions to a chain arepossible at any time byadding a starter cord. Witha starter cord, any shelflight in the daisy chain canbe powered independentlyor can be the first shelf lightin a new daisy chain.StartercordDaisy chaincordsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Overhead cabinets andshelves provide a recessedarea for shelf lights. Theyare not designed to concealcords when daisy chaining..Lighting<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 175
Vertical Wire ManagersVertical wire managersconceal cords and cablesthat are routed along theedge of panels.cSpecifying, page 368Top cap is available in twoheights for use with mediumor high panel top caps.Reveal is a black detailthat separates top cap fromcover. It matches the revealon the panel.Cover conceals cordsor cables.Actual DimensionsFabriccoveredPlasticDepth 5 ⁄8" 1 ⁄2"Width 1 3 ⁄8" 1 5 ⁄16"Height 10 7 ⁄16", 17 1 ⁄2", 49 11 ⁄16"21 9 ⁄16", 33 7 ⁄8",or 49 11 ⁄16"Medium top cap height 1 9 ⁄16" 1 9 ⁄16". High top cap height 2 1 ⁄2" 2 1 ⁄2".Product DetailsTop cap covers the cableknockouts on the side ofsteel medium or high paneltop caps.Exception: Version for usebetween a shelf or storagebin and a worksurface shipswithout a top cap or reveal.Four different sizes ofwire managers are availablefor use between the paneltop cap and the worksurface—107 ⁄16"H, 21 9 ⁄16"H,33 7 ⁄8"H, and 49 11 ⁄16"H.17 1 ⁄2"H wire manager isavailable for use betweenthe bottom of a shelf orstorage bin and a worksurface.It doesn’t have a topcap or reveal..Plastic wire manageris available to cut to speciallengths for other applications.It is not availablefabric covered.Tip: Use the plastic wiremanager to conceal cordsgoing to a junction boxbecause the wire managerhas to be cut to fit.Wire manager canalso be used below theworksurface.ConnectionsSnaps into the slottedchannel of the panel.Surface MaterialsCover• Vertical surface fabric• PlasticTop cap• Paint (standard onfabric-covered verticalwire manager)• Plastic to match color ofplastic cover.Application TopicsPlastic version can becut to length. Fabric-coveredversion must be ordered tofit height dimension of panelor clearance betweenstorage and worksurface..176 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding <strong>Avenir</strong>Wiring and CablingStatement of Line 178Wiring and Cabling OverviewWiring and Cabling: Interface 180Wiring and Cabling: Distribution 182Wiring and Cabling: Access and Storage 184Application TopicsSteps to Plan an Electrical Network 186Steps to Specify Powered Panels withDifferent Surface Materials 187Circuit Choices 188Circuit <strong>Specification</strong>s 189How to Calculate Power Needs 190Special Requirements for Chicago 191Special Requirements for New York City 192Special Requirements for Los Angeles 193Understanding Building Wiring 194Cable Capacities 196All Steelcase electricalsystems are designed incompliance with the NationalElectrical Code (NEC) to functionas a multiwire branch circuit.Installations should bemade in accordance with theNEC provisions for multiwirebranch circuits.Wiring & CablingLocal electrical codesvary. Consult a qualifiedelectrical contractor or engineerfor the proper installationof electrical equipment.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 177
Wiring and CablingStatement of LineBase Power-InUnderstandingcPage 40SpecifyingcPage 232Base Fiber-InUnderstandingcPage 41SpecifyingcPage 2352" x 2" Power PoleUnderstandingcPage 42SpecifyingcPage 2352" x 6" Power andCable PoleUnderstandingcPage 44SpecifyingcPage 2362" x 2" Cable PoleUnderstandingcPage 42SpecifyingcPage 23618"W and 24"WPowerwaysUnderstandingcPage 46SpecifyingcPage 23730"W to 60"WPowerwaysUnderstandingcPage 48SpecifyingcPage 237Panel-to-PanelConnectorUnderstandingcPage 49SpecifyingcPage 238Base CoverUnderstandingcPage 50(Factory-installed on panel)Corner Wire CoverUnderstandingcPage 183SpecifyingcPage 238Cable GrommetsUnderstandingcPage 183SpecifyingcPage 239Wire SeparatorUnderstandingcPage 183(Factory-installed on panel)Shortened Top Caps forUse With In-Line CableDrop BoxUnderstandingcPage 24SpecifyingcPage 241FillerUnderstandingcPage 32SpecifyingcPage 224ReceptacleUnderstandingcPage 50SpecifyingcPage 242Panel-SupportedReceptacleUnderstandingcPage 184SpecifyingcPage 243Power StripUnderstandingcPage 185SpecifyingcPage 243Cable and Fiber ReelUnderstandingcPage 134SpecifyingcPage 312Termination PlateUnderstandingcPage 135SpecifyingcPage 312Cord ReelUnderstandingcPage 185SpecifyingcPage 312Cable Storage TrayUnderstandingcPage 185SpecifyingcPage 313Grommet ConvenienceReceptacleUnderstandingcPage 185SpecifyingcPage 313Vertical Wire ManagerUnderstandingcPage 176SpecifyingcPage 368Canopy LightsUnderstandingcPage 172SpecifyingcPage 356178 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Wiring and CablingStatement of LineShelf LightsUnderstandingcPage 174SpecifyingcPage 362Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 179
Wiring and Cabling: Interface.Interface refers to thepoint at which the utilities(electrical and cables) foryour panel installation connectwith the building’spower and communications.Power poles route buildingpower from the ceilingthrough the panel to thepowerway in the panel basecavity. They can also beused to run cables into thetop cap or into the panelbase cavity.cPages 42–44Cable poles route communicationcables from theceiling to the top cap or tothe panel base cavity.cPages 42–44Base power-ins connectbuilding power from the wallor floor to a receptacleopening on a powerway inthe panel base.cPage 40Cable grommets areavailable to bring cablesinto the panel base fromthe floor. Cables can alsoenter the panel base at theend of a panel.End power-ins connectbuilding power from thewall or floor to the end ofa panel.cPage 40.180 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Wiring and Cabling:Interface.Product Details2" x 2" power pole isequipped with one electricalharness. The 2" x 6" powerpole has two electrical harnesses.Both poles have aninner sleeve that separatespower from communicationcables.Power pole circuit canbe specified as 3-circuit or4-circuit models.Base power-ins supplybuilding power to a panelrun by connecting to thepowerway at the receptaclelocation on the green endonly. The 3-circuit and4-circuit models are availableto fit standard- orlarger-size openings withfiller plate. Breakaway models,that fit either size opening,are available for usein California.cPage 40.End-entry power-insconnect directly to the greenend of the powerway, withouttaking up a receptacleopening. They are availablein 3-circuit and 4-circuitmodels.cPage 40Base fiber-in allowsfiber-optic cables to enterthe base of panels at anangle so the fiber-opticcable isn’t forced to forma tight radius which coulddamage the cable.cPage 41Cable grommets canbe used to route cablesfrom a floor source to thepanel base cavity..ConnectionsPower or cable polescan attach at the endof a panel run, or at an L-,T-, or X-junction. A polemust be specified to matchthe height of the panel it isattached to.cPages 42–44Ceiling attachment kitsecures the power pole orcable pole to the suspendedceiling grid. Junction box atthe top of a power pole canbe hardwired to buildingpower.Ceiling heights up to 10'4" can be accommodatedby a power or cable pole.The ceiling attachment kitadjusts for lower ceilings.L-junction allows thepower or cable pole toattach to either panel..T-junction allows thepower or cable pole toattach to, and run powerinto, the center panel.Panels of differentheights at a junctionrequire a varying heightconnector package (PAB2)to attach to either type ofpole. Change-of-height endtrim cannot be used..Application TopicsSome locations haveelectrical codes that varyfrom the national codeand impose specialrequirements.cPages 191–193Steps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage 186Understanding BuildingWiringcPage 194c<strong>Avenir</strong> Cable-Management <strong>Guide</strong>Form number S270.cTechnoLogical BinderForm number S2402..Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 181
Wiring and Cabling: Distribution.Distribution refers to howthe power and cables getfrom one place to anotherthrough the panel and worksurfacecomponents.Top caps (medium andhigh) accommodate lay-incable routing within a workstationor cluster.Grommets allow cordsand cables to be routedfrom a panel top capthrough an overhead storagebin to the worksurface.Vertical wire managersconceal cords and cablesthat are routed along theedge of panels.Cable grommets allowthe cables to be routed fromthe panel base to the worksurface.Communication cordknockouts permit communicationcables to runbetween the worksurfaceand a panel base.Panel base cavity concealspowerways. The basecavity can also be used toroute and conceal cables.Fillers create a verticalchannel for routing cablesbetween the top cap andpanel base on panels thatare the same height.Cable drop box allowscables to be routed betweenpanels of different heightsthat are connected in astraight line.Grommets permit you toaccess cords at worksurfacelevel.Cable knockouts permitcables to exit the top cap..182 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Wiring and Cabling:Distribution.Product DetailsPowerways, withinthe panel base cavities,connect to route powerthrough a cluster of workstationsand provide terminalsfor receptacles orbase power-ins.cPages 46–49Wire separator can bespecified for the panelbase to provide a separate,isolated space for routingdata and telecommunicationcables. It also serves asa metallic barrier betweenlow-voltage communicationwires and 120-voltelectricity.Tip: For use on tackableacoustical and highperformancepanels manufacturedafter September 10,1990, and non-tackable panelsmanufactured afterMarch 15, 1999.Tip: Wire separators foruse with <strong>Avenir</strong> non-tackablepanels and panels manufacturedprior to September 10,1990, must be ordered fromService Parts..Medium and high steeltop caps create a spacefor routing cables frompanel to panel, and includecable knockouts to letcables in or out.cPage 24Corner wire covers concealcables and powerwaysin the panel base cavity atL- and T-connections.Fillers conceal cables runningvertically and aestheticallyfill in the space at L-,T-, and X-connections.cPage 32.Cable drop box allowscables to be routed betweenpanels of different heightsthat are connected in astraight line.cPage 52Vertical wire managerssnap into the panel’s slottedchannel. They concealcables or task light cordsor harnesses running tothe worksurface or basereceptacles. They comewith a cap to conceal acable knockout.cPage 176Cable grommets canbe inserted in duplex-sizereceptacle openings toroute cables from the panelbase to the worksurface..Communication cordknockouts allow cables topass from the panel base tothe worksurface..ConnectionsPowered panels may bejoined to form straight line,L-, T-, Y-, or X-configurations.Some panel connectionscan affect how powerflows or cables are routedfrom panel to panel.cPages 46–4918"W panels do not havereceptacles, but power andcabling can pass throughthem.Application TopicsSteps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage 186Circuit ChoicescPage 188Circuit <strong>Specification</strong>scPage 189Cable CapacitiescPage 196.Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 183
Wiring and Cabling: Access and Storage.Access refers to the pointsat which you’ll place electricaloutlets so people canplug in equipment. Accessalso includes the linksbetween communicationand computer networks.Storage refers to the waysin which you manage excesslengths of cords and cables.Cable-managementpanels provide convenientreceptacles at worksurfaceheight.cPage 52Receptacles, in the panelbase cover, provide powerat floor level.cPage 50Panel-supported receptaclesprovide accessto power at or near theworksurface.Grommets allow cordsand cables to pass throughthe worksurface..184 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Wiring and Cabling:Access and Storage.Product DetailsReceptacles, installedin the panel base, are availablein standard-size oroversize with three circuitsor four circuits. Each 36"Wor wider powered panel hasup to four receptacle openings,accepting up to tenoutlets (five per side).cPage 5018"W panels accommodatepass-through powerwaysonly, so their basecovers do not havereceptacle openings.Grommets in standardworksurfaces have removablecovers to admit threeprongplugs. They can bespecified in a range of locationsto avoid conflict withcenter drawers andpedestals.cPage 126Grommet conveniencereceptacle can beused to provide access topower wherever there isa grommet..Power strips provideadditional receptacles andcan be attached to theunderside of the worksurface.Power strips can beordered with an integral lineconditioner.Cable and fiber reelstores lengths of excessfiber-optic cable or conventionalcables.cPage 134Termination plateaccommodates the oversizedjunction boxes usedfor installation of fiber-opticcables.cPage 135Cable storage traysassist with horizontal routingand conceal large quantitiesof cords and cablesunder a worksurface..Cord reel takes up excesscord or cable under theworksurface.Wire guide clip has anadhesive back to allow it tostick anywhere under aworksurface for routing andmanaging cords..Application TopicsSteps to Plan anElectrical NetworkcPage 186Chicago, New YorkCity, and Los Angeleshave special requirements.cPages 191–193..Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 185
Steps to Plan an Electrical Network.There are four steps toplanning an electricalnetwork.1On a drawing of your panellayout, indicate where youwant receptacles.2Designate which circuit(1, 2, 3, or dedicated) youwant each receptacle tolink to.cFor more informationabout dedicated anddesignated circuits, seepage 188.3Determine how manypower-ins are needed tosupply enough power toeach cluster of workstations.cFor more informationabout calculating powerneeds, see page 190.4Indicate the position of eachbase power-in, power pole,or cable pole on your floorplan.You’re probably done.If, however, your layoutincludes panels withdifferent surface materialson the two panel surfaces,you may want to streamlinethe installation process byspecifying surface materialsin a special order.cSee the next page fordetails.1 21 21 21 21 2Base power-in3 1 1 3 2 13 13 13 13D 22 D2DDD 22 D2DD1 31 31 31 3 2 1332 1Division between separate power-ins22= Standard receptacle = Large or Standard receptacle2 12 1.186 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Steps to Specify Powered Panelswith Different Surface MaterialsSteps to Specify PoweredPanels with DifferentSurface Materials.You can streamline theinstallation process whenusing different surfacematerials on each side ofthe panels by specifyingthe panel surfaces in order.Because powerways canbe reversed in the field,you can skip this process,but allow extra time forinstallation.1Complete the stepsdescribed on the previouspage, so you have a drawingof your installation withthe positions of power-insindicated.2Start with the powerwaythat connects to the powerinand use the letter “G” toindicate that this is the endof the powerway that iscolor coded green.3Continue by marking thegreen end of each powerwaywith letters. When assigningcolor codes, follow this rule:• There must be atleast one green endat each intersection.cPages 46–494Use a color marker toindicate the different surfacematerials of each panel.5Locate the side of eachpanel that has the green endof the powerway on the right.This is side one. Alwaysspecify the surface materialon side one of the panelfirst, then specify side two.6You may have panels thatare identical in everyrespect, except that thematerials for side one andside two are reversed. Theinstallers will be able tospeed up the installation byarranging these panels tomatch your layout withoutrearranging the powerways.2121G G G GGGGBase power-in21Base power-in21GGG G GGG GDivision between separate power-ins11G G G2 22G2111= Standard receptacle = Large or Standard receptacle1G G G2 2.Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 187
Circuit ChoicesPowerways and Strategies for Using Them.Powerways added to thebase of panels allow you todistribute power whereverpanels go.Standard 3-circuit powerwayshave five wires—threehot wires carry power, one sharedneutral completes the circuit,and one ground for safety.Tip: 30"W or wider powerwayis shown. 24"W powerways havedouble flag connectors.All other powerwayshave eight wires.Tip: 30"W or wider powerwayis shown. 24"W powerways havedouble flag connectors.cSee page 189 for alternativewiring schematics..Three basic strategiescan be used to employ theavailable circuits.Circuit1Circuit2Strategy 1Undesignated CircuitsThis strategy allows allavailable circuits to be usedfreely without specifyingwhich equipment is poweredby which circuit.AdvantagesNo planning required.Circuit3.Circuit1Circuit2Circuit3Strategy 2Designated CircuitsThis strategy assigns specificcircuits for specificuses. You can indicate thecircuit number—1, 2, or 3—for each receptacle in yourplan and then designatewhich equipment should beconnected to each circuit.AdvantagesGain control over groups ofelectrical equipment. Forexample, connect all thelight fixtures to one designatedcircuit so you canwire the building with anon/off switch that could controlall of the lighting.Furthermore, equipment onthe other two circuits, suchas fax machines and printers,won’t be affected..CircuitDStrategy 3Dedicated CircuitsThis strategy uses isolatedpower, neutral, and groundwires to power sensitiveelectronic equipment.Sensitive equipment is isolatedand protected fromfluctuations in power flowinduced by electronic equipmenton other circuits.AdvantagesDedicated circuit can beused to isolate equipmentthat requires either “clean”or “dirty” power. The choiceof which way to use thecircuit depends on the totalamperage required. Youcan choose to use the isolatedcircuit to isolate sensitiveequipment such ascomputers or use the dedicatedcircuit to isolate“dirty” equipment such aslaser printers and papershredders..188 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Circuit <strong>Specification</strong>sDetailed Information for the Electrical EngineerCircuit <strong>Specification</strong>s.Five wiring schematicsare available for <strong>Avenir</strong>—two 3-circuit systems andthree 4-circuit systems.All the components inan electrical distributionnetwork must usethe same wiring schematic.The components (powerpoles, base power-ins, powerways,and receptacles)snap together and arekeyed to make it impossibleto connect mismatchedparts. Color-coded andlabeled components make iteasy for installers to identifywhich wiring schematiceach component is dedicatedto.Color coding• 3 circuits shared = Black• 3 circuits separate = White• 4 circuits 3+D = Black• 4 circuit 3I+1 = Tan• 4 circuit 2+2 = GreyOverviewThree-circuit electricalcomponents withshared neutrals are standardwith 5 wires to providethree circuits that share oneoversized neutral and oneground. This is the traditional3-circuit power alternativethat is specified by addingthe suffix P3 to the panelstyle number.Three-circuit with separateneutrals have 8 wiresproviding three circuits, eachwith its own separate neutral.The first two circuitsshare an isolated ground;the third uses the systemground.Four-circuit 3+D are standardwith 8 wires to providefour circuits. Three of thesecircuits share an oversizedneutral and a system groundwhile the remaining circuithas its own neutral and isolatedground. This is the traditional4-circuit power, alsoknown as 3+D, that is specifiedby adding the suffix P4to the panel style number.Four-circuit, 3I+1 againhave 8 wires but with threecircuits that share an oversizedneutral and isolatedground. The fourth circuithas its own neutral and isattached to the systemground. This electrical systemis like the standard3+D, but the grounds areswitched, providing threeisolated circuits and onegeneral purpose circuit ascompared to one isolatedcircuit and three generalpurpose circuits.Four-circuit 2+2 alsohave 8 wires but provide twocircuits that share an oversizedneutral and a systemground and an additional twocircuits with a second oversizedneutral and an isolatedground..3 Circuit Shared Neutral, 5 Wires3 Circuit Separate Neutral, 8 Wires4 Circuit 3+D, 8 Wires4 Circuit 3I+1, 8 Wires4 Circuit 2+2, 8 WiresHot 1Hot 2Hot 3Oversized NeutralSystem GroundHot 1Neutral 1Hot 2Neutral 2Isolated GroundHot 3Neutral 3System GroundHot 1Hot 2Hot 3Oversized NeutralSystem GroundHot 4NeutralIsolated GroundHot 1Hot 2Hot 3Oversized NeutralIsolated GroundHot 4NeutralSystem GroundHot 1Hot 2Oversized NeutralSystem GroundHot 3Hot 4Oversized NeutralIsolated Ground.Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 189
How to Calculate Power NeedsUse This to Determine How Many Power-Ins You’ll Need.When planning a powernetwork, you must calculatethe amperage requirementsof all your electrical componentsso you can providesufficient electricity topower them..If your usage is notknown in advance:The National ElectricalCode (NEC) allows a maximumof 13 receptacleson each 20-amp circuit.This provides up to 39receptacles for each 3-circuitpower-in and 52 receptaclesfor each 4-circuitpower-in. In Canada, theCanadian Electrical Codeallows a maximum of 10receptacles on each 15-amp circuit. This providesup to 30 receptacles foreach 3-circuit power-in and40 receptacles for each4-circuit power-in..If your usage is knownin advance:Add up the amperage usedby each piece of equipmentin the workstation. Wheneveryou reach 60 amps—20 amps times 3 circuits—(45 amps in Canada) fromitems that are likely to beused at the same time, youhave reached the limit for asingle power-in. Specifyanother power-in and continueuntil all equipment ispowered.cSee table at right for typicaland actual amperageusages for components.To calculate amperage whenthe wattage of a device isknown, divide watts by 120.If the circuits will normallybe subject to a continuousload (three or more hoursof continuous use, such aslights or computers), theNEC requires that circuitcapacity be “de-rated” by20 percent. Therefore, treatcircuits used for continuousloads as if they were ratedat 16 amps (12 amps inCanada) instead of theregular 20 amps.Try to anticipate futureincreases in power requirementsand build someexcess capacity into yourplan.Some appliances, such aslarge copiers, coffee makers,or space heaters requiremost of the current availableon a 15- or 20-ampcircuit. It is recommendedthat such devices be suppliedwith their own receptacle,directly from thebuilding. This leaves thecapacity of the furniture circuitsavailable for the moredynamic requirements ofthe office equipment.Local electrical codes vary.Consult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forthe proper planning of electricalcircuits in your locale.Requirements of Office Equipmentin AmpsGeneral Equipment(Typical Amperage)A.C. adapter 0.05Adding machine 0.05Answering machine 0.08Calculator 0.25Clock 0.03Coffee pot 10.00Copy machine 15.00Desk-top copiers 7.00 to 10.00Stand-alone copiers 15.00Electric eraser 0.25Fan 1.00Manuscript holder 0.75Microfiche 0.85Microwave 8.00 to 12.00Pencil sharpener 0.25Radio 0.05Slide projector 2.00 to 6.00Space heater, 1000 watts 8.50Space heater, 1500 watts 12.50Transcriber 0.15Typewriter 1.50Electronic Equipment(Typical Amperage)Desk-top memorystorage devices 0.08 to 12.00Modems 0.15Desk-top printers 1.20 to 5.00Stand-alone printers 3.00 to 11.00VDTs and PCs 0.08 to 4.80Steelcase Lighting(Actual Amperage)Canopy lights:24 1 ⁄4" wide, 14 watts 0.1436 1 ⁄16" wide, 21 watts 0.2047 7 ⁄8" wide, 28 watts 0.26Shelf lights:24" wide, 17 watts 0.2036" wide, 25 watts 0.3048" wide, 32 watts 0.30.190 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Special Requirements for ChicagoSpecial Requirementsfor ChicagoPanel RequirementsChicago code requireshardwiring of all electricalcomponents.LightingRequirements.Chicago code <strong>Specification</strong>: Electrician will supply:Panels must be hardwiredin the field.Electrician hardwiresall receptacle boxes andconduits into panel basesin the field.Tip: Panel depth prohibitsback-to-back receptaclesin Chicago.Cords must include integraloverload protection.• Order panels with factoryinstalledpower base coverswith receptacle knockoutswhere you intend to installreceptacles.Tip: Chicago code doesn’trequire a special base coverwith different receptaclelocations.• Receptacles in Chicagoare supplied by electrician.Because these receptacleswill be duplex size, youmust order a filler plate tooccupy the remainingspace in larger-size openings.Reusable filler platesare available from ServiceParts.Tip: Because receptacles inChicago cannot be installedback to back, you may wantto avoid powered panelsthat are 30"W or less. Thesepanels only have one receptaclelocation on each side,so these panels can onlyaccommodate one duplexsizereceptacle.• Order corner fillers forL-, T-, and X-configurationsseparately to conceal electricalconduits.• Order Chicago versionof canopy lights orshelf lights.• Connection to buildingpower supply• Wires• Fittings• Duplex receptacle(Levitron 5325)• Electrical components.Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 191
Special Requirements for New York CityPanel RequirementsNew York City coderequires that all electricalcomponents be fieldinstalled.WorksurfaceRequirementsLightingRequirements.New York City code <strong>Specification</strong>: Electrician will supply:Powerways must beinstalled in the field.New York City-versionof the base power-in isrequired. It is comprised ofa junction box and a powerwayconnector. Specialpower pole is not required.Utility modules must behardwired in the field.Code does not allow useof cord-and-plug devices incommercial buildings. Thisincludes:• Power strips• Grommet conveniencereceptacles• Panel-supportedreceptaclesLights cannot require toolsto install.Light harnesses areprohibited.• Order panels with factory-installedpower basecovers with receptacleknockouts where you intendto install receptacles. Ifduplex receptacle, or basepower-in, is to be installedin triplex-size receptacleopening, order a filler plateto occupy the remainingspace. Reusable fillerplates are available fromService Parts.• Order powerways forfield installation.• Order New York Cityversionof basepower-in.• Order Steelcasereceptacles.• Order hardwire-versionof utility module.• Order canopy lights orshelf lights, whichrequire no tools to install.• Order special hardwarepackage to install Utilityshelf lights beneath transactionworksurfaces withoutthe use of tools. Availablefrom Customer Service.• Connection to buildingpower supply• Face plate• Wires• Fittings• Connection to buildingpower.192 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Special Requirements for Los AngelesIncluding California OSHPDSpecial Requirementsfor Los AngelesLos AngelesPanel RequirementsWorksurfaceRequirementsLightingRequirementsCalifornia OSHPDPanel Requirements.Los Angeles code <strong>Specification</strong>: Electrician will supply:Code prohibits concealedcords.Utility modules must behardwired in the field.Code does not allow useof cord-and-plug devices incommercial buildings. Thisincludes:• Power strips• Grommet conveniencereceptacles• Panel-supportedreceptaclesLights cannot require toolsto install.Light harnesses areprohibited.California OSHPDIn California, the Officeof Statewide Health Planningand Development(OSHPD) requires specialpower-in connections thatwill reduce the chance ofa hazard if panels aredisturbed during an earthquake.The rules are mandatedfor healthcare facilitiesonly. There are two productsthat can be used tomeet OSHPD requirements.• Order hardwire-versionof utility module.• Order canopy lights orshelf lights, whichrequire no tools to install.Breakaway basepower-in features aconnector that interruptsthe power supply if thepanel tips.• Face plate• Wires• Fittings• Connection to buildingpowerAnchor bracket attachesto panel glide and securesthe panel to the floor at apower entry point—wherethe power pole or power-inis attached. Anchor bracketprevents panel movementand possible damage to theelectrical connection.<strong>Specification</strong>:• Order breakawaybase power-in forpanels connected topower-ins.• Order anchor bracketfor panels that are 75"Hand are connected topower poles or power-ins..Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 193
Understanding Building Wiring.System Characteristics Advantages Disadvantages CommentsFixed Wall and ColumnPoke ThroughUnderfloor DuctCellular Floor• Common to most buildings.• Power and telecommunicationrun through permanentwalls to wall receptacles.• Wiring concealed in ceilingspace of floor below and fedthrough holes in floor.• Electrical receptacles andtelecommunications outletslocated in floor-attachedmonuments.• Ducts or continuous channelsencased in floor slab.• Underfloor system withlarge-capacity, divided distributioncells for electricaland telecommunicationwiring.• Wiring runs perpendicular tothe trench header, a specialduct that cuts across all thecells and provides access.• Low cost for initialinstallation.• Provides power in corridorsand small rooms.• More flexible than underfloorduct because wirescan be pulled up at anylocation.• Low life-cycle costs.• Easy access for relocation.• Relocation causes littledisruption.• Inconspicuous.• Electrical and telecommunicationssystems runtogether to the workstation.• Protects voice and datasystems from interferenceand damage.• Must be used with othersystems to reach areasaway from walls.• Moving wall receptacles isdifficult and expensive.• High relocation costs.• Moving junction boxesrequires cutting a holethrough the floor—aprocess called coring.• Moving junction boxes candisrupt work on two floors.• Monuments can causepeople to trip.• Flexibility limited to specificaccess points.• System can add to requiredlength of wire or cablebecause of trench headercellconfiguration.• Workstation layout dependson location of wall receptaclesand must be carefullyplanned.• Usually used with othersystems such as pokethrough or flat wiring.• Not accepted by some localfire codes.• May weaken floor slab.• Flexibility dependent onbuilding structure.• Pedestals can concealmonuments.• Increasing wire and cablerequirements may exceedcapabilities of existingsystem.• Carpet tiles ease accessto trench..194 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Understanding Building Wiring.System Characteristics Advantages Disadvantages CommentsAccess FlooringFlat WiringIn-Ceiling Wiring• Developed for mainframecomputer rooms.• Modular floor panels raisedabove the slab on 6" to 36"high supports, and conduitand cables run beneath thesefloor panels.• Access through monumentfixtures.• Access from wall or column.Power and signal cables runto workstation via flat wireand cable sandwichedbetween slab and carpet.• Outlets in transition boxeson top of carpet.• Conduit and cables run inspace above suspendedceiling and are distributedto panels by power and cablepoles.• Ease of access andrearrangement of wiringsystems.• Easy relocation.• Flexible.• Meets most capacityrequirements.• Elements sold as onepackage.• Low initial cost.• Very easy to move.• Little disruption duringmove.• Space usually accommodateslarge capacities.• May be noisy whenwalked on.• Requires stairs and rampson building floor whenadded to existing facility.• Heavy wheel traffic cancause signal interruption indata transmission wiring.• Power and cable polesused to route cables candetract from open-planaesthetics.• Smoke alarms and fireprotection sprinklers maybe required.• Use only carpet tiles orarea rugs.• Should not be used in areassusceptible to extremedampness or water spillage.• Slab-on-grade installations,where concrete is poureddirectly on the ground,require careful preparationper manufacturer’s instructionsto ensure that moisturedoesn’t damage thesystem.• Cost for installationincreases when ceilingspace is used as return airplenum to meet fire-protectioncodes.• Ceiling-suspended cabletrays should be consideredfor communications wiring..Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 195
Cable Capacities.Test and verify capacitiesfor your individual situation.We recommend thattesting be conducted usingyour specific cable as wellas the furniture configurationyou are considering. Cablecapacities in this table arebased on non-plenum-ratedcables installed by a cablecontractor under ideal conditions.Figures are approximations.Actual capacitiesmay vary slightly dependingon which manufacturer producedthe cable and thespecific field conditions.Cat 6 Test Cableså Avaya 1071OD=0.215"∫ Avaya 1081OD=0.250"ç Avaya 2071 PlenumOD=0.195"∂ Avaya 2081 PlenumOD=0.240"´ Belden Media Twist1872AOD=0.365" x 0.165"ƒ Belden Media Twist1874A PlenumOD=0.365" x 0.165"© Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000OD=0.230"˙ Berk-TekLan-Mark 1000PlenumOD=0.225"ˆ CommScopeUltraMediaOD=0.240"∆ General CableCommand LINX 6OD=0.250"˚ Mohawk GigaLANOD=0.240"¬ Nordx 4812LXOD=0.245"µ Nordx 4813XPlenumOD=0.230"Cat 5 Test Cables˜ Berk–Tek24 AWG CMR4-Pair UTP*OD=0.190".StraightL, T, and XCable routing at top43 38 43 38 42 45 44 38 38 37 35 40 44 56of panel Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi24 16 22 19 19 20 23 19 17 19 17 21 22 30Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med MedCable routing atbase of panel with13 11 14 12 11 12 13 12 10 10 13 10 12 25powerwayCable routing at baseof panel without50 45 50 47 50 51 43 48 43 40 42 41 45 53powerway1Change-of-height cable33 22 30 27 25 24 23 21 23 28 23 26 30 40routing at top of panel Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi18 13 17 13 17 16 15 16 14 14 13 15 17 24Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med MedVertical cablerouting inside cablemanagement13 11 13 12 13 13 12 9 9 10 12 8 9 30panelCable routing at topof panel Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi19 L, T 18 L, T 17 L, T 16 L, T 15 L, T 15 L, T 13 L, T 12 L, T 17 L, T 17 L, T 13 L, T 15 L, T 19 L, T 30 L, T44 X 35 X 44 X 39 X 43 X 46 X 36 X 38 X 38 X 38 X 33 X 43 X 46 X 30Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi14 L, T 11 L, T 12 L, T 11 L, T 10 L, T 12 L, T 12 L, T 12 L, T 12 L, T 12 L, T 11 L, T 11 L, T 12 L, T 16 L, T\Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med25 X 18 X 26 X 18 X 21 X 21 X 20 X 20 X 19 X 19 X 18 X 20 X 23 X 16 XMed Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med MedCable routing at13 L 11 L 10 L 10 L 11 L 11 L 12 L 12 L 10 L 12 L 10 L 11 L 12 L 13 Lbase of panel withpowerway13 T 11 T 14 T 12 T 11 T 11 T 12 T 12 T 10 T 13 T 12 T 11 T 12 T 13 T26 X 22 X 28 X 24 X 22 X 22 X 25 X 24 X 20 X 22 X 24 X 22 X 24 X 13 XCable routing at base40 L 34 L 38 L 35 L 48 L 48 L 35 L 34 L 34 L 31 L 35 L 34 L 35 L 40 Lof panel withoutpowerway1å ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜50 T 45 T 50 T 47 T 50 T 50 T 47 T 48 T 43 T 45 T 47 T 45 T 48 T 40 T60 X 54 X 60 X 57 X 60 X 60 X 60 X 58 X 52 X 54 X 57 X 54 X 60 X 40 X.196 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Cable Capacities.Power Pole and Cable PoleCable routing from pole6 3 5 4 4 4 5 3 4 4 4 3 4 10with power harnessinto panel top capHi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi6 3 5 4 4 4 5 3 4 4 4 3 4 10Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med MedCable routing from pole11 7 8 7 7 7 6 7 7 7 8 5 6 20without powerharness into paneltop capHi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi Hi11 7 8 7 7 7 6 7 7 7 8 5 6 20Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med Med MedCable routing from poleinto panel base with8 6 8 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 6 6 8 10powerwayCable routing frompole into panel base18 14 18 16 15 15 18 14 14 12 16 12 16 21without powerwayHigh-Capacity (2" x 6") Power Pole and Cable PoleBase Fiber-InCable routing from largepole into panel base15 12 17 16 15 14 16 16 13 11 16 12 16 12with powerway 2Cable routing from largepole into panel base35 25 36 28 30 30 32 28 25 25 30 25 28 27without powerway 2Base fiber-in into panel8 5 7 6 7 7 5 6 5 6 5 5 5 7baseVertical Wire Managerå ∫ ç ∂ ´ ƒ © ˙ ˆ ∆ ˚ ¬ µ ˜Cable routing inside12 10 16 12 10 10 13 10 10 10 12 10 11 3vertical wire manager1 1 ⁄4".1 1 ⁄8"Top Cap<strong>Avenir</strong> PanelCross Section1 1 ⁄4"PowerwayspaceCable-routingspaceWire separator shown inthe above drawing must bespecified.Notes:Hi = Capacities with hightop cap.Med = Capacities withmedium top cap.1 = Capacities includepowerway space and cableroutingspace.2 = Capacities can bedoubled if routed in twodirections. Capacity figuresare based on routing inone direction..Wiring & Cabling<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 197
198 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying <strong>Avenir</strong><strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 199
Specifying Tips.General TipsStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• End panels, back panel, and• Drawer pulls: paint• Center drawer, if selected: p• Lock, if selected, keyed ran9201• One convenience tray in dedrawe• One reference shelf per des• One partition per drawer: bl• One compressor per file draReview the features thatare standard for eachproduct before you begin tospecify. You only need toinclude specifications foroptions, surface materials,and colors when you want asubstitute for the standard.To ensure that you do notoverlook anything,approach the specifyingprocess in a consistentorder every time. Here arethree common methods:Specify productsaccording to theirorder on the specifyingpages.Specify all workstationsusing a formulatedpattern, such as startingat the entrance to aworkstation and movingclockwise.Specify each type ofworkstation in yourinstallation and thendetermine how many ofeach type are needed..PanelsSpecify style numbers andsurface materials for allpanels.Keep track of panels thatrequire power and listpanels with powerseparately because they’llhave a different stylenumber.Specify panel connectorpackages, fillers, andchange-of-height panelconnectors when anapplication requires them.WorksurfacesSpecify style numbersand surface materials forall worksurface packages.Some supports can beordered by changing theworksurface style numbersuffix. Other supportsmust be ordered separatelywith their own style number.Also specify options suchas grommets, worksurfacewiring and cabling accessories,and any specifickeying information.200 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying TipsStorageSpecify storage componentstyle numbers, surfacematerials, and any specifickeying information.LightingSpecify style numbers oflights.Wiring & CablingIf you specified withpower as you ordered yourpanels, the only things leftto specify are power-ins,power and cable poles (ifdesired), and receptacles.Example of OrderHere’s what the specification would be like for theinstallation shown at the left.Qty. Style No. DescriptionPanels2 MPNTM6530 64 11 ⁄16"H x 30 5 ⁄16"W non-tackablepanelssides 1 & 2: fabric, 5610frame: paint, 47002 MPNTM5330 52 3 ⁄8"H X 30 5 ⁄16"W non-tackablepanelssides 1 & 2: fabric, 5610frame: paint, 47004 MPTAM6530P4 64 11 ⁄16"H X 30 5 ⁄16"W tackableacoustical panel with factory-installed powerwaysside 1: fabric, 5610side 2: fabric, 5610frame: paint, 47002 PC6553 Change-of-height panel connectortrim: paint, 4700Worksurfaces8 PWR3024 30"W x 24"D worksurfaces withradius edge: laminate, 27594 PCWR90N24 30"W x 24"D corner worksurfaces:laminate, 27598 PCSB18S shared cantilevers: paint, 4700Storage4 MU2824FF file⁄file pedestals: paint, 47004 MU2824BBF box⁄box⁄file pedestals: paint, 47008 MBB3016 overhead storage bins:paint, 4700Lighting8 LSM24KD 25"W standard shelf lights withdaisy chain cords, black4 LS1FSC daisy chain starter cordsWiring and Cabling1 ctn 986831DA15S line 1 duplex receptacles: 60001 ctn 986832DA15S line 2 duplex receptacles: 60001 ctn 986833DA15S line 3 duplex receptacles: 60001 98669 base power-in4 VWM18 vertical wire managers:plastic, 66551 ctn 98767 cord reels..<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 201
202 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying <strong>Avenir</strong>PanelsPanelsPanelsCable-Management Panel Options 204Tackable Acoustical 208High-Performance Acoustical 212Transparent 214Half Glass, Half Fabric Transparent 216Panel Door with Frame 218Panel ConnectorsVarying-Height Connector Packages (PAB2) 219Varying-Height Perpendicular Connector Packages (PAB3) 219Varying-Height Connector Packages (PAB5) 220Closed-Configuration Connector Package (PAB9) 221Perpendicular Connector Package (PAB4) 221Change-of-Height Panel Connectors 222Fabric-Covered End Trim (Factory-Installed) 223Filler Packages 224Panel Brackets 228Panel Accessories 230Panel Wiring and CablingBase Power-Ins 232Breakaway Base Power-Ins (OSHPD) 233End Power-Ins 234Base Fiber-In Package 2352" x 2" Power Poles 2352" x 6" Power and Cable Poles 2362" x 2" Cable Poles 236Powerways (field-installed) 237Panel-to-Panel Connector 238Corner Wire Covers 238Cable Grommets for Base Cover 239Panel-Base End Filler 239In-Line Cable Drop Box 240Shortened Top Caps for Use With In-Line Cable Drop Box 241Duplex Receptacles 242Panel-Supported Receptacle 243Power Strips 243<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 203
.Cable-Management Panel Options for Tackable Acoustical PanelsWith Powerway in BaseCable-Management Panel Option ChoicesChoice 1:Vertical cable routing onlyChoice 2:Worksurface-height power on one sideand vertical cable routingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Product DetailsVertical cable routinginside panelNo receptacle openings inpanel surfacePowerway in base ofpanel—3-circuit or 4-circuitProduct DetailsVertical cable routinginside panelDistribution channel withfactory-installed powerreceptacleVoice/data receptacleopening available to cutopen in the fieldReceptacle opening in onesurface of panel2 receptacle adapter plates1 face platePower harnessPowerway in base ofpanel—3-circuit or 4-circuitUse• Use this choice inapplications where youwant to route cablesvertically inside the paneland where you want toextend a power distributionnetwork through a run ofpanels, but do not needreceptacle openings atworksurface height.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withfactory-installed powerway(suffix P3 or P4).2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.Use• Use this choice inapplications where youwant desk-height power onone side of the panel.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withfactory-installed powerway(suffix P3 or P4).2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select surface 1.4 Next, select plain cablemanagementsurfaces.Tip: Plain surfaces oncable-management panelshave no receptacleopenings, but the surfaceis notched at the bottom toavoid blocking the cablerouting channels.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$10for cable-managementoptionNot for use in NYCcSee page 1925 Next, select powercable-managementsurface-1.6 Next, select line options.7 Next, select line 1, 2, 3,or 4.8 Next, select plain cablemanagementsurface-2.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$86for cable-managementoptionNot for use in NYCcSee page 192204 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Without Powerway in BaseCable-ManagementPanel Options for TackableAcoustical PanelsChoice 3:Worksurface-height power on two sidesand vertical cable routingChoice 4:Vertical cable routing onlyFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Product DetailsVertical cable routinginside panelDistribution channel withfactory-installed powerreceptaclesVoice/data receptacleopenings available to cutopen in the fieldReceptacle openings inboth surfaces of panel4 receptacle adapter plates2 face platesPower harnessPowerway in base ofpanel—3-circuit or 4-circuitProduct DetailsVertical cable routinginside panelNo receptacle openingsNo powerway in panel baseUse• Use this choice inapplications where youwant desk-height power onboth sides of the panel.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withfactory-installed powerway(suffix P3 or P4).2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select surface 1.5 Next, select powercable-managementsurface-1.6 Next, select line options.7 Next, select line 1, 2, 3,or 4.8 Next, select surface 2.Use• Use this choice inapplications where youneed to route cablesvertically inside a panel,but power distribution andreceptacles are notneeded.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withoutfactory-installed powerway.2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select plain cablemanagementsurfaceson both sides of the panel.9 Next, select powercable-managementsurface-2.10 Next, select line options.11 Next, select line 1, 2, 3,or 4.Tip: When choosing Lineoptions 1, 2, 3, or 4 forcable management surface,line option must be thesame for both sides of thepanel.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts formedium top caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$162for cable-managementoptionNot for use in NYCcSee page 192Tip: Plain surfaces oncable-management panelshave no receptacleopenings, but the surface isnotched at the bottom toavoid blocking the cablerouting channels.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$10for cable-managementoption.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cCable-Management Panel Options, continued 205
Cable-Management Panel Options for Tackable Acoustical Panels, continued.Without Powerway in Base, continuedCable-Management Panel Option ChoicesChoice 5:Worksurface-height power on one sideand vertical cable routingChoice 6:Worksurface-height power on two sidesand vertical cable routingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Product DetailsVertical cable routing insidepanelDistribution channel with nopower receptaclesVoice/data receptacleopening available to cutopen in the fieldReceptacle opening in onesurface of panel2 receptacle adapter plates1 face plateNo powerway in panel baseProduct DetailsVertical cable routing insidepanelDistribution channel with nopower receptaclesVoice/data receptacleopening available to cutopen in the fieldReceptacle openings inboth surfaces4 receptacle adapter plates2 face platesNo powerway in panel baseUse• Use this choice in locationssuch as Chicago, wherethe electrical code requiresthat power in the baseof the panel and theharness bringing energy toworksurface-height mustbe hardwired in the field.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withoutfactory-installed powerway(suffix P3 or P4).2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select surface 1.5 Next, select powercable-managementsurface-1.Use• Use this choice in locationssuch as Chicago, wherethe electrical code requiresthat power in the baseof the panel and theharness bringing energy toworksurface-height mustbe hardwired in the field.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withoutfactory-installed powerway(suffix P3 or P4).2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select surface 1.6 Next, select surface 2.7 Next, select plaincable-managementsurface-2.Tip: Plain surfaces oncable-management panelshave no receptacleopenings, but the surfaceis notched at the bottom toavoid blocking the cablerouting channels.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$63for optionNot for use in NYCcSee page 1925 Next, select powercable-managementsurface-1.6 Next, select surface 2.7 Next, select powercable-managementsurface-2.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$116for cable-managementoptionNot for use in NYCcSee page 192206 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Options for New York City with No Powerway in BaseCable-Management Panel Option ChoicesChoice 7:Worksurface-height power on one sideand vertical cable routingChoice 8:Worksurface-height power on two sidesand vertical cable routingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Product DetailsVertical cable routing insidepanelDistribution channel with nopower receptaclesVoice/data receptacleopening available to cutopen in the fieldReceptacle opening in onesurface of panel2 receptacle adapter plates1 face platePower harnessNo powerway in panel baseProduct DetailsVertical cable routing insidepanelDistribution channel with nopower receptaclesVoice/data receptacleopening available to cutopen in the fieldReceptacle openings inboth surfaces4 receptacle adapter plates2 face platesPower harnessNo powerway in panel baseUse• Use this choice in NewYork City, where theelectrical code requires thatpower in the base of thepanel must be installed inthe field.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withoutfactory-installed powerway.2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select surface 1.5 Next select New Yorkpower cablemanagementsurface-1.6 Next, select wiring andline options.7 Next, select a wiringschematic.Use• Use this choice in NewYork City, where theelectrical code requires thatpower in the base of thepanel must be installed inthe field.How to Specify1 Specify a tackableacoustical panel withoutfactory-installed powerway.2 Next, select options andthen choose surfaceoptions.3 Next, select cablemanagementsurfaces.4 Next, select surface 1.5 Next, select New Yorkpower cablemanagementsurface-1.6 Next, select wiring andline options.7 Next, select a wiringschematic.Cable-ManagementPanel Options for TackableAcoustical Panels8 Next, select line 1, 2, 3,or 4.9 Next, select surface 2.10 Next, select plaincable-managementsurface-2.Tip: Plain surfaces oncable-management panelshave no receptacleopenings, but the surface isnotched at the bottom toavoid blocking the cablerouting channels.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$84for cable-managementoption8 Next, select line 1, 2, 3,or 4.9 Next, select surface 2.10 Next, select New Yorkpower cablemanagementsurface-2.11 Next, select wiring andline options.12 Next, select a wiringschematic.13 Next, select line 1, 2, 3,or 4.Tip: When choosing Lineoptions 1, 2, 3, or 4 forcable management surface,line option must be thesame for both sides of thepanel.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps to accommodatecable routing.U.S.Price+$158for cable-managementoption.Panels<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 207
Tackable Acoustical PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 12Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabric pricegroup 1• Top cap, end trim, and base covers with receptacleknockouts: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Universal connector packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials in differentprice groups, add thetwo fabric price group optionprices together and divideby 2; then add the result tothe panel base price.Tip: If you want the panelfabric to match the fabric onpanel end trim, change-ofheightpanel connectors,power poles, cable poles, orfillers, check to see that thefabric you want is availableon that product before youspecify the panel fabric.Some fabrics are not availablebecause they are notsuitable for wrapping thinpieces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top cap, end trim, and base covers• Wood on low or medium +$ 95 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top cap• Fabric-covered end trim +$ 43 cAdd fabric-covered end trim styleeachnumber to the panel specifications andselect fabric color number, page 223Top CapHeightcPage 24 • Low (reduces panel height No cost Replace second M in style numberby 3 ⁄4") with L.• High (increases panel +$ 21 Replace second M in style numberheight by 1") with H.Knockouts• Cable knockout on medium No cost Specify top cap with knockout.top capElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPages 40–50 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page 237, and specifynon-powered panel with power basecovers.Factory-installed power base covers• For use in Chicago No cost Specify with Chicago power base covers.(For 30"W panels only.)Factory-installed wire separator+$ 17 Specify with wire separator.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cOptions continued on next page208 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Tackable Acoustical PanelsTip: Cable-managementoption is not available on18 5 /16"W panels.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps (see previouspage) to accommodatecable routing.Tip: 33"H panels are notavailable with cable managementoptions.Related ProductsPanel connectorscPage 219Panel bracketscPage 228Panel accessoriescPage 230Panel wiring and cablingcPage 232cOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCable- Choice 1: Vertical +$ 10 ➀ Specify a panel with factory-installedManagement cable routing only powerway in the base (see previous page).Panel with➁ Specify plain cable-managementPowerwaysurfaces on both sides of the panel.cPage 204Choice 2: Worksurface- +$ 86 ➀ Specify a panel with factory-installedheight power on onepowerway in the base (see previous page).side and vertical cable➁ Specify power cable-managementroutingsurfaces on one side of the panel.➂ Specify line 1, 2, 3, or 4.Choice 3: Worksurface- +$162 ➀ Specify a panel with factory-installedheight power on twopowerway in the base (see previous page).sides and vertical cable➁ Specify cable-management surfacesroutingon both sides of the panel. ➂ Specifyline 1, 2, 3, or 4 (must be the same forboth sides).Cable- Choice 4: Vertical cable +$ 10 ➀ Specify a panel without factory-Management routing only installed powerway. ➁ Specify plainPanel withoutcable-management surfaces on bothPowerwaysides of the panel.cPage 205Choice 5: Worksurface- +$ 63 ➀ Specify a panel without factoryheightpower accessinstalled powerway. ➁ Specify poweron one side and verticalcable-management surface on onecable routingside and plain cable-managementsurface on the other side of the panel.Choice 6: Worksurface- +$116 ➀ Specify a panel without factoryheightpower accessinstalled powerway. ➁ Specify poweron two sides andcable-management surface on bothvertical cable routingsides of the panel.New York City Choice 7: Worksurface- +$ 84 ➀ Specify a panel without factory-Cable- height power access installed powerway. ➁ Specify New YorkManagement on one side and vertical power cable-management surface onPanel cable routing one side and plain cable-managementcPage 207surface on the other side of the panel.➂ Designate wiring option. ➃ Specifyline 1, 2, 3, or 4.Choice 8: Worksurface- +$158 ➀ Specify a panel without factoryheightpower accessinstalled powerway. ➁ Specify New Yorkon two sides andpower cable-management surface onvertical cable routingboth sides of the panel. ➂ Designatewiring option. ➃ Specify line 1, 2, 3, or 4(must be the same for both sides).Panels<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPrice d dPriced d d d d d d33"H 41 1 ⁄4"H 52 3 ⁄8"H18 5 ⁄16" MPTAM3318 $412 MPTAM4118 $412 MPTAM5318 $42124 5 ⁄16" MPTAM3324 $417 MPTAM4124 $417 MPTAM5324 $42430 5 ⁄16" MPTAM3330 $447 MPTAM4130 $447 MPTAM5330 $45636 5 ⁄16" MPTAM3336 $475 MPTAM4136 $475 MPTAM5336 $48442 5 ⁄16" MPTAM3342 $521 MPTAM4142 $521 MPTAM5342 $53148 5 ⁄16" MPTAM3348 $567 MPTAM4148 $567 MPTAM5348 $57960 9 ⁄16" MPTAM3360 $711 MPTAM4160 $711 MPTAM5360 $726d d d d d d d<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cTackable Acoustical Panels, continued 209
Tackable Acoustical Panels, continuedcNeed help?Product details,page 12Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabric pricegroup 1• Top cap, end trim, and base covers with receptacleknockouts: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Universal connector packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials in differentprice groups, add thetwo fabric price group optionprices together and divideby 2; then add the result tothe panel base price.Tip: If you want the panelfabric to match the fabric onpanel end trim, change-ofheightpanel connectors,power poles, cable poles, orfillers, check to see that thefabric you want is availableon that product before youspecify the panel fabric.Some fabrics are not availablebecause they are notsuitable for wrapping thinpieces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top cap, end trim, and base covers• Wood on low or medium +$ 95 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top cap• Fabric-covered end trim +$ 43 cAdd fabric-covered end trim styleeachnumber to the panel specifications andselect fabric color number, page 223Top CapHeightcPage 24 • Low (reduces panel height No cost Replace second M in style numberby 3 ⁄4") with L.• High (increases panel +$ 21 Replace second M in style numberheight by 1") with H.Knockouts• Cable knockout on medium No cost Specify top cap with knockout.top capElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPages 40–50 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page 237, and specifynon-powered panel with power basecovers.Factory-installed power base covers• For use in Chicago No cost Specify with Chicago power base covers.(For 30"W panels only.)Factory-installed wire separator+ $17 Specify with wire separator.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.cOptions continued on next page210 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Tackable Acoustical PanelsTip: Cable-managementoption is not available on18 5 /16"W panels.Tip: Remember to ordercable knockouts for mediumtop caps (see previouspage) to accommodatecable routing.cAdditional Tackable Acoustical Panels on pages 204 and 205Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyCable- Choice 1: Vertical +$ 10 ➀ Specify a panel with factory-installedManagement cable routing only powerway in the base (see previous page).Panel with➁ Specify plain cable-managementPowerwaysurfaces on both sides of the panel.cPage 204Choice 2: Worksurface- +$ 86 ➀ Specify a panel with factory-installedheight power on onepowerway in the base (see previous page).side and vertical cable➁ Specify power cable-managementroutingsurfaces on one side of the panel.➂ Specify line 1, 2, 3, or 4.PanelsRelated ProductsPanel connectorscPage 219Panel bracketscPage 228Panel accessoriescPage 230Panel wiring and cablingcPage 232For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Choice 3: Worksurface- +$162 ➀ Specify a panel with factory-installedheight power on twopowerway in the base (see previous page).sides and vertical cable➁ Specify cable-management surfacesroutingon both sides of the panel. ➂ Specifyline 1, 2, 3, or 4 (must be the same forboth sides).Cable- Choice 4: Vertical cable +$ 10 ➀ Specify a panel without factory-Management routing only installed powerway. ➁ Specify plainPanel withoutcable-management surfaces on bothPowerwaysides of the panel.cPage 205Choice 5: Worksurface- +$ 63 ➀ Specify a panel without factoryheightpower accessinstalled powerway. ➁ Specify poweron one side and verticalcable-management surface on onecable routingside and plain cable-managementsurface on the other side of the panel.Choice 6: Worksurface- +$116 ➀ Specify a panel without factoryheightpower accessinstalled powerway. ➁ Specify poweron two sides andcable-management surface on bothvertical cable routingsides of the panel.New York City Choice 7: Worksurface- +$ 84 ➀ Specify a panel without factory-Cable- height power access installed powerway. ➁ Specify New YorkManagement on one side and vertical power cable-management surface onPanel cable routing one side and plain cable-managementcPage 207surface on the other side of the panel.➂ Designate wiring option. ➃ Specifyline 1, 2, 3, or 4.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationChoice 8: Worksurface- +$158 ➀ Specify a panel without factoryheightpower accessinstalled powerway. ➁ Specify New Yorkon two sides andpower cable-management surface onvertical cable routingboth sides of the panel. ➂ Designatewiring option. ➃ Specify line 1, 2, 3, or 4(must be the same for both sides).DWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d64 11 ⁄16"H 80 1 ⁄2"H18 5 ⁄16" MPTAM6518 $483 MPTAM8018 $68424 5 ⁄16" MPTAM6524 $487 MPTAM8024 $69030 5 ⁄16" MPTAM6530 $525 MPTAM8030 $73436 5 ⁄16" MPTAM6536 $556 MPTAM8036 $78742 5 ⁄16" MPTAM6542 $610 MPTAM8042 $86748 5 ⁄16" MPTAM6548 $665 MPTAM8048 $94060 9 ⁄16" MPTAM6560 $834 N.A.d d d d d<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 211
High-Performance Acoustical PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 16Standard Includes• Panel with two surfaces: vertical surface fabric pricegroup 1• Top cap, end trim, and base covers with receptacleknockouts: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Universal connector packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for surface 13 Fabric color number for surface 24 Paint color number for top cap, end trim,and base covers5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: To price a panel withtwo surface materials in differentprice groups, add thetwo fabric price group optionprices together and divideby 2; then add the result tothe panel base price.Tip: If you want the panelfabric to match the fabric onpanel end trim, change-ofheightpanel connectors,power poles, cable poles, orfillers, check to see that thefabric you want is availableon that product before youspecify the panel fabric.Some fabrics are not availablebecause they are notsuitable for wrapping thinpieces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top cap, end trim, and base covers• Wood on low or medium +$ 95 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top cap• Fabric-covered end trim +$ 43 cAdd fabric-covered end trim styleeachnumber to the panel specifications andselect fabric color number, page 223Top CapHeightcPage 24 • Low (reduces panel height No cost Replace second M in style numberby 3 ⁄4") with L.• High (increases panel +$ 21 Replace second M in style numberheight by 1") with H.Knockouts• Cable knockout on medium No cost Specify top cap with knockout.top capElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPages 40–50 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page 237, and specifynon-powered panel with power basecovers.cOptions continued on next pageFactory-installed power base covers• For use in Chicago No cost Specify with Chicago power base covers.(For 30"W panels only.)Factory-installed wire separator+$ 17 Specify with wire separator.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.212 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
High-PerformanceAcoustical PanelscOptions, continuedOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyRelated • Panel connectors cPage 219Products • Panel brackets cPage 228• Panel accessories cPage 230• Panel wiring and cabling cPage 232Panels<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d64 11 ⁄16"H 80 1 ⁄2"H18 5 ⁄16" MPHAM6518 $584 N.A.24 5 ⁄16" MPHAM6524 $590 MPHAM8024 $ 77930 5 ⁄16" MPHAM6530 $624 MPHAM8030 $ 82336 5 ⁄16" MPHAM6536 $657 MPHAM8036 $ 87642 5 ⁄16" MPHAM6542 $709 MPHAM8042 $ 95248 5 ⁄16" MPHAM6548 $761 MPHAM8048 $102360 9 ⁄16" MPHAM6560 $929 N.A.d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 213
Transparent PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 18Standard Includes• Panel insert: 6500 Clear tempered glass• Top cap, frame surface, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockouts: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Universal connector packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for top cap, framesurface, end trim, and base covers3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: If you want the panelfabric to match the fabric onchange-of-height panel connectors,power poles, cablepoles, or fillers, check to seethat the fabric you want isavailable on that productbefore you specify the panelfabric. Some fabrics are notavailable because they arenot suitable for wrappingthin pieces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel insertMaterials • Solar bronze glass insert +$100 Specify glass color 6502 Solar Bronze.Top cap, frame surface, end trim, and base covers• Wood on low or medium +$ 95 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top cap• Fabric-covered end trim +$ 43 cAdd the fabric-covered end trim styleeachnumber to the panel specifications andselect fabric color number, page 223.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top CapHeightcPage 24 • Low (reduces panel height No cost Replace second M in style numberby 3 ⁄4") with L.• High (increases panel +$ 21 Replace second M in style numberheight by 1") with H.Knockouts• Cable knockout on medium No cost Specify top cap with knockout.top capElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPages 40–50 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page 237, and specifynon-powered panel with power basecovers.Factory-installed power base covers• For use in Chicago No cost Specify with Chicago power base covers.(For 30"W panels only.)Factory-installed wire separator+$ 17 Specify with wire separator.Related • Panel connectors cPage 219Products • Panel brackets cPage 228• Panel accessories cPage 230• Panel wiring and cabling cPage 232For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.214 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Transparent Panels<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H 64 11 ⁄16"H24 5 ⁄16" MPSGM5324 $ 651 MPSGM6524 $ 75430 5 ⁄16" MPSGM5330 $ 718 MPSGM6530 $ 82236 5 ⁄16" MPSGM5336 $ 784 MPSGM6536 $ 89042 5 ⁄16" MPSGM5342 $ 851 MPSGM6542 $ 95848 5 ⁄16" MPSGM5348 $ 919 MPSGM6548 $1023d d d d d80 1 ⁄2"H24 5 ⁄16" MPSGM8024 $ 89130 5 ⁄16" MPSGM8030 $ 96536 5 ⁄16" MPSGM8036 $104042 5 ⁄16" MPSGM8042 $111648 5 ⁄16" MPSGM8048 $1191d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 215
Half Glass, Half Fabric Transparent PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 20Standard Includes• Panel with 2 surfaces: vertical price group• Panel insert: 6500 Clear tempered glass• Top cap, frame surface, end trim, and base covers withreceptacle knockouts: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Universal connector packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for top cap, framesurface, end trim, and base covers3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: If you want the panelfabric to match the fabric onchange-of-height panel connectors,power poles, cablepoles, or fillers, check to seethat the fabric you want isavailable on that productbefore you specify the panelfabric. Some fabrics are notavailable because they arenot suitable for wrappingthin pieces.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePanel surfaceMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 32 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 80 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$128 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$200 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 30 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Panel insert• Solar bronze glass insert +$100 Specify glass color 6502 Solar Bronze.Top cap, frame surface, end trim, and base covers• Wood on low or medium +$ 95 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top cap• Fabric-covered end trim +$ 43 cAdd the fabric-covered end trim styleeachnumber to the panel specifications andselect fabric color number, page 223.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top CapHeightcPage 24 • Low (reduces panel height No cost Replace second M in style numberby 3 ⁄4") with L.• High (increases panel +$ 21 Replace second M in style numberheight by 1") with H.Knockouts• Cable knockout on medium No cost Specify top cap with knockout.top capElectricalFactory-installed powerwaycPages 40–50 • 3-circuit powerway with +$133 Add suffix P3 to panel style number.shared neutral• 3-circuit powerway with +$159 Add suffix P3 to panel style number andseparate neutralsspecify with separate neutrals.• 4-circuit (3+D) powerway +$156 Add suffix P4 to panel style number.• 4-circuit (3I+1) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 3I+1 wiring.• 4-circuit (2+2) powerway +$187 Add suffix P4 to panel style number andspecify with 2+2 wiring.Field-installed powerway• For use in New York CitycMust specify powerway for fieldinstallation only, page 237, and specifynon-powered panel with power basecovers.Factory-installed power base covers• For use in Chicago No cost Specify with Chicago power base covers.(For 30"W panels only.)Factory-installed wire separator+$17 Specify with wire separator.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Related • Panel connectors cPage 219Products • Panel brackets cPage 228• Panel accessories cPage 230• Panel wiring and cabling cPage 232216 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Half Glass, Half FabricTransparent Panels<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d53"H 64 11 ⁄16"H24 5 ⁄16" MPHGM5324 $ 859 MPHGM6524 $ 94330 5 ⁄16" MPHGM5330 $ 920 MPHGM6530 $101336 5 ⁄16" MPHGM5336 $ 937 MPHGM6536 $107842 5 ⁄16" MPHGM5342 $1043 MPHGM6542 $119148 5 ⁄16" MPHGM5348 $1095 MPHGM6548 $1255d d d d d80 1 ⁄2"H24 5 ⁄16" MPHGM8024 $107530 5 ⁄16" MPHGM8030 $114136 5 ⁄16" MPHGM8036 $122442 5 ⁄16" MPHGM8042 $129048 5 ⁄16" MPHGM8048 $1362d d dPanelsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 217
Panel Door with FramecNeed help?Product details,page 22Standard Includes• Panel door: laminate• Top cap and frame: all paint price groups• Threshold: stainless steel only• Door knob with lock: brushed chrome only• Top cap height: medium• Universal connector packageRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for door3 Paint color number for top cap and frame4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceTop cap and frameMaterials • Wood on low or medium +$ 95 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood +$ 12 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capDoor• Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateTop CapHeightcPage 24 • Low (reduces frame height No cost Replace second M in style numberby 3 ⁄4") with L.• High (increases panel +$ 21 Replace second M in style numberheight by 1") with H.Knockouts• Cable knockout on medium No cost Specify top cap with knockout.top capDoor Handles • Pair of handles and latch +$100 Specify with handles.mechanism: Brushed ChromeonlyRelated • Panel wiring and cabling cPages 232–243Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d dPanel Door with Frame42 5 ⁄16" 80 1 ⁄2" MPDFWDM8042 $1691d d dFrame Only42 5 ⁄16" 80 1 ⁄2" MPDFM8042 $ 750d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.218 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel ConnectorsPanel ConnectorsVarying-Height Connector Packages (PAB2)PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 26Standard Includes• Connector package: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for connectorcSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDLower DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dPricedHeight d dd d d33" PAB233 $2641" PAB241 $2653" PAB253 $2665" PAB265 $26d d dVarying-Height Perpendicular Connector Packages (PAB3)cNeed help?Product details,page 28Standard Includes• Connector package: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for connectorcSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDLower DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dPricedHeight d dd d d33" PAB333 $2641" PAB341 $2653" PAB353 $2665" PAB365 $26d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Connector Packages, continued 219
Panel Connectors, continuedVarying-Height Connector Packages (PAB5)Standard IncludesRequired to Specify20cNeed help?Product details,page 27• Connector package: black paint onlyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDescription DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d201 low, 3 high PAB5A $263 low, 1 high PAB5B $262 low, 2 high PAB5C $262 low opposite, PAB5D $262 high opposite2 low opposite PAB5E $261 high1 low, 2 high PAB5F $262 low, 1 high PAB5G $26d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.220 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel ConnectorsClosed-Configuration Connector Package (PAB9)PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 29Standard Includes• Connector package: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPAB9 $26ddPerpendicular Connector Package (PAB4)cNeed help?Product details,page 30Standard Includes• Connector package: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPAB4 $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Connector Packages, continued 221
Panel Connectors, continuedChange-of-Height Panel ConnectorscNeed help?Product details,page 31Standard Includes• Panel connector: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for connector3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric-covered end trimMaterials • All fabric price groups +$46 Specify fabric color number.Fabric direction• Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDLower DHigher DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight dHeight d dPriced d d d33" 41" PC4133 $4933" 53" PC5333 $4933" 65" PC6533 $4933" 80" PC8033 $4941" 53" PC5341 $4941" 65" PC6541 $4941" 80" PC8041 $4953" 65" PC6553 $4953" 80" PC8053 $4965" 80" PC8065 $49d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.222 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Fabric-Covered End Trim (Factory-Installed)Fabric-Covered End Trim(Factory-Installed)Standard Includes• End trim: vertical surface fabricRequired to SpecifyAdd the following end trim specificationsto the panel specifications:1 Style number for end trim2 Fabric color number for end trimcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Panels<strong>Specification</strong> InformationTip: You can’t order thesetrims separately. They areavailable factory-installedonly. Add their style numberto the panel specifications.DPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dAddd d d$ tod d dPaneld d dBased d dPriced d dRight-Hand and Left-Hand33" PEPFC33 $8641" PEPFC41 $8653" PEPFC53 $8665" PEPFC65 $8680" PEPFC80 $86d d dRight-Hand Only33" PERFC33 $4341" PERFC41 $4353" PERFC53 $4365" PERFC65 $4380" PERFC80 $43d d dLeft-Hand Only33" PELFC33 $4341" PELFC41 $4353" PELFC53 $4365" PELFC65 $4380" PELFC80 $43d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 223
Filler PackagesL Filler PackagescNeed help?Product details,page 32Standard Includes• Filler upright: all fabric price groups• Top cap and base cover: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for filler upright3 Paint color number for top cap andbase cover4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Tip: Wood top caps on fillersare solid and have no cablerouting capability.Top CapTop cap• Wood on low or medium +$20 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capHeight• Low No cost Replace second M in style numberwith L.• High No cost Replace second M in style numberwith H.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFiller DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBased d dPriced d dL-Configuration Fillers41" PJLM41 $19853" PJLM53 $19865" PJLM65 $19880" PJLM80 $198d d dTip: Filler height must matchthe height of the tallestpanel in the configuration.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.224 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Filler PackagesT Filler PackagesPanelsPerpendicularPanelcNeed help?Product details,page 32Standard Includes• Filler upright: all fabric price groups• Top cap and base cover: all paint price groups• Top cap height: medium• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for filler upright3 Paint color number for top cap andbase cover4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Tip: Wood top caps on fillersare solid and have no cablerouting capability.Top CapTop cap• Wood on low or medium +$20 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capHeight• Low No cost Replace second M in style numberwith L.• High No cost Replace second M in style numberwith H.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationTip: Carrier must alwaysattach to center panel inT-configuration.DPerpendicular DHighest DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight dHeight d dPriced d d dT-Configuration FillersN.A. 41" PJTM41 $198N.A. 53" PJTM53 $198N.A. 65" PJTM65 $198N.A. 80" PJTM80 $198d d d dT-Configuration Fillers with Back Filler41" 53" PJTM4153 $21241" 65" PJTM4165 $21241" 80" PJTM4180 $21253" 65" PJTM5365 $21253" 80" PJTM5380 $21265" 80" PJTM6580 $212d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cFiller Packages, continued 225
Filler Packages, continuedX Filler PackagescNeed help?Product details,page 32Standard Includes• Filler upright: all fabric price groups• Top cap: all paint price groups• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for filler upright3 Paint color number for top cap4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top cap• Wood on low or medium +$20 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top capTip: Wood top caps on fillersare solid and have no cablerouting capability.Tip: Back filler mustattach to panel oppositethe shortest panel in theX-configuration.Top Cap<strong>Specification</strong> InformationHeight• Low No cost Replace second M in style numberwith L.• High No cost Replace second M in style numberwith H.DLowest DHighest DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dBasedHeight dHeight d dPriced d d dX-Configuration Top Cap OnlyAll N.A. PJXM $ 33d d d dX-Configuration Fillers41" 53" PJAXM4153 $15541" 65" PJAXM4165 $15541" 80" PJAXM4180 $15553" 65" PJAXM5365 $15553" 80" PJAXM5380 $15565" 80" PJAXM6580 $155d d d dX-Configuration Fillers with Back Filler41" 53" PJBXM4153 $15541" 65" PJBXM4165 $15541" 80" PJBXM4180 $15553" 65" PJBXM5365 $15553" 80" PJBXM5380 $15565" 80" PJBXM6580 $155d d d d226 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Filler PackagesEnd-of-Run FillerPanelscNeed help?Product details,page 34Standard Includes• End-of-run filler: all fabric price groups• Top cap and base cover: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for end-of-run filler3 Paint color number for top cap andbase cover4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric directionMaterials • Warp vertical on directional No cost Specify with warp vertical.fabrics cPage 386Top cap• Wood on low or medium +$20 Specify with wood top cap and selecttop cap onlywood color number.• Customiz stain on wood No cost cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.top cap<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use with Medium Top Caps41" ERFM41 $20953" ERFM53 $20965" ERFM65 $20980" ERFM80 $209d d dFor Use with High Top Caps41" ERFH41 $20953" ERFH53 $20965" ERFH65 $20980" ERFH80 $209d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 227
Panel BracketsPanel-to-Wall Bracket Package (PAB6)cNeed help?Product details,page 36Standard Includes• Bracket package: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPAB6 $17ddPanel-to-<strong>Furniture</strong> Bracket Package (PAB7)cNeed help?Product details,page 37Standard Includes• Bracket package: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPAB7 $17ddAnchor Bracket (OSHPD)cNeed help?Product details,page 37Standard Includes• Anchor bracket: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98769 $18ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.228 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Brackets<strong>Avenir</strong> to Technology Wall Off-Module ConnectorsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page 36Standard Includes• Connector: paint price group 1• End trim and top cap: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for connector3 Plastic color number for end trimand top cap—6000 Black—6654 Sand (Vanadium)—6694 Slate—6695 Midnight—6697 Fog—6698 Fieldstone4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationD<strong>Avenir</strong> DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dPricedHeight d dd d d41" C41AVOFMC $ 8153" C53AVOFMC $ 9665" C65AVOFMC $11680" C80AVOFMC $132d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 229
Panel AccessoriesPanel Stabilizer FootcNeed help?Product details,page 38Standard Includes• Panel foot: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for panel footcSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPFF16 $116ddGripper Glide CapStandard Includes• Carton of 12 gripper glide caps: soft black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedCGGC12 $36ddPanel Coat HookcNeed help?Product details,page 38Standard Includes• Two coat hooks: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for coat hookcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: For use with painted topcaps only.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPCH $29ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.230 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel AccessoriesMarkerboardsPanelscNeed help?Product details,page 38Standard Includes• Markerboard surface: white laminate only• Frame: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceMarkerboard TrayMaterials • Black only +$43 Specify with markerboard tray.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30" 33" PMB3330 $39436" 33" PMB3336 $417d d dTackboardscNeed help?Product details,page 39Standard Includes• Tackboard: vertical surface fabric price group 1• Hardware: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for tackboardcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceTackboardMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 12 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 46 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 62 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dW H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30" 17 3 ⁄4" TB3018 $11636" 17 3 ⁄4" TB3618 $12342" 17 3 ⁄4" TB4218 $14048" 17 3 ⁄4" TB4818 $15360" 17 3 ⁄4" TB6018 $19872" 17 3 ⁄4" TB7218 $245d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 231
Panel Wiring and CablingBase Power-InscNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Right-angle base power-in assembly• 6' long, 1 ⁄2" diameter conduit: black vinyl only• 3-circuit with shared neutral or 4-circuit 3+DRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number is required for basepower-in for use in New York City3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Three circuit withseparate neutrals, and allfour circuit base power-ins,can only fit in larger-sizereceptacle openings.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.(available for larger-sizeopenings only)Four-circuit• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3-CircuitStandard- or larger-size openings 98669 $180For Use in New York CityStandard- or larger-size openings 986691 $180d d d4-Circuit (3+D)Larger-size openings only 986694 $196For Use in New York CityLarger-size openings only 987801 $196d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.232 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Wiring and CablingBreakaway Base Power-Ins (OSHPD)PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• Breakaway base power-in assembly• 6' long, 1 ⁄2" diameter conduit: black vinyl only• 3-circuit with shared neutral or 4-circuit 3+DRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Tip: This product is notavailable in Canada.Tip: Three circuit withseparate neutrals, and allfour circuit base power-ins,can only fit in larger-sizereceptacle openings.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.(available for larger-sizeopenings only)Four-circuit• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d d3-CircuitStandard- or larger-size openings 98669C $219d d d4-Circuit (3+D)Larger-size openings only 986694C $238d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 233
Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedEnd Power-InscNeed help?Product details,page 40Standard Includes• End power-in assembly• 6' long, 1 ⁄2" diameter conduit: black vinyl only• 3-circuit with shared neutral or 4 circuit 3+DRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$18 Specify with separate neutrals.Four-circuit• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$18 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.• 2+2 wiring schematic +$18 Specify with 2+2 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdd3-CircuitDU.S.dBasedPricedMPSC372B $100dd4-Circuit (3+D)MPSC472B $110ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.234 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Wiring and CablingBase Fiber-In PackagePanelscNeed help?Product details,page 41Standard Includes• Base cover: all paint price groups• Wedge-shaped connector: black plastic only• 6' long, 3 ⁄4" inside diameter conduit: black vinyl onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for base covercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d30" MBF30 $10436" MBF36 $10442" MBF42 $10448" MBF48 $104d d d2" x 2" Power PolescNeed help?Product details,page 42Standard Includes• Upper part of pole: all paint price groups• Lower part of pole: all fabric price groups• Base: all paint price groups• Ceiling trim plate: white paint only• Harness with 3-circuit with shared neutral or4-circuit 3+D• Junction box• Mounting bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for upper part of poleand base3 Fabric color number for lower part of pole4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$10 Specify with separate neutrals.Four-circuit• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$10 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.• 2+2 wiring schematic +$10 Specify with 2+2 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d3-Circuit4-Circuit (3+D)41" PP341A $390 PP441A $43253" PP353A $390 PP453A $43265" PP365A $390 PP465A $43280" PP380A $390 PP480A $432d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 235
Panel Wiring and Cabling, continued2" x 6" Power and Cable PolescNeed help?Product details,page 44Standard Includes• Pole: all paint price groups• Ceiling trim plate: white paint only• Two harnesses with 3-circuit with shared neutralor 4-circuit 3+D• Junction box• Mounting bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pole3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$10 Specify with separate neutrals.Four-circuit• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$10 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.• 2+2 wiring schematic +$10 Specify with 2+2 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d3-Circuit4-Circuit (3+D)41" PP6416S $744 PP8416S $77553" PP6536S $744 PP8536S $77565" PP6656S $744 PP8656S $77580" PP6806S $744 PP8806S $775d d d d d2" x 2" Cable PolescNeed help?Product details,page 42Standard Includes• Upper part of pole: all paint price groups• Lower part of pole: all fabric price groups• Base: all paint price groups• Ceiling trim plate: white paint only• Mounting bracketsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for upper part of poleand base3 Fabric color number for lower part of polecSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDPanel DStyle DU.S.dHeight dNumber dPriced d d41" MCP41A $36653" MCP53A $36665" MCP65A $36680" MCP80A $366d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.236 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Wiring and CablingPowerways (field-installed)PanelscNeed help?Product details,pages 46 and 48Standard Includes• Powerway with 3-circuit with shared neutral or4-circuit 3+DRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Tip: For factory-installedpowerways, refer to thepanel pages.cPages 208–217Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$26 Specify with separate neutrals.Four-circuit• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.• 2+2 wiring schematic +$31 Specify with 2+2 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationTip: 24" is double flag.DPanel DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dWidth dNumber dBase dNumber dBased d dPrice d dPriced d d d d3-Circuit4-Circuit (3+D)24" FPW324 $138 FPW424 $16230" FPW330 $138 FPW430 $16236" FPW336 $138 FPW436 $16242" FPW342 $138 FPW442 $16248" FPW348 $138 FPW448 $16260" FPW360 $138 FPW460 $162Pass-Through Powerways18" FPW318 $138 FPW418 $162d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 237
Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedPanel-to-Panel ConnectorcNeed help?Product details,page 49Standard Includes• Package of six panel-to-panel connectorsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyWiringThree-circuitSchematics • Separate neutrals +$99 Specify with separate neutrals.Four-circuit• 2+2 wiring schematic +$73 Specify with 2+2 wiring.• 3I+1 wiring schematic +$73 Specify with 3I+1 wiring.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.dNumber dBase dNumber dBased dPrice d dPriced d d d3-Circuit4-CircuitMPTP3 $292 MPTP4 $379d d d dCorner Wire CoverscNeed help?Product details,page 183Standard Includes• Corner wire cover: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for wire covercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyleDU.S.dNumber dPriceddFor 90° Panel AnglePBCC90 $26For 180° Panel Angle (T-Configuration)PBCC180 $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.238 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Wiring and CablingCable Grommets for Base CoverPanelscNeed help?Product details,page 51Standard Includes• Carton of five cable grommets: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for cable grommetcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: For use in standard-sizereceptacle opening in powerbase cover.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98863 $17ddPanel-Base End FillerStandard Includes• Carton of six end fillers: paintRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end fillercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPBEF $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 239
Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedIn-Line Cable Drop BoxcNeed help?Product details,page 52Standard Includes• In-line cable drop box: all paint price groups• Carrier: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cable drop boxcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: You must use a shortenedtop cap on the lowerpanel with the in-line cabledrop box.cPage 241<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDLower DHigher DStyle DU.S.dPanel dPanel dNumber dPricedHeight dHeight d dd d d dFor Use with Medium Top Caps41" 53" CDBM11 $ 8753" 65" CDBM12 $ 8765" 80" CDBM15 $ 8741" 65" CDBM24 $ 8753" 80" CDBM27 $ 8741" 80" CDBM39 $ 87d d d dFor Use with High Top Caps41" 53" CDBH11 $11153" 65" CDBH12 $11165" 80" CDBH15 $11141" 65" CDBH24 $11153" 80" CDBH27 $11141" 80" CDBH39 $111d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.240 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Wiring and CablingShortened Top Caps for Use with In-Line Cable Drop BoxPanelscNeed help?Product details,page 24Standard Includes• Shortened top cap: all paint price groups• Top cap grommet (for field installation): black plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for top capcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Shortened top capsallow space for cable dropbox.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.dPanel dNumber dPricedWidth d dd d dMedium Top Caps18 5 ⁄16" STCM18 $4424 5 ⁄16" STCM24 $4630 5 ⁄16" STCM30 $4936 5 ⁄16" STCM36 $5142 5 ⁄16" STCM42 $5448 5 ⁄16" STCM48 $5660 5 ⁄8" STCM60 $61d d dHigh Top Caps18 5 ⁄16" STCH18 $6924 5 ⁄16" STCH24 $7230 5 ⁄16" STCH30 $7736 5 ⁄16" STCH36 $7942 5 ⁄16" STCH42 $8148 5 ⁄16" STCH48 $8360 5 ⁄8" STCH60 $87d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cPanel Wiring and Cabling, continued 241
Panel Wiring and Cabling, continuedDuplex ReceptaclescNeed help?Product details,page 50Standard Includes• Package of six powerway receptacles: plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color number for receptaclescSee Surface Materials, page 372.StandardsizeLargersizeTip: You can order additionalfiller plates from Service Parts.For transparent panels, order9000118SR; for all other straightpanels, order 9001398SR.Tip: You must specifyreceptacle to match wiringschematic used in othercomponents.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDescription DSize DStyle DU.S. DStyle DU.S.d d dNumber dPrice dNumber dPriced d d d d d15-amp Receptacles20-amp Receptacles3-Circuit with Shared NeutralLine 1 Standard size 986831DA15S $147 986831DA20S $222Line 2 Standard size 986832DA15S $147 986832DA20S $222Line 3 Standard size 986833DA15S $147 986833DA20S $2223-Circuit with Separate NeutralLine A Standard size 98683ADD15S $222 98683ADD20S $337Line B Standard size 98683BDD15S $222 98683BDD20S $337Line C Larger size 98683CDD15S $286 98683CDD20S $4344-Circuit 3+DLine 1 Standard size 986831DA15S $147 986831DA20S $222Line 2 Standard size 986832DA15S $147 986832DA20S $222Line 3 Standard size 986833DA15S $147 986833DA20S $222Line 4 Larger size 986834DA15S $192 986834DA20S $2864-Circuit with 3I+1 WiringLine 1 Standard size 986831DC15S $222 986831DC20S $337Line 2 Standard size 986832DC15S $222 986832DC20S $337Line 3 Standard size 986833DC15S $222 986833DC20S $337Line 4 Larger size 986834DC15S $286 986834DC20S $4344-Circuit with 2+2 WiringLine 1 Standard size 986831DB15S $165 986831DB20S $249Line 2 Standard size 986832DB15S $165 986832DB20S $249Line 3 Larger size 986833DB15S $222 986833DB20S $337Line 4 Larger size 986834DB15S $222 986834DB20S $337d d d d d d242 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel Wiring and CablingPanel-Supported ReceptaclePanelscNeed help?Product details,page 184Standard Includes• Three receptacles, each with 9' cord andthree-prong plug: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dDuplex-size opening PMDR $149d d dPower StripscNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Power strip with 6' cord and three-prong plug:Grey Value 5 paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedWithout Line Conditioner88PS $ 68With Line Conditioner88PSLC $171ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 243
244 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying <strong>Avenir</strong>Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style 1 1 ⁄2"-Thick Panel-Supported WorksurfacesRectangular Worksurfaces 246Corner Worksurfaces 252Corner Split-Top Worksurface 253Panel-Supported Radius-End Tables 254Freestanding Corner Worksurfaces 256Transaction Worksurfaces 258WorksurfacesCurvilinear WorksurfacesCorner Curvilinear Worksurfaces 259Corner Split-Top Curvilinear Worksurface 260Straight Worksurfaces for Use with Curvilinear Worksurfaces 262Extended Corner Curvilinear Worksurfaces 264Transitional Curvilinear Worksurfaces 266Jetty Curvilinear Worksurfaces 267Visitor Curvilinear Worksurfaces 268Linking Curvilinear Worksurfaces 269Spanner Curvilinear Worksurfaces 270Worksurface Supports and Brackets 271Adjustable-Height Worksurfaces<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style 278Curvilinear 282Freestanding WorksurfacesDesks 286Returns 298Bridges 302Radius-End Tables 303Credenzas 306Related ProductsWorksurface Accessories 310Worksurface Wiring and Cabling 312<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 245
18"D Rectangular Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-Thick18"DcNeed help?Product details,page 76Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge front and back with self-edge sides• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) defaultRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices below Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Grommets • Available on all 18"D +$26 Back center: CWBC and plasticcPage 126 worksurfaces each color number• Additional locations +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic coloravailable on 42"W or 48"W each numberworksurfaces onlyBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Related • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Pedestals cPages 326–330, 334–338• Storage accessories cPage 349<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWood18" 30" PWR3018 $150 +$210 +$12 +$2418" 36" PWR3618 $160 +$216 +$12 +$2418" 42" PWR4218 $174 +$240 +$12 +$2418" 48" PWR4818 $208 +$247 +$12 +$24d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.246 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
18"D RectangularWorksurfacesWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 247
24"D Rectangular Worksurfaces1 1 ⁄2"-ThickStandard IncludesRequired to Specify24"DcNeed help?Product details,page 76• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge front and back• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Center support on 66 1 ⁄4"W and 72 1 ⁄4"W worksurfaces:black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Center drawer andpedestals will block accessto all grommets locatedabove them.Grommets • Available on all 24"D +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 worksurfaces each numberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumber• Additional locations +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic coloravailable on 42"W or wider each numberworksurfaces onlyBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Related • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Pedestals cPages 326–330, 334–338• Storage accessories cPage 349For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.248 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24"D RectangularWorksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWood24" 24" PWR2424 $154 +$206 +$12 +$2424" 30" PWR3024 $165 +$210 +$12 +$2424" 36" PWR3624 $174 +$216 +$12 +$2424" 42" PWR4224 $189 +$240 +$20 +$4124" 48" PWR4824 $223 +$247 +$20 +$4124" 54 1 ⁄4" PWR5424 $239 +$240 +$20 +$4124" 60 1 ⁄4" PWR6024 $256 +$278 +$20 +$4124" 66 1 ⁄4" PWR6624 $285 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" PWR7224 $319 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 249
30"D Rectangular Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickStandard IncludesRequired to Specify30"DcNeed help?Product details,page 76• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge front and back with self-edge sides• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Center support on 66 1 ⁄4"W and 72 1 ⁄4"W worksurfaces:black paint only1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Center drawer andpedestals will block accessto all grommets locatedabove them.Grommets • Available on all 30"D +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 worksurfaces each numberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumber• Additional locations +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic coloravailable on 42"W or wider each numberworksurfaces onlyBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Use cantilever to supportonly one end of a 30"Dworksurface. Use a sidesupport, end panel, clearaccessend panel, or apedestal to support theopposite end.Related • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Pedestals cPages 326–330, 334–338• Storage accessories cPage 349For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.250 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
30"D RectangularWorksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWood30" 30" PWR3030 $227 +$210 +$20 +$4130" 36" PWR3630 $241 +$216 +$20 +$4130" 42" PWR4230 $256 +$240 +$20 +$4130" 48" PWR4830 $290 +$247 +$20 +$4130" 54 1 ⁄4" PWR5430 $309 +$240 +$30 +$6030" 60 1 ⁄4" PWR6030 $328 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" PWR6630 $358 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" PWR7230 $391 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 251
Corner Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickStandard IncludesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.WDcNeed help?Product details,page 78• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge front and back with self-edge sides• Rear corner support: black paint only• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) defaultOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices below Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Grommets • Available on all corner +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 worksurfaces each number• Only on corner worksurfaces +$26 Keyboard: CWKB and plastic colorwith front edge more than each number25"W cSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWoodWith 8 13 ⁄16"W Front Edge24" 30 1 ⁄4" PCWR90N24 $272 +$200 +$20 +$4130" 36 1 ⁄4" PCWR90N30 $338 +$200 +$20 +$41d d d d d dWith 17 5 ⁄16"W Front Edge24" 36 1 ⁄4" PCWR90M24 $303 +$200 +$20 +$4130" 42 1 ⁄4" PCWR90W30 $369 +$200 +$20 +$41d d d d d dWith 25 13 ⁄16"W Front Edge24" 42 1 ⁄4" PCWR90W24 $334 +$200 +$20 +$41d d d d d dWith 34 1 ⁄4"W Front Edge24" 48 1 ⁄4" PCWR2448 $378 +$200 +$20 +$41d d d d d dWith 25 13 ⁄16"W Front Edge30" 48 1 ⁄4" PCWR3048 $416 +$200 +$20 +$41d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.252 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Corner Split-Top Worksurface1 1 /2"-ThickCorner Split-TopWorksurfacecNeed help?Product details,page 80Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate or wood• Radius-edge front and back with self-edge sides• Rear corner support: black paint only• Monitor surface front edge and sides: PVC self-edgelaminate• Monitor surface rear and keyboard surface front edge:radius laminate• Shelf adjustment mechanism: black paint only• Two cantilevers: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for cantilevers4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices below Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.WorksurfacesGrommets • Available on corner +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 worksurface each numbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWood24" 42" PCWR90W24ST $ 891 +$200 +$20 +$4124" 48" PCWR9W248ST $1186 +$200 +$20 +$41d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 253
Panel-Supported Radius-End Tables1 1 /2"-ThickPanel-Supported Radius-End Tables with Laminate WorksurfaceDWcNeed help?Product details,page 82Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Worksurface edge: vinyl on exposed portion andunfinished on straight edge• Height-adjustable column support: all paint price groups• Locking side support: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for vinylworksurface edge4 Paint color number for column support5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateColumn support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.Related • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Mobile pedestals cPages 330, 338<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30" 60" MPT6030 $75430" 66" MPT6630 $76630" 72" MPT7230 $77536" 60" MPT6036 $83436" 66" MPT6636 $84636" 72" MPT7236 $855d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.254 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Panel-SupportedRadius-End TablesPanel-Supported Radius-End Tables with Wood WorksurfaceStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyDWcNeed help?Product details,page 82• Worksurface: wood• Worksurface edge: wood on exposed portion andunfinished on straight edge• Height-adjustable column support: all paint price groups• Locking side support: black paint only1 Style number2 Wood color number for worksurface andworksurface edge3 Paint color number for column support4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.WorksurfacesColumn Support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.Related • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Mobile pedestals cPages 330, 338<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dStain on dFinish ond d d dWood dWood30" 60" MWPT6030 $1054 +$42 +$8430" 66" MWPT6630 $1066 +$42 +$8430" 72" MWPT7230 $1075 +$42 +$84d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 255
Freestanding Corner Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickTip: Freestanding cornerworksurfaces must be usedin conjunction with withadjacent 1 1 /2" thick worksurfaceson one or both sides.The adjacent worksurfacesmust be floor supported witha pedestal at the oppositeend and cannot be morethan 60°W.cNeed help?Product details,page 84Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge front and back with self-edge sides• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel, two clear-access end panels with brackets,and center support: paint price group 1• Left and right shared support bracket(s): black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel, clearaccess end panel, and center support4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Back panel and clear-access end panels• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$59 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$67 Specify paint color number.Clear-Access • Clear-access end panel with No cost Specify with bracket right.End Panel bracket on right and withoutwith Bracket bracket on left.• Clear-access end panel No cost Specify with bracket left.with bracket on left andwithout bracket on right.Grommets • Available on all worksurfaces +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each number• Only on worksurfaces +$26 Keyboard: CWKB and plastic colorwith front edge more than each number25"W cSee Surface Materials, page 372.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.256 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Freestanding CornerWorksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWoodWith 8 13 ⁄16"W Front Edge30" 36 1 ⁄4" PCWR3036F $1307 +$206 +$14 +$30d d d d d dWith 17 5 ⁄16"W Front Edge24" 36 1 ⁄4" PCWR2436F $1239 +$206 +$14 +$3030" 42 1 ⁄4" PCWR3042F $1384 +$206 +$14 +$30d d d d d dWith 25 13 ⁄16"W Front Edge24" 42 1 ⁄4" PCWR2442F $1276 +$206 +$14 +$30d d d d d dWith 34 1 ⁄4"W Front Edge24" 48 1 ⁄4" PCWR2448F $1361 +$206 +$14 +$30d d d d d dWith 25 13 ⁄16"W Front Edge30" 48 1 ⁄4" PCWR3048F $1487 +$206 +$14 +$30d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 257
Transaction Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifyTip: Transaction worksurfacescan only be usedwith 41"H panels.cNeed help?Product details,page 86• Worksurface: laminate• Front and back worksurface edge: vinyl• Self edge sides• Support brackets for use with medium top cap: all paintprice groups1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for transactionworksurface edge4 Paint color number for support brackets5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateSupport • For use with low top cap No cost Replace suffix M in style number with L.BracketsExample: MTWS3017LTip: Support brackets allowtransaction worksurfacesto be attached to low ormedium top caps. They cannotattach to panels withhigh top caps.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight Transaction Worksurfaces16 5 ⁄8" 30 5 ⁄16" MTWS3017M $26216 5 ⁄8" 36 5 ⁄16" MTWS3617M $28316 5 ⁄8" 42 5 ⁄16" MTWS4217M $30416 5 ⁄8" 48 5 ⁄16" MTWS4817M $32516 5 ⁄8" 60 5 ⁄8" MTWS6017M $351d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.258 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Corner Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickCorner Curvilinear WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 90Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Cable scallops centered on the width edgesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349Worksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d d18" 36" 18" PCWRC3618 $24124" 36" 12" PCWRC3624 $33224" 42" 18" PCWRC4224 $36324" 48" 18" PCWRC4824 $40730" 42" 12" PCWRC4230 $39830" 48" 18" PCWRC4830 $445d d dCorner Curved-Edge Worksurfaces36 5 /32"36 5 /32"42 5 /32"36 5 /32"18"36 5 /32"24"42 5 /32"24"18"42 5 /32"24"48 5 /32"24"48 5 /32"42 5 /32"30"48 5 /32"24"48 5 /32"30"30"24"30"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 259
Corner Split-Top Curvilinear Worksurface1 1 /2"-ThickcNeed help?Product details,page 92Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Monitor surface: PVC default, all sides• Keyboard surface front edge: radius edge T-mold,vinyl PVC default sides and rear• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Cable scallops centered on the width edges• Two cantilevers: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for cantileverscSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 42" PCWRC4224ST $76124" 48" PCWRC4824ST $890d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.260 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Corner Split-TopCurvilinear WorksurfaceWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 261
Straight Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-Thick, for Use with Curvilinear Worksurfaces Only30" orless36" to60"cNeed help?Product details,page 94Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Center support on 66"W and 72'W worksurfaces:black paint only• Cable scallop(s) on worksurfaces that are 36"W or widerRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.66" to72"Tip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Pedestals cPages 326–330, 334–338• Storage accessories cPage 349<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24"D Worksurfaces24" 24" PWRC2424 $15424" 30" PWRC3024 $16524" 36" PWRC3624 $28724" 42" PWRC4224 $18924" 48" PWRC4824 $22324" 54" PWRC5424 $23924" 60" PWRC6024 $25624" 66" PWRC6624 $28524" 72" PWRC7224 $319d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.262 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Straight Worksurfacesc<strong>Specification</strong> Information, continued<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d d30"D Worksurfaces30" 24" PWRC2430 $21330" 30" PWRC3030 $22730" 36" PWRC3630 $24130" 42" PWRC4230 $25630" 48" PWRC4830 $29030" 54" PWRC5430 $30930" 60" PWRC6030 $32830" 66" PWRC6630 $35830" 72" PWRC7230 $391d d dWorksurfacesStraight Worksurfaces24 5 /32" 30 5 /32" 36 5 /32"42 5 /32"48 5 /32"54 11 /32"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"60 1 /4"66 1 /4"72 1 /4"24"or 30"24"or 30"24"or 30"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 263
Extended Corner Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickTip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.cNeed help?Product details,page 90Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Rear corner bracket: black paint only• Cable scallops centered on the width edges• Cable scallop(s) on the length edges• Center support on 72"W worksurfaces:black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Pedestals cPages 326–330, 334–338• Storage accessories cPage 349ACDB<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand24" 24" 60" 48" 18" PCWRL226048 $58830" 30" 60" 48" 18" PCWRL336048 $64824" 30" 60" 48" 18" PCWRL236048 $64830" 24" 60" 48" 18" PCWRL326048 $64824" 24" 72" 48" 18" PCWRL227248 $69630" 30" 72" 48" 18" PCWRL337248 $75524" 30" 72" 48" 18" PCWRL237248 $75530" 24" 72" 48" 18" PCWRL327248 $755d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.264 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Extended CornerCurvilinear Worksurfacesc<strong>Specification</strong> Information, continued<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCDRight-Hand24" 24" 48" 60" 18" PCWRR224860 $588AB30" 30" 48" 60" 18" PCWRR334860 $64824" 30" 48" 60" 18" PCWRR234860 $64830" 24" 48" 60" 18" PCWRR324860 $64824" 24" 48" 72" 18" PCWRR224872 $696Worksurfaces30" 30" 48" 72" 18" PCWRR334872 $75524" 30" 48" 72" 18" PCWRR234872 $75530" 24" 48" 72" 18" PCWRR324872 $755d d dExtended Corner Worksurfaces48 5 /32"48 5 /32"48 5 /32"48 5 /32"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"24"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"30"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"24"60 15 /32"or 72 15 /32"30"24"24"30"30"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 265
Transitional Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickTip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.cNeed help?Product details,page 94Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Cable scallop centered on the straight edgeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Pedestals cPages 326–330, 334–338• Storage accessories cPage 349AACCBB<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand24" 18" 36" PTRWL2136 $29030" 24" 42" PTRWL3242 $35930" 24" 48" PTRWL3248 $419d d dRight-Hand18" 24" 36" PTRWR1236 $29024" 30" 42" PTRWR2342 $35924" 30" 48" PTRWR2348 $419d d dTransitional Worksurfaces36 5 /32"42 5 /32"48 5 /32"24" 18"18 1 /2"30" 24" 30"24 1 /2" 30 1 /2"24"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.266 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Jetty Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickJetty CurvilinearWorksurfacesTip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.cNeed help?Product details,page 96Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Column base: all paint price groups• Locking side support: black paint only• Cable scallops centered on 48" sideRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column base andconference end panel5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWorksurfacesRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dA B C D Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d dDBLeft-Hand30" 24" 66" 48" 18" PJWL326648 $67730" 24" 72" 48" 18" PJWL327248 $702CA30" 30" 72" 48" 18" PJWL337248 $724d d dACRight-Hand24" 30" 48" 66" 18" PJWR234866 $677BD24" 30" 48" 72" 18" PJWR234872 $70230" 30" 48" 72" 18" PJWR334872 $724d d dJetty Worksurfaces48 5 /16"48 5 /16"48 5 /16"66"24"72"24"72"30"30"30"30"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 267
Visitor Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickTip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.cNeed help?Product details,page 98Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Conference end panel: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for conferenceend panel5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349WDDW<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand18" 30" 12" PVWRL1830 $34224" 24" 12" PVWRL2424 $32924" 30" 12" PVWRL2430 $35424" 36" 12" PVWRL2436 $37830" 30" 12" PVWRL3030 $36630" 36" 12" PVWRL3036 $391d d dRight-Hand18" 30" 12" PVWRR1830 $34224" 24" 12" PVWRR2424 $32924" 30" 12" PVWRR2430 $35424" 36" 12" PVWRR2436 $37830" 30" 12" PVWRR3030 $36630" 36" 12" PVWRR3036 $391d d dVisitor Worksurfaces24 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"30 5 /16"36"36"24"18"24"30"24"30"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.268 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Linking Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickLinking CurvilinearWorksurfacesTip: These worksurfaces are2" deeper to allow for panelthickness.Tip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.cNeed help?Product details,page 98Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Column support: all paint price groups• Cable scallop at back cornerOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column support5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Worksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationWDDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W Radius dNumber dBased d dPriced d d26" 26" 18" PLWR2424 $42932" 32" 18" PLWR3030 $429d d dLinking Worksurface25 27 /32"30 27 /32"25 27 /32"30 27 /32"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 269
Spanner Curvilinear Worksurfaces1 1 /2"-ThickTip: Not all curvilinear worksurfaceinstallations can bepanel wrapped.cSee page 88 for applicationdetails.Tip: Shared cantilevers mustbe used on both sides of theworksurface.cNeed help?Product details,page 98Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Column support for panel-mounted applications:all paint price groups• Freestanding leg package for freestanding applications:all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column support orfreestanding leg packagecSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateRelated • Worksurface supports and brackets cPage 271Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349WWDD<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dPanel-Supported30" 38" PSPWR3038 $62230" 50" PSPWR3050 $62236" 50" PSPWR3650 $71536" 62" PSPWR3662 $715d d dFreestanding30" 38" PSPWR3038F $76730" 50" PSPWR3050F $76736" 50" PSPWR3650F $86036" 62" PSPWR3662F $860d d dSpanner Worksurfaces38"50"50"62"30"30"36"36"For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.270 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Supports and BracketsWorksurface Supportsand BracketsSide SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 100Standard Includes• Pair of side supports: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedMSS $30ddWorksurfacesLocking Side SupportcNeed help?Product details,page 100Standard Includes• Pair of locking side supports: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPWSMB2 $35ddL-Shaped CantileverscNeed help?Product details,page 101Standard Includes• Cantilever: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Use a cantilever tosupport only one end of a30"D worksurface. Use aside support, end panel,clear-access end panel, ora pedestal to support theopposite end.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.dWorksurface dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d dLeft-Hand Cantilevers18" PCWS18CL $18424" PCWS24CL $19330" PCWS30CL $225d d dRight-Hand Cantilevers18" PCWS18CR $18424" PCWS24CR $19330" PCWS30CR $225d d d<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Supports and Brackets, continued 271
Worksurface Supports and Brackets, continuedTriangular-Shaped CantilevercNeed help?Product details,page 102Standard Includes• Cantilever: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Use cantilever tosupport only one end of a30"D worksurface. Use sidesupport, end panel, or apedestal to support theopposite end.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD H dNumber dPriced d d16" 12" BC $85d d dL-Shaped Shared CantileverscNeed help?Product details,page 103Standard Includes• Shared cantilever: all paint price groups• Support plate: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shared cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.dWorksurface dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d d24" PCSB18S $19330" PCSB24S $288d d dTriangular-Shaped Shared CantileverscNeed help?Product details,page 103Standard Includes• Shared cantilever: all paint price groups• Alignment plate: grotto paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shared cantilevercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.dWorksurface dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d d18", 24", or 30" BSC $85d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.272 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Supportsand BracketsSupport PlatescNeed help?Product details,page 104Standard Includes• Support plate: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DFits DStyle DU.S.dD H dWorksurface dNumber dPriced dDepth d dd d d d14" 3 11 ⁄16" 18" PWSCL18 $5320" 3 11 ⁄16" 24" PWSCL24 $5325 15 ⁄16" 3 11 ⁄16" 30" PWSCL30 $53d d d dWorksurfacesEnd Panels with BasecNeed help?Product details,page 104Standard Includes• End panel: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d18" 27" MFES18 $39224" 27" MFES24 $40230" 27" MFES30 $422d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Supports and Brackets, continued 273
Worksurface Supports and Brackets, continuedEnd Panels without BasecNeed help?Product details,page 105Standard Includes• End panel: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d24" 27" BEP24 $30530" 27" BEP30 $345d d dFloor-Support End PanelcNeed help?Product details,page 105Standard Includes• End panel: paint price group 1• Adjustable baseRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD Minimum Maximum dNumber dBased Height Height d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Floor-Support End Panels24" 25" 28 3 ⁄4" PWF24L $15230" 25" 28 3 ⁄4" PWF30L $166d d dRight-Hand Floor-Support End Panels24" 25" 28 3 ⁄4" PWF24R $15230" 25" 28 3 ⁄4" PWF30R $166d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.274 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Supportsand BracketsClear-Access End PanelscNeed help?Product details,page 106Standard Includes• Clear-access end panel: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panel3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.Materials • Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.Worksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDepth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-Hand Clear-Access End Panels24" MCAS24L $31230" MCAS30L $350d d dRight-Hand Clear-Access End Panel24" MCAS24R $31230" MCAS30R $350d d dCantilever-to-Cantilever ClampcNeed help?Product details,page 78Standard Includes• Clamp: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPWSCL1 $53ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Supports and Brackets, continued 275
Worksurface Supports and Brackets, continuedChange-of-Height Cantilever-to-Cantilever ClampcNeed help?Product details,page 78Standard Includes• Clamp: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for clampcSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedPWSCL2 $53ddWorksurface Fillers for Use with 1 1 ⁄2"-Thick WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 125Standard Includes• Worksurface filler: vinylRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Plastic color numbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDFits DStyle DU.S.dWorksurface dNumber dPricedDepth d dd d dFor Use Between a Radius Edge and a Self Edge24" PWRF24 $3630" PWRF30 $36d d dFor Use Between Two Self Edges24" PWSF24 $3630" PWSF30 $36d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.276 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Supportsand BracketsWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 277
<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith CrankTip: Extension worksurfacesmay be used only with acrank version of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfacesto provide additional lift.cPage 109Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.Tip: 48" dual corner andbi-level corner worksurfacecan support both a keyboardand a mouse on thesame surface.cNeed help?Product details,page 108Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate<strong>Specification</strong> InformationLeg shrouds and feet• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight WorksurfacesStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge profile on user’s side and back(s):laminate• Sides: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handle28 1 ⁄4" 40" QMCKSS42 $159828 1 ⁄4" 46" QMCKSS48 $1650d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Dual Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" QMCKDS42 $224034 1 ⁄4" 46" QMCKDS48 $2292d d dBi-Level Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" QMCKBS42 $224034 1 ⁄4" 46" QMCKBS48 $2292d d dCorner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMCKSC42 $169422 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMCKSC48 $1742d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.278 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
<strong>Avenir</strong>-StyleAdjustable-HeightWorksurfacesc<strong>Specification</strong> Information, continued<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dDual Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMCKDC42 $233622 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMCKDC48 $2384d d dBi-Level Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMCKBC42 $233622 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMCKBC48 $2384d d dWorksurfacesPair of Gas CylindersADJHTGASCYL $ 160d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 279
<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style Adjustable-Height Extension WorksurfacesCrank-AdjustableTip: Extension worksurfacesmay be used only with acrank version of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.Tip: Extension link worksurfacescannot be attached todual, corner, or bi-levelworksurfaces.cNeed help?Product details,page 108Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate<strong>Specification</strong> InformationLeg shrouds and feet• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-HandStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge front and back withself-edge sides: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shroud and foot: paint price group 1• Gas cylinder22 1 ⁄4" 24" QMCKEL24 $131622 1 ⁄4" 36" QMCKEL36 $1435Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for leg shroudand foot4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Right-Hand22 1 ⁄4" 24" QMCKER24 $131622 1 ⁄4" 36" QMCKER36 $1435d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.280 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
<strong>Avenir</strong>-Style Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith Electrically Adjustable Column Support<strong>Avenir</strong>-StyleAdjustable-HeightWorksurfacesTip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requires attachmentto the base andworksurface.Tip: 48" dual corner andbi-level corner worksurfacecan support both a keyboardand a mouse on thesame surface.cNeed help?Product details,page 112Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge profile on the user’s side and back(s):laminate• Sides: vinyl (PVC) default• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 1• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateBase and Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.Programmable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stop1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for column and base4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.High-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopWorksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dStraight Worksurfaces281⁄4" 40" QMECSS42 $194728 1 ⁄4" 46" QMECSS48 $1999d d dDual Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" QMECDS42 $258934 1 ⁄4" 46" QMECDS48 $2641d d dCorner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMECSC42 $204322 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMECSC48 $2091d d dDual Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMECDC42 $268522 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMECDC48 $2733d d d<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 281
Curvilinear Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith CrankTip: Extension worksurfacesmay be used only with acrank version of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Gas cylinder packagecan be field installed tosingle and dual crankadjustableworksurfacesto provide additional lift.cPage 109Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.Tip: 48" dual corner andbi-level corner worksurfacecan support both a keyboardand a mouse on thesame surface.cNeed help?Product details,page 108Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate<strong>Specification</strong> InformationLeg shrouds and feet• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner WorksurfacesStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side:vinyl• All other edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shrouds and feet: paint price group 1• Crank handle22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMCKSC42C $174722 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMCKSC48C $1795d d dRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for leg shroudsand feet5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Dual Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMCKDC42C $238922 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMCKDC48C $2437d d dBi-Level Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMCKBC42C $238922 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMCKBC48C $2437d d dStraight Worksurfaces28 1 ⁄4" 40" QMCKSS42C $163028 1 ⁄4" 46" QMCKSS48C $1682d d dDual Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" QMCKDS42C $227234 1 ⁄4" 46" QMCKDS48C $2324d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> Information continued on next page282 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Curvilinear Adjustable-Height Worksurfacesc<strong>Specification</strong> Information, continued<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dBi-Level Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" QMCKBS42C $227234 1 ⁄4" 46" QMCKBS48C $2324d d dPair of Gas CylindersADJHTGASCYL $ 160d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 283
Curvilinear Adjustable-Height Extension WorksurfacesCrank AdjustableTip: Extension worksurfacesmay be used only with acrank version of a singleor bi-level cornerworksurface.Tip: Extension worksurfacesmay be used only with acrank version of a single orbi-level corner worksurface.Tip: Adjustable-height mechanismrequires assembly.Also, worksurface requiresassembly to mechanism.Tip: Extension link worksurfacescannot be attached todual, corner, or bi-levelworksurfaces.cNeed help?Product details,page 108Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate<strong>Specification</strong> InformationLeg shroud and foot• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$17 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$29 Specify paint color number.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dLeft-HandStandard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• All other edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Adjustable-height mechanism• Leg shroud and foot: paint price group 1• Gas cylinder22 1 ⁄4" 24" QMCKEL24C $134822 1 ⁄4" 36" QMCKEL36C $1467Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for leg shroudand foot5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Right-Hand22 1 ⁄4" 24" QMCKER24C $134822 1 ⁄4" 36" QMCKER36C $1467d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.284 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Curvilinear Adjustable-Height Worksurfaceswith Electrically Adjustable Column SupportCurvilinearAdjustable-HeightWorksurfacesTip: Adjustable-heightmechanism requires attachmentto the base andworksurface.Tip: 48" dual corner andbi-level corner worksurfacecan support both a keyboardand a mouse on thesame surface.cNeed help?Product details,page 112Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Radius-edge T-mold on user’s side: vinyl• All other edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Drawer-mounted two-button controller• Adjustable-height column mechanism and base:paint price group 1• 9' power cord: black vinyl only• Attachment hardwareRequired to SpecifyOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateBase and Column• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 34 cSee Transitional <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.• Paint price group 3 +$ 58 Specify paint color number.Programmable • Drawer-mounted six-button +$299 Specify with SSM.Memorycontroller with 3x3programmable memoryand soft-start/soft-stop1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Vinyl color number for T-mold edge4 Paint color number for column and base5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.High-Performance • 250 pound weight capacity +$699 Specify with 250SSM.Adjustable-Height and drawer-mountedWorksurface with six-button controller withProgrammable 3x3 programmable memoryMemoryand soft-start/soft-stopWorksurfaces<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dCorner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMECSC42C $209622 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMECSC48C $2144d d dDual Corner Worksurfaces22 1 ⁄4" 39 1 ⁄4" QMECDC42C $273822 1 ⁄4" 45 1 ⁄4" QMECDC48C $2786d d dStraight Worksurfaces28 1 ⁄4" 40" QMECSS42C $197928 1 ⁄4" 46" QMECSS48C $2031d d dDual Straight Worksurfaces34 1 ⁄4" 40" QMECDS42C $262134 1 ⁄4" 46" QMECDS48C $2673d d d<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 285
24"D Desks, Single PedestalStandard IncludesRequired to Specify24"DStandard pedestal:• Right: two box and onefile drawercNeed help?Product details,page 114• Pedestal location: right• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• End panels, back panel, and pedestal: paint pricegroup 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Center drawer, if selected: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, pedestal, and center drawer,if selected4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Desk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 61 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$105 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Center drawer will blockaccess to front and keyboardgrommets.Grommets • Available on right-hand +$ 26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorcPage 126 pedestal desks each numberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumber• Available on left-handpedestal desks• Additional locations availableon either pedestal versionBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumberBack center: CWBC and plastic colornumberMiddle left: CWML and plastic colornumberMiddle right: CWMR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.286 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24"D Desks,Single PedestalcOptions, continuedPedestalOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.Location• Left No cost Replace R in style number with L.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodDesks24" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6024RP $1452 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6624RP $1498 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7224RP $1546 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Pedestal Lock24" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6024LRP $1502 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6624LRP $1548 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7224LRP $1596 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Center Drawer24" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6024CRP $1507 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6624CRP $1553 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7224CRP $1601 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Pedestal Lock and Center Drawer24" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6024LCRP $1557 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6624LCRP $1603 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7224LCRP $1651 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 287
24"D Desks, Double PedestalStandard IncludesRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel,pedestals, and center drawer, if selected4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 39124"DStandard pedestals:• Left: two box and onefile drawer• Right: two file drawerscNeed help?Product details,page 114• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel and pedestals: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Center drawer, if selected: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file railsOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Desk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 82 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$139 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Center drawer will blockaccess to front and keyboardgrommets.Grommets +$ 26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each numberMiddle left: CWML and plastic colornumberMiddle right: CWMR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.PedestalsSubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with BBF and location.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.288 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24"D Desks,Double Pedestal<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodDesks24" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6024DP $1713 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6624DP $1760 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7224DP $1810 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Two Pedestal Locks24" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6024LDP $1813 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6624LDP $1860 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7224LDP $1910 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Center Drawer24" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6024CDP $1768 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6624CDP $1815 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7224CDP $1865 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Two Pedestal Locks and Center Drawer24" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6024LCDP $1868 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6624LCDP $1915 +$278 +$30 +$6024" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7224LCDP $1965 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 289
30"D Desks, Single Pedestal30"DStandard pedestal:• Right: two box and onefile drawercNeed help?Product details,page 114Standard Includes• Pedestal location: right• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• End panels, back panel, and pedestal: paint pricegroup 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Center drawer, if selected: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, pedestal, and center drawer,if selected4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Desk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 61 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$105 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Center drawer will blockaccess to front and keyboardgrommets.Grommets • Available on right-hand +$ 26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorcPage 126 pedestal desks each numberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumber• Available on left-handpedestal desks• Additional locations availableon either pedestal versionBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumberBack center: CWBC and plastic colornumberMiddle left: CWML and plastic colornumberMiddle right: CWMR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.PedestalSubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.Location• Left No cost Replace R in style number with L.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349290 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
30"D Desks,Single Pedestal<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodDesks30" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6030RP $1600 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6630RP $1668 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7230RP $1719 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Pedestal Lock30" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6030LRP $1650 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6630LRP $1718 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7230LRP $1769 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Center Drawer30" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6030CRP $1655 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6630CRP $1723 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7230CRP $1774 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Pedestal Lock and Center Drawer30" 60 1 ⁄4" 44" MD6030LCRP $1705 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6630LCRP $1773 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7230LCRP $1824 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 291
30"D Desks, Double Pedestal30"DStandard pedestals:• Left: two box and onefile drawer• Right: two file drawerscNeed help?Product details,page 114Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel and pedestals: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Center drawer, if selected: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel,pedestals, and center drawer, if selected4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Desk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 82 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$139 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Center drawer will blockaccess to front and keyboardgrommets.Grommets +$ 26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each numberMiddle left: CWML and plastic colornumberMiddle right: CWMR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.PedestalsSubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with BBF and location.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.292 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
30"D Desks,Double Pedestal<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodDesks30" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6030DP $1898 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6630DP $1949 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7230DP $2010 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Two Pedestal Locks30" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6030LDP $1998 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6630LDP $2049 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7230LDP $2110 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Center Drawer30" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6030CDP $1953 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6630CDP $2004 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7230CDP $2065 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dDesks with Two Pedestal Locks and Center Drawer30" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MD6030LCDP $2053 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6630LCDP $2104 +$278 +$30 +$6030" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7230LCDP $2165 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 293
36"D Desks, Single PedestalStandard IncludesRequired to Specify36"DStandard pedestal:• Right: two box and onefile drawercNeed help?Product details,page 114• Pedestal location: right• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• End panels, back panel, and pedestal: paint pricegroup 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Center drawer, if selected: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file rails1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, pedestal, and center drawer,if selected4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Desk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 61 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$105 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Center drawer will blockaccess to front and keyboardgrommets.Grommets • Available on right-hand +$ 26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorcPage 126 pedestal desks each numberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumber• Available on left-handpedestal desks• Additional locations availableon either pedestal versionBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumberBack center: CWBC and plastic colornumberMiddle left: CWML and plastic colornumberMiddle right: CWMR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.cOptions Information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.294 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
36"D Desks,Single Pedestalc Options Information, continuedPedestalOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.Location• Left No cost Replace R in style number with L.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodDesks36" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6636RP $1738 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7236RP $1800 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dDesks with Pedestal Lock36" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6636LRP $1788 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7236LRP $1850 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dDesks with Center Drawer36" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6636CRP $1793 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7236CRP $1855 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dDesks with Pedestal Lock and Center Drawer36" 66 1 ⁄4" 50" MD6636LCRP $1843 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 56" MD7236LCRP $1905 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 295
36"D Desks, Double PedestalStandard pedestals:• Left: two box and onefile drawer• Right: two file drawers36"DcNeed help?Product details,page 114Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel and pedestals: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Center drawer, if selected: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file pedestal, box drawerdividers, and adjustable file railsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel,pedestals, and center drawer, if selected4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Desk• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 82 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$139 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Center drawer will blockaccess to front and keyboardgrommets.Grommets +$ 26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each numberMiddle left: CWML and plastic colornumberMiddle right: CWMR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.PedestalsSubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with BBF and location.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.296 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
36"D Desks,Double Pedestal<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodDesks36" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6636DP $2019 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7236DP $2088 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dDesks with Two Pedestal Locks36" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6636LDP $2119 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7236LDP $2188 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dDesks with Center Drawer36" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6636CDP $2074 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7236CDP $2143 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dDesks with Two Pedestal Locks and Center Drawer36" 66 1 ⁄4" 36" MD6636LCDP $2174 +$278 +$42 +$8436" 72 1 ⁄4" 42" MD7236LCDP $2243 +$278 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 297
18"D ReturnsStandard IncludesRequired to Specify18"DcNeed help?Product details,page 116• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• End panel and back panel: paint price group 11 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel andback panel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices below Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Return• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Grommets • Available on all 18"D returns +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each number• Additional locations available +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic coloron 48"W return only each numberBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Return • Right-hand return No cost Replace L in style number with R.LocationRelated • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWood18" 36" 35" MR3618LE $672 +$216 +$12 +$2418" 48" 47" MR4818LE $717 +$247 +$20 +$24d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.298 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24"D Returns24"D ReturnsStandard IncludesRequired to Specify24"DcNeed help?Product details,page 116• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• End panel and back panel: paint price group 11 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for end panel andback panel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices below Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.WorksurfacesReturn• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Grommets • Available on all 24"D returns +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each numberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumber• Additional locations available +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic coloron 48"W and 60 1 ⁄4"W returns each numberonlyBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Return • Right-hand return No cost Replace L in style number with R.LocationRelated • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWood24" 36" 35" MR3624LE $756 +$216 +$12 +$2424" 48" 47" MR4824LE $862 +$247 +$20 +$4124" 60 1 ⁄4" 59" MR6024LE $931 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 299
24"D Returns with Pedestals24"DcNeed help?Product details,page 116Standard Includes• Left-hand return• Worksurface: laminate• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel and pedestal: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails• Support plate: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel andpedestal4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Return• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Pedestal will blockaccess to front grommets.Grommets • Available on all 24"D returns +$26 Back center: CWBC and plastic colorcPage 126 each numberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumber• Available on 48"W and +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic color60 1 ⁄4"W right-hand returns each numberonlyFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumber• Available on 48"W andBack right: CWBR and plastic color60 1 ⁄4"W left-hand returns numberonlyFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.PedestalSubstitutions• Box, box, file No cost Specify with BBF and location.Return • Right-hand return No cost Replace L in style number with R.LocationTip: Replace the second L with R whenthe style number has two Ls. Example:Change MR3624-LLP to MR3624-LRP.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349300 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24”D Returnswith Pedestals24"D24"D<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodReturns with One Pedestal24" 36" 21" MR3624LP $1019 +$216 +$12 +$2424" 48" 33" MR4824LP $1119 +$247 +$20 +$4124" 60 1 ⁄4" 45" MR6024LP $1180 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d d dReturns with One Pedestal and Pedestal Lock24" 36" 21" MR3624LLP $1069 +$216 +$12 +$2424" 48" 33" MR4824LLP $1169 +$247 +$20 +$4124" 60 1 ⁄4" 45" MR6024LLP $1230 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d d dReturn with Two Pedestals24" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MR6024LDP $1732 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d d dReturn with Two Pedestals and Two Pedestal Locks24" 60 1 ⁄4" 30" MR6024LLDP $1832 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 301
Bridges18"DcNeed help?Product details,page 118Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Side and back edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel: paint price group 1• Support plates: black paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices below Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Bridge• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$11 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$19 Specify paint color number.Grommets • Available on all 18"D and +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorcPage 126 24"D bridges each numberBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberBack center: CWBC and plastic colornumber• Available on 24"D bridges +$26 Front left: CWFL and plastic coloronly each numberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumberKeyboard: CWKB and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Related • Worksurface fillers cPage 276Products • Worksurface accessories cPage 310• Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312<strong>Specification</strong> Information18"DFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.DDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWood18"D Bridge18" 48" MBR4818 $479 +$247 +$12 +$24d d d d d d24"D Bridges24" 48" MBR4824 $600 +$247 +$20 +$4124" 60 1 ⁄4" MBR6024 $668 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d d302 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Radius-End Tables1 1 /2" ThickRadius-End TablesRadius-End Tables with Laminate Worksurface30"WTip: Unit must be connectedto a bridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form aL- or U-shaped configurationand to provide proper stability.Additional attachmenthardware may need to beordered.cNeed help?Product details,page 120Standard Includes• Worksurface: laminate• Worksurface edges: vinyl• Column support: paint price group 1• End panel and center support: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Plastic color number for vinylworksurface edge4 Paint color number for end panel, columnsupport, and modesty panel, if selected.5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminateWorksurfacesColumn support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.End panel, center support, and back panel• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.Grommets • Available on 30"D +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorworksurfaces each numberBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberModesty • Modesty panel and column Prices below Specify with modesty panel.Panelbracket<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptiondD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dModestyd d d dPanel30" 60" MPT6030FS $1276 +$25530" 66" MPT6630FS $1288 +$26630" 72" MPT7230FS $1297 +$278d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cRadius-End Tables, continued 303
Radius-End Tables, continuedRadius-End Tables with Wood Worksurface30"WTip: Unit must be connectedto a bridge, return, or adjoiningworksurface to form aL- or U-shaped configurationand to provide proper stability.Additional attachmenthardware may need to beordered.cNeed help?Product details,page 120Standard Includes• Worksurface: wood• Worksurface edges: wood• Column support: paint price group 1• End panel and center support: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Wood color number for worksurface andworksurface edge3 Paint color number for end panel, columnsupport, and modesty panel, if selected.4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Customiz stain on wood Prices below Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices below Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Column support• Polished Chrome +$99 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromecolumn.End panel, center support, and back panel• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$34 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$58 Specify paint color number.Grommets • Available on 30"D +$26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorworksurfaces each numberBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberModesty • Modesty panel and column Prices below Specify with modesty panel.Panelbracket<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dCustomiz dFull-Fill dModestyd d d dStain on dFinish on dPaneld d d dWood dWood d30" 60" MWPT6030FS $1576 +$42 +$84 +$25530" 66" MWPT6630FS $1588 +$42 +$84 +$26630" 72" MWPT7230FS $1597 +$42 +$84 +$278d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.304 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Radius-End TablesWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 305
24"D Credenzas with Kneespace24"DcNeed help?Product details,page 122Standard IncludesRequired to Specify• Right-hand credenza1 Style number• Worksurface: laminate2 Laminate color number for worksurface• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default3 Paint color number for end panels, back• End panels, back panel, and pedestals: paint price group 1 panel, and pedestals• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups4 Paint color number for drawer pulls• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lock 5 Options, if selected (see below)cylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromecSee Surface Materials, page 372.• Full drawer interiors: black onlyTip: Remember to specify lock cylinder—Full-depth drawer bodiesand key, if selected.—Full-extension drawer suspensionscLock Cylinders, page 391—One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file railsOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Credenza• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 95 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$162 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachTip: Pedestals will blockaccess to front grommets.Grommets Grommet locations for 60 1 ⁄4"W and 72 1 ⁄4"W credenzas onlycPage 126 • Available on right-hand +$ 26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorcredenzas only each number• Available on left-handcredenzas only• Additional locations availableon both versionsBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumberGrommet locations for 66 1 ⁄4"W credenzas only• Available on right-hand +$ 26 Back left: CWBL and plastic colorcredenzas only each numberFront left: CWFL and plastic colornumber• Available on left-handcredenzas only• Additional locations availableon both versionsBack right: CWBR and plastic colornumberFront right: CWFR and plastic colornumberBack center: CWBC and plastic colornumberFront center: CWFC and plastic colornumbercSee Surface Materials, page 372.cOptions continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.306 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24"D Credenzaswith KneespaceStandard pedestals:• Right: two pedestals, twofile drawers per pedestalStandard pedestals:• Right: three pedestals, twofile drawers per pedestalc Options, continuedPedestalsOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifySubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with BBF and location.Location• Left No cost Replace R in style number with L.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d d dWood dWoodCredenzas with Two Pedestals24" 60 1 ⁄4" 29" MC6024RDP $2003 +$278 +$20 +$4124" 66 1 ⁄4" 35" MC6624RDP $2057 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dCredenzas with Two Pedestals and Two Pedestal Locks24" 60 1 ⁄4" 29" MC6024LRDP $2103 +$278 +$20 +$4124" 66 1 ⁄4" 35" MC6624LRDP $2157 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dCredenza with Three Pedestals24" 72 1 ⁄4" 26" MC7224RTP $2535 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dCredenza with Three Pedestals and Three Pedestal Locks24" 72 1 ⁄4" 26" MC7224LRTP $2685 +$278 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 307
24"D Credenzas without KneespaceStandard IncludesRequired to Specify24"DcNeed help?Product details,page 122• Worksurface: laminate• Side edges: vinyl (PVC) default• Back panel and pedestals: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails per pedestal1 Style number2 Laminate color number for worksurface3 Paint color number for back panel andpedestals4 Paint color number for drawer pulls5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood Prices at right Select wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Credenza• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 95 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$162 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$ 95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals only eachPedestalsSubstitutions• File, file No cost Specify with FF and location.• Box, box, file No cost Specify with BBF and location.Related • Worksurface accessories cPage 310Products • Worksurface wiring and cabling cPage 312• Storage accessories cPage 349For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.308 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
24"D Credenzaswithout Kneespace<strong>Specification</strong> InformationStandard pedestals:• Three pedestals, two filedrawers per pedestalDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d d dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d d dStain on dFinish ond d d d dWood dWoodCredenza with Three Pedestals+$4124" 45" MC4524 $2091 +$247 +$20 +$20d d d d d dCredenza with Three Pedestals and Three Pedestal Locks24" 45" MC4524L $2241 +$247 +$20 +$41d d d d d dWorksurfacesStandard pedestals:• Four pedestals, two filedrawers per pedestalCredenza with Four Pedestals24" 60 1 ⁄4" MC6024 $2709 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d dCredenza with Four Pedestals and Four Pedestal Locks24" 60 1 ⁄4" MC6024L $2909 +$278 +$20 +$41d d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 309
Worksurface AccessoriesMetal Center DrawerscNeed help?Product details,page 124Standard Includes• Center drawer: all paint price groups• Mounting frame: Grey Value 2 paint onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for center drawercSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d23" 21 1 ⁄2" 2 3 ⁄8" FCD20 $7218 1 ⁄8" 21 1 ⁄2" 2 3 ⁄8" FSCD20 $70d d dPlastic Center DrawercNeed help?Product details,page 124Standard Includes• Drawer: black textured plastic only• Slides: black plastic only• Attachment hardware and installation templateRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d19" 21" 1 3 ⁄8" ASHC1921X1 $49d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.310 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface AccessoriesProcessor Storage UnitscNeed help?Product details,page 125Standard Includes• Processor storage unit: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d19 1 ⁄2" 7 1 ⁄2" 22" 85PSUVLG $187d d dWorksurfacesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 311
Worksurface Wiring and CablingCable and Fiber ReelcNeed help?Product details,page 134Standard Includes• Package of four reels: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1 1 ⁄4" 8" 8 5 ⁄16" 98766 $87package of 4d d dTermination PlatecNeed help?Product details,page 135Standard Includes• Termination plate: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄8" 7 1 ⁄8" 98765 $14d d dCord ReelcNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Carton of six cord reels: grey paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98767 $37ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.312 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Wiringand CablingCable Storage TraycNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Cable storage tray: black paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d2" 24" 2 1 ⁄2" 98768 $28d d dWorksurfacesWire <strong>Guide</strong> ClipcNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Carton of 20 adhesive-backed wire guide clips:black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced32WCP $21ddGrommet Convenience ReceptaclecNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Carton of three receptacles each with 9' cord,three-prong plug: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98683WS $122ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Wiring and Cabling, continued 313
Worksurface Wiring and Cabling, continuedPower SpherescNeed help?Product details,page 132Standard Includes• Sphere with four simplex electrical outlets: black plastic• Two 6' power cords (each rated at 15 amps), if selected:black plastic• Two 6' Greenfield conduits (each rated at 15 amps),if selected: metalRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dFour Electrical Outlets with Two 6' Power Cords3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB1 $164d d dFour Electrical Outlets with Two 6' Greenfield Conduits for Hardwiring3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB2 $283d d dPower and Communication SpherescNeed help?Product details,page 132Standard Includes• Sphere with two simplex electrical outlets: black plastic• Face plates to accommodate two customer-suppliedvoice/data jacks: black plastic• 6' power cord with plug rated at 15 amps, if selected:black plastic• 6' Greenfield conduit for hardwiring, if selected: metalRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Tip: Face plates in sphereaccommodates standardvoice/data jacks. Order jacksby calling any of the manufacturerslisted below:• AMP Corporation1.800.522.6752• Leviton1.800.722.2082• Lucent1.800.344.0223• Krone1.800.775.5766• Punduit1.800.777.3300<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d dSphere with One 6' Power Cord3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB3 $164d d dSphere with One 6' Greenfield Conduit for Hardwiring3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB4 $232d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.314 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface Wiringand CablingCommunication SpherecNeed help?Product details,page 132Standard Includes• Sphere with face plates to accommodate four customersuppliedvoice/data jacks: black plasticRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Sphere is field installed.Use 3"-diameter drill to cutmounting hole at desiredlocation.Tip: Order jacks by callingany of the manufacturerslisted below:• AMP Corporation1.800.522.6752• Leviton1.800.722.2082• Lucent1.800.344.0223• Krone1.800.775.5766• Punduit1.800.777.3300<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d3 3 ⁄8" 3 3 ⁄8" 3" PTDMGB5 $164d d dWorksurfacesRound Power and Communication PortcNeed help?Product details,page 133Standard Includes• Round unit with two electrical outlets: black plastic• 6' power cord with plug rated at 15 amps: black plastic• Adapters for two customer-supplied data couplers/jacksRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationTip: Port is field installed.Use a 3 1 ⁄2"-diameter drill tocut mounting hole at desiredlocation.DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d4 1 ⁄4" 4 1 ⁄4" 4 5 ⁄16" PTRSGB1 $256d d dTip: Order jacks by callingany of the manufacturerslisted below:• AMP Corporation1.800.522.6752• Leviton1.800.722.2082• Lucent1.800.344.0223• Krone1.800.775.5766• Punduit1.800.777.3300For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cWorksurface Wiring and Cabling, continued 315
Worksurface Wiring and Cabling, continuedPower StripscNeed help?Product details,page 185Standard Includes• Power strip with 6' cord and three-prong plug:Grey Value 5 paint onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedWithout Line Conditioner88PS $ 68With Line Conditioner88PSLC $171ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.316 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying8500 Series Tables8500 Series TablesRound and Square Tables 318Rectangular and Oval Tables 320Boat-Shape Tables 3228500 Series TablesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 317
8500 Series Round and Square TablescNeed help?Product details,page 140Standard Includes• 28 1 ⁄2"H table top: laminate• Edge: soft vinyl• Column: all paint price groups• Column diameter is 2 1 ⁄4".Exception: Column diameter is 2 1 ⁄2" when on roundtable that is 42" in diameter or more or on square tablethat is 35" in width.• Base: textured paint• Adjustable leveling glides: black plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for table top3 Vinyl edge color number4 Paint color number for column5 Textured paint color number for base6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood top with vinyl edge Prices at right Specify wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: When specifying a 9201Polished Chrome base only,specify a paint color numberfor the column.Column support and base• Polished Chrome column +$140 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeand basecolumn and base.• Polished Chrome base +$140 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromewith painted columnbase only and select paint color numberfor column.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.318 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
8500 Series Roundand Square Tables<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod d dPrice dBase Price)d d d dd d dLaminate dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d dwith Vinyl dwith Vinyl dStain on dFinish ond d dEdge dEdge dWood dWoodRound Table30" diameter 853000 $521 +$253 +$12 +$2436" diameter 853600 $579 +$285 +$20 +$4142" diameter 854200 $651 +$323 +$20 +$4148" diameter 854800 $744 +$367 +$20 +$4154" diameter 855400 $852 +$425 +$30 +$60d d d d d dSquare Table30" 30" 853030 $554 +$275 +$20 +$4135" 35" 853535 $611 +$306 +$20 +$41d d d d d d8500 Series TablesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 319
8500 Series Rectangular and Oval TablescNeed help?Product details,page 140Standard Includes• 28 1 ⁄2"H table top: laminate• Edge: soft vinyl• Column: all paint price groups• Column diameter is 2 1 ⁄4".Exception: Column diameter is 2 1 ⁄2" when tablewidth is 96" or more.• Base: textured paint• Adjustable leveling glides: black plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for table top3 Vinyl edge color number4 Paint color number for column5 Textured paint color number for base6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.plus cost of laminate• Wood top with vinyl edge Prices at right Specify wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: When specifying a 9201Polished Chrome base only,specify a paint color numberfor the column.Column support and base• Polished Chrome column +$140 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeand basecolumn and base.• Polished Chrome base +$140 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromewith painted columnbase only and select paint color numberfor column.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.320 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
8500 Series Rectangularand Oval Tables<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dLaminate dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dwith dwith dStain on dFinish ond d d dVinyl Edge dVinyl Edge dWood dWoodRectangular Table25" 35" N.A. 853525 $ 554 +$275 +$20 +$4130" 45" N.A. 854530 $ 740 +$365 +$20 +$41With Two V-Bases25" 45" N.A. 854525 $ 660 +$327 +$20 +$4125" 60" 30" 856025 $ 752 +$372 +$30 +$60d d d d d d dWith Two T-Bases30" 60" 30" 856030 $ 803 +$398 +$30 +$6030" 65" 35" 856530 $ 836 +$411 +$30 +$6030" 70" 40" 857030 $ 852 +$420 +$30 +$6035" 60" 30" 856035 $ 852 +$425 +$30 +$6035" 65" 35" 856535 $ 879 +$435 +$30 +$6035" 70" 40" 857035 $ 908 +$449 +$42 +$84d d d d d d dOval Table42" 78" 42" 857842 $1509 +$745 +$54 +$10748" 96" 48" 859648 $1716 +$848 +$68 +$135d d d d d d d8500 Series TablesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 321
8500 Series Boat-Shape TablescNeed help?Product details,page 140Standard Includes• 28 1 ⁄2"H table top: laminate• Edge: soft vinyl• Column: all paint price groups• Column diameter is 2 1 ⁄4".Exception: Column diameter is 2 1 ⁄2" when tablewidth is 96" or more.• Base: textured paint• Adjustable leveling glides: black plasticRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Laminate color number for table top3 Vinyl edge color number4 Paint color number for column5 Textured paint color number for base6 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceWorksurfaceMaterials • Accent laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials ReferenceManual.• Open line laminate +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Referenceplus cost of laminate Manual.• Wood top with vinyl edge Prices at right Specify wood color number.• Customiz stain on wood Prices at right Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials ReferenceManual.• Full-fill finish Prices at right Specify with full-fill finish and selectwood color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: When specifying a 9201Polished Chrome base only,specify a paint color numberfor the column.Column support and base• Polished Chrome column +$140 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeand basecolumn and base.• Polished Chrome base +$140 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromewith painted columnbase only and select paint color numberfor column.• Polished Chrome column +$173 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeand base for table width ofcolumn and base.120" or more• Polished Chrome base +$173 Specify with 9201 Polished Chromewith painted column forbase only and select paint color numbertable width of 120" or morefor column.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.322 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
8500 Series Boat-ShapeTables<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DKnee- DStyle DU.S. DOptionsdD W dspace dNumber dBase d(Add $ tod dWidth d dPrice dBase Price)d d d d dd d d dLaminate dWood dCustomiz dFull-Filld d d dwith dwith dStain on dFinish ond d d dVinyl Edge dVinyl Edge dWood dWoodBoat-Shape TableWith Straight End30"/35" 60" 30" 856035S $ 852 +$ 425 +$ 30 +$ 6030"/35" 65" 35" 856535S $ 879 +$ 435 +$ 30 +$ 6030"/35" 70" 40" 857035S $ 908 +$ 449 +$ 30 +$ 60With Curved End30"/36" 72" 42" 85723630 $1034 +$ 514 +$ 42 +$ 8436"/42" 96" 54" 85964236 $1509 +$ 745 +$ 68 +$13538"/48" 120" 36" 851204838 $2870 +$1420 +$ 88 +$17438"/48" 150" 51" 851504838 $3844 +$1900 +$100 +$20038"/48" 180" 66" 851804838 $3968 +$1964 +$124 +$246d d d d d d d8500 Series TablesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 323
324 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying <strong>Avenir</strong>StorageSteelcase 730 Seriesstorage cabinets and800 Series lateral filesare available with an <strong>Avenir</strong>stylepull to make theseproducts compatible with<strong>Avenir</strong>. The <strong>Avenir</strong>-style pullcomplements the <strong>Avenir</strong> pull,but it is not identical. The<strong>Avenir</strong>-style pull is flush so itwill allow the lateral filereceding door to go backinto the file.<strong>Avenir</strong>Pull<strong>Avenir</strong>-StylePullStorage with <strong>Avenir</strong> PullsFixed Pedestals 326Worksurface-Supported Pedestals 328Mobile Pedestals 330Mobile Pedestal Cushion Top 332Storage with 200 Series PullsFixed Pedestals 334Worksurface-Supported Pedestals 336Mobile Pedestals 338ShelvesWith Square End Supports 340With Radius End Supports 341Storage200 SeriesPullFirstFile lateral filesare available with pulls tomake these productsvisually compatible with200 Series pedestals.Storage BinsWith Flush Doors 342With Integral Doors 343With Integral Fabric-Covered Doors 344Service Modules 346Related ProductsStorage Accessories 349<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 325
Fixed Pedestalswith <strong>Avenir</strong> PullscNeed help?Product details,page 146Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Pedestal filler: paint to match pedestal• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray per box/box/file, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails• Four adjustable leveling glides: black onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Paint color number for drawer pulls4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Filler ships separatefrom pedestal for field installation.Filler can be omittedif not needed for structuralor aesthetic reasons.Filler • Omit filler –$25 Specify with no filler.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.• Individual locking drawers +$95 Specify with individual drawer lock.on file/file pedestals onlyRelated • Storage accessories cPage 349ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.326 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Fixed Pedestalswith <strong>Avenir</strong> Pulls<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d d15"W Pedestal with Two File DrawersWithout Lock23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" MP2824FF MU2824FF $43529 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" MP2830FF MU2830FF $531With Lock23 1 ⁄2 15" 27" MP2824FFL MU2824FFL $48529 1 ⁄2 15" 27" MP2830FFL MU2830FFL $581d d d d15"W Pedestal with Two Box and One File DrawerWithout Lock23 1 ⁄2 15" 27" MP2824BBF MU2824BBF $44529 1 ⁄2 15" 27" MP2830BBF MU2830BBF $541With Lock23 1 ⁄2 15" 27" MP2824BBFL MU2824BBFL $49529 1 ⁄2 15" 27" MP2830BBFL MU2830BBFL $591d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 327
Worksurface-Supported Pedestalswith <strong>Avenir</strong> PullscNeed help?Product details,page 146Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Paint color number for drawer pulls4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dWithout Lock23 1 ⁄2" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" MSPC24BF MUPC24BF $31328 1 ⁄2" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" MSPC30BF MUPC30BF $390d d d dWith Lock23 1 ⁄2" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" MSPC24BFL MUPC24BFL $36328 1 ⁄2" 15" 18 1 ⁄2" MSPC30BFL MUPC30BFL $440d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.328 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface-SupportedPedestalsStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 329
Mobile Pedestalswith <strong>Avenir</strong> PullscNeed help?Product details,page 146Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• Drawer pulls: all paint price groups• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome• Non-locking, hard-composition casters: black only• Counter-weight package• Full drawer interiors: black only—Full-depth drawer bodies—Full-extension drawer suspensions—One pencil tray, box drawer dividers,and adjustable file rails• Factory-installed cushion top, if selected:–Cushion upholstery: price group 1–Retractable handle: 9201 Polished Chrome onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Paint color number for drawer pulls4 Fabric color number for cushion upholstery(MUP2224BFSC only)5 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overallpedestal height.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H Bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood top +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.• Customiz stain on wood top +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Upholstery on cushion top• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.330 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Mobile Pedestalswith <strong>Avenir</strong> Pulls<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dOne Box and One File Drawer23 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" MMP2224BFS MUP2224BFS $655d d dOne Box and One File Drawer with Factory-Installed Pedestal Cushion Top with Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" 23 1 ⁄4" MMP2224BFSC MUP2224BFSC $955d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 331
Mobile Pedestal Cushion TopField-Installed KitcNeed help?Product details,page 146Standard Includes• Cushion upholstery: price group 1• Retractable handle, if selected:9201 Polished Chrome only• Template for installationRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric color number for cushionupholstery3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceUpholsteryMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specifyleather (COL)Tip: Mobile pedestalcushion top can be usedwith <strong>Avenir</strong> mobile pedestalMUP2224BFS and 200Series BUMPF24BFLpedestals only.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W dNumber dBased d dPriced d dFor Use with <strong>Avenir</strong> and 200 Series Box File Mobile PedestalsCushion Top with 9201 Polished Chrome Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" RPXTCH24P $300Cushion Top without Handle23 1 ⁄2" 15" RPXTC24P $230d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.332 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Mobile PedestalCushion TopStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 333
Fixed Pedestals<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dTwo File DrawersWith Lock23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" BPF24FFL BUF24FFL $43029 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" BPF30FFL BUF30FFL $495d d d dTwo Box and One File DrawerWith Lock23 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" BPF24BBFL BUF24BBFL $43029 1 ⁄2" 15" 27" BPF30BBFL BUF30BBFL $495d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 335
Worksurface-Supported Pedestalswith 200 Series Pulls200 Series pullTip: All drawers are 24"Dregardless of pedestaldepth.cNeed help?Product details,page 148Standard Includes• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 200 Series drawer pulls: paint price group 1 to matchpedestal paint color• Basic drawer interior: black only—24"D drawer bodies—Box drawers with 3 /4-extensions—File drawers with full extensions—No drawer accessories• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome only• Attachment hardwareRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Full • Full-depth drawers, full +$35 Specify with full drawers.Drawerdrawer extensions, pencil tray,<strong>Interiors</strong>box drawer dividers, andadjustable file railsLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dOne Box and One File DrawerWith Lock23 1 ⁄2" 15" 19 1 ⁄8" BSPF24BFL BUPF24BFL $31529 1 ⁄2" 15" 19 1 ⁄8" BSPF30BFL BUPF30BFL $325d d d d336 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Worksurface-SupportedPedestalsStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 337
Mobile Pedestalwith 200 Series PullsStandard IncludesRequired to Specify200 Series pullcNeed help?Product details,page 148• Pedestal: paint price group 1• 1 ⁄8"H steel top: paint to match pedestal• 200 Series drawer pulls: paint price group 1 to matchpedestal paint color• Basic drawer interior: black only—24"D drawer bodies—Box drawers with 3 /4-extensions—File drawers with full extensions—No drawer accessories• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder: 9201 Polished Chrome only• Non-locking, hard composition casters: black only• Counter-weight package1 Style number2 Paint color number for pedestal3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfacePedestalMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Tip: Optional tops willincrease the overallpedestal height.Tops • 1"H square edge steel top +$ 45 Specify with steel square top.Laminate top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Square edge +$195 Specify with laminate top and indicatelaminate toplaminate color number.• 1 7 ⁄16"H Bullnose laminate top +$215 Specify with bullnose laminate top andindicate laminate color number.• Accent laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate top• Open line laminate on +$ 60 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.laminate topplus cost of laminateWood veneer top• 1 3 ⁄16"H Wood veneer top +$285 Specify with wood veneer top andindicate wood color number.• Full-fill finish on wood top +$ 15 Specify with full-fill finish.• Customiz stain on wood top +$ 12 Specify with Customiz stain.cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual.Cushion top for factory installation on BUMPF24BFL only• Cushion top with 9201 +$300 Specify with cushion top and handle andPolished Chrome handleindicate fabric color number.cOptions continued on next pageAdditional storageproducts are availablefor use with <strong>Avenir</strong> storagecomponents that have200 Series pulls.cFor details, see theStorage <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.200 Series FirstFile Lateral Files18"D338 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Mobile Pedestal with200 Series PullscOptions continued from previous pageOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyTops,Upholstery on cushion topcontinued • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 10 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 33 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 41 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$ 50 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 6 +$ 72 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 7 +$ 85 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 8 +$125 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 9 +$160 Specify fabric color number.• Fabric price group 10 +$195 Specify fabric color number.• Leather price group +$500 Specify leather color number.cSee Surface Materials, page 372.• Customer’s own material +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manual(COM) or Customer’s ownto specify.leather (COL)Full • Full-depth drawers, full +$ 35 Specify with full drawers.Drawerdrawer extensions, pencil tray,<strong>Interiors</strong>box drawer dividers, andadjustable file railsLock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DOld DNew DU.S.dD W H dStyle dStyle dBased dNumber dNumber dPriced d d dOne Box and One File Drawer23 1 ⁄2" 15" 21" BMPF24BFL BUMPF24BFL $590d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 339
Shelves with Square End SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 152Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelfcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceShelfMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDComparable DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPanel and dD W H dNumber dBasedWorksurface d d dPricedWidth d d dd(Nominal) d d dd d d dHalf-Height Shelves24" 14 3 ⁄4" 23 3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS2416 $13930" 14 3 ⁄4" 29 3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS3016 $14736" 14 3 ⁄4" 35 3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS3616 $16142" 14 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS4216 $16748" 14 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS4816 $18660" 14 3 ⁄4" 60 1 ⁄16" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS6016 $20372" 14 3 ⁄4" 72 1 ⁄16" 7 1 ⁄2" MHBS7216 $225d d d dFull-Height Shelves24" 14 3 ⁄4" 23 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS2416 $15730" 14 3 ⁄4" 29 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS3016 $16636" 14 3 ⁄4" 35 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS3616 $18042" 14 3 ⁄4" 41 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS4216 $18748" 14 3 ⁄4" 47 3 ⁄4" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS4816 $20960" 14 3 ⁄4" 60 1 ⁄16" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS6016 $22772" 14 3 ⁄4" 72 1 ⁄16" 16 1 ⁄2" MBS7216 $251d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.340 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Shelves with Radius End SupportsShelves with RadiusEnd SupportscNeed help?Product details,page 152Standard Includes• Shelf: paint price group 1Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for shelfcSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceShelfMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$13 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$21 Specify paint color number.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDComparable DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPanel and dD W H dNumber dBasedWorksurface d d dPricedWidth d d dd(Nominal) d d dd d d dHalf-Height Shelves24" 14 7 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 7 5 ⁄8" BHS24 $12730" 14 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 7 5 ⁄8" BHS30 $13436" 14 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 7 5 ⁄8" BHS36 $14542" 14 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 7 5 ⁄8" BHS42 $15048" 14 7 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 7 5 ⁄8" BHS48 $16960" 14 7 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 7 5 ⁄8" BHS60 $182d d d dFull-Height Shelves24" 14 7 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BS24 $14130" 14 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BS30 $14936" 14 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BS36 $16142" 14 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BS42 $16748" 14 7 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BS48 $18860" 14 7 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 16 5 ⁄8" BS60 $204d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 341
Storage Bins with Flush DoorscNeed help?Product details,page 154Standard Includes• Storage bin: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished ChromeRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBin with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Bin with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$90 Specify paint color number.Lock • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDComparable DNumber DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPanel and dof Doors dD W H dNumber dBasedWorksurface d d d dPricedWidth d d d dd(Nominal) d d d dd d d d dWithout Locks24" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB2416 $34030" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB3016 $35136" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB3616 $37942" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB4216 $39248" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB4816 $40560" 2 15 5 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB6016 $60972" 2 15 5 ⁄8" 72 1 ⁄16" 17 1 ⁄8" MBB7216 $676d d d d dWith Locks24" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL2416 $39030" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL3016 $40136" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL3616 $42942" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL4216 $44248" 1 15 5 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL4816 $45560" 2 15 5 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL6016 $70972" 2 15 5 ⁄8" 72 1 ⁄16" 17 1 ⁄8" MBBL7216 $776d d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.342 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage Bins with Integral DoorsStorage Bins withIntegral DoorscNeed help?Product details,page 154Standard Includes• Storage bin: paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceBin with one doorMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$65 Specify paint color number.Bin with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$90 Specify paint color number.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349Products<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDComparable DNumber DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPanel and dof Doors dD W H dNumber dBasedWorksurface d d d dPricedWidth d d d dd(Nominal) d d d dd d d d dWithout Locks24" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB24 $32430" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB30 $33036" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB36 $35142" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB42 $36748" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB48 $37760" 2 14 7 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB60 $558d d d d dWith Locks24" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL24 $37430" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL30 $38036" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL36 $40142" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL42 $41748" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL48 $42760" 2 14 7 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL60 $658d d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 343
Storage Bins with Integral Fabric-Covered DoorscNeed help?Product details,page 154Standard Includes• Storage bin: paint price group 1• Door(s): fabric price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for storage bin3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceFabric-covered doorsMaterials • Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 12 Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 46 Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 62 Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify paint color number.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specifyFabric direction• Warp direction on fabrics No cost Specify with warp direction if other thanstandard.cPage 386 for standard directionBin with one door• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 38 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 65 Specify paint color number.Bin with two doors• Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 53 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 90 Specify paint color number.Related • Storage accessories cPage 349ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.344 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage Bins with IntegralFabric-Covered Doors<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDComparable DNumber DDimensions DStyle DU.S.dPanel and dof Doors dD W H dNumber dBasedWorksurface d d d dPricedWidth d d d dd(Nominal) d d d dd d d d dWithout Locks24" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB24F $49430" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB30F $50936" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB36F $54142" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB42F $56548" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB48F $58360" 2 14 7 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 16 5 ⁄8" BSB60F $894d d d d dWith Locks24" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 23 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL24F $54430" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 29 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL30F $55936" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 35 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL36F $59142" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 41 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL42F $61548" 1 14 7 ⁄8" 47 3 ⁄4" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL48F $63360" 2 14 7 ⁄8" 60 1 ⁄16" 16 5 ⁄8" BSBL60F $994d d d d dStorageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 345
Service Modules with ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page 158Standard Includes• End panels, back panel, and shelf:paint price group 1• Tackboard, if selected: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Four dividers: textured clear plastic only• Grommet located in each end panel: plastic• Two SMCL8 attachment clamps: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, shelf, and clamps3 Fabric color number for tackboard,if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceService moduleMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$ 47 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$ 79 Specify paint color number.Tackboard surface• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number fromprice group 1.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 12 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 2.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 46 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 3.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 62 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 4.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 5.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Clamps• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeclamps.Related • Service module clamp cPage 348Products • Storage accessories cPage 349• Shelf lights cPages 362–367<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dBased d dPriced d d16 1 ⁄4" 60" 23" 60SM23E $54116 1 ⁄4" 60" 35 5 ⁄16" 60SM35B $587With Tackboard16 1 ⁄4" 60" 23" 60SM23ET $66416 1 ⁄4" 60" 35 5 ⁄16" 60SM35BT $784d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.346 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Service Modules with Storage BinsService Moduleswith Storage BinscNeed help?Product details,page 158Standard Includes• End panels, back panel, and storage cases:paint price group 1• Lock face ring with plastic plug to accommodate lockcylinder, if selected: 9201 Polished Chrome• Tackboard, if selected: vertical surface fabricprice group 1• Four dividers: textured clear plastic only• Grommet located in each end panel: plastic• Two SMCL8 attachment clamps: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for end panels, backpanel, storage, and clamps3 Fabric color number for tackboard,if selected4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Remember to specify lock cylinderand key, if selected.cLock Cylinders, page 391Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceService moduleMaterials • Paint price group 1 No cost Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 2 +$118 Specify paint color number.• Paint price group 3 +$202 Specify paint color number.Tackboard surface• Fabric price group 1 No cost Specify fabric color number fromprice group 1.• Fabric price group 2 +$ 12 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 2.• Fabric price group 3 +$ 46 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 3.• Fabric price group 4 +$ 62 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 4.• Fabric price group 5 +$100 Specify fabric color number fromprice group 5.• Fabric price group COM +$ 15 cSee Surface Materials Reference Manualto specify.Clamps• Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeclamps.StorageLocks • Ember Chrome No cost Specify with 9250 Ember Chrome lock.Related • Service module clamp cPage 348Products • Storage accessories cPage 349• Shelf lights cPages 362–367<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DNumber DStyle DU.S.dD W H dof Locks dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d d16 1 ⁄4" 60" 35 5 ⁄16" 0 60SM35A $102716 1 ⁄4" 60" 35 5 ⁄16" 2 60SM35AL $1127With Tackboard16 1 ⁄4" 60" 35 5 ⁄16" 0 60SM35AT $122416 1 ⁄4" 60" 35 5 ⁄16" 2 60SM35ALT $1324d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 347
Service Module Clamps (Field-Installed)cNeed help?Product details,page 159Standard Includes• Pair of clamps: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for clampscSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: This is the only attachmentclamp that should beused when service moduleis attached to <strong>Avenir</strong>.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurfaceClampsMaterials • Polished Chrome No cost Specify with 9201 Polished Chromeclamps.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDAttaches Service DStyle DU.S.dModule to dNumber dPriced d d30"D <strong>Avenir</strong> desks or SMCL8 $19credenzad d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.348 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage AccessoriesStorage AccessoriesRailscNeed help?Product details,page 161Standard Includes• Package of two or four rails: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Use with DrawersPackage of TwoRXADRL15 $16ddDividersStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help?Product details,page 161• Package of two dividers: black onlyStyle numberStorage<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedFor Use in 6"H DrawersRXADV1506 $26ddFor Use in 12"H DrawersRXADV1212 $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cStorage Accessories, continued 349
Storage Accessories, continuedPencil TraycNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Pencil tray: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Pedestals with boxdrawers include one penciltray per pedestal.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDPT $22ddBi-Level TraycNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Bi-level tray: black only• Two tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDBT $26ddMedia TraycNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Media tray: black only• Four tray dividers: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedRPXDMT $26ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.350 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage AccessoriesReference ShelfcNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Reference shelf: black only• Insert: clear plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXDRS $30ddFile Drawer Stationery Insert (Three-Pocket)cNeed help?Product details,page 160Standard Includes• Stationery insert: black onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: Stationery insertcan be used in 12"H filedrawers only.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdU.S.DPriceddRPXFST $38ddStorage<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cStorage Accessories, continued 351
Storage Accessories, continuedDivider for Storage Bins, Shelves, and Service ModulescNeed help?Product details,page 162Standard Includes• Carton of four dividers: clear textured plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPriced98512A $37ddWall ChannelscNeed help?Product details,page 164Standard Includes• Two wall channels: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for channelscSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d39 3 ⁄4" PWC53 $7549 3 ⁄4" PWC65 $75Tip: Horizontal brace isrequired for wall channelapplication supporting 60"and under components.64 3 ⁄4" PWC80 $75d d dDividers for Curved Front Bin and L-shelfcNeed help?Product details,page 162Standard Includes• Package of two or twenty dividers: 6695 Midnight onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle number<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDStyledNumberdDU.S.dPricedKDIV02 $ 19KDIV20 $185ddFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.352 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Storage AccessoriesHorizontal BracecNeed help?Product details,page 164Standard Includes• Horizontal brace: all paint price groupsRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number for bracecSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDWidth DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d42" PWCHB42 $5648" PWCHB48 $5660" PWCHB60 $5672" PWCHB72 $56d d dVertical Attachment RailsStandard IncludesRequired to SpecifycNeed help?Product details,page 165• Rail: all paint price groups• Rail cover: plastic1 Style number2 Paint color number for rail3 Plastic color number for rail covercSee Surface Materials, page 372.Storage<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDHeight DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d d25" GSCAVAV $125d d dTip: Used to attach <strong>Avenir</strong>storage bins and shelvesto Pathways TechnologyWall.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 353
354 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Specifying <strong>Avenir</strong>LightingLightingCanopy Lights 356Rail-Mounting Riser 360Advanced Shelf Lights 362Standard Shelf Lights 364Utility Shelf Lights 366Related ProductsVertical Wire Managers 368Lighting<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 355
Canopy Lightsfor Use with 3 ⁄4"- to 1 3 ⁄4"-Thick WorksurfacescNeed help?Product details,page 172Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box and end caps: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic only• Clamp mechanism• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housingcSee Surface Materials, page 372.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KR $5647 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KR $5967 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KR $629With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KRC $6117 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KRC $6437 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KRC $676d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24K $4897 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36K $5217 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48K $554With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCS24KC $5367 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCS36KC $5687 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCS48KC $601d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.356 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Canopy LightsLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 357
Canopy LightscNeed help?Product details,page 173Standard Includes• Light housing: all paint price groups or clearanodized aluminum• Light control box and end caps: Sterling plastic only• On-off switch centered in control box• 9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only• Precision optics tube• Reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T5 3500K lamp• Electronic ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: Sterling plastic only• Pair of Answer, <strong>Avenir</strong>, and Series 9000 panel-mountingbrackets: Sterling paint only• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number or 8043 ClearAnodized Aluminum for light housing3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Tip: Panel-mounted canopylights are standard withbrackets that attach toAnswer, <strong>Avenir</strong>, and Series9000 panels.You mustselect the correct bracketsfor use on Elective Elements,Montage, slatwall, architecturaldrywall, or competitiveproducts.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyPanel • Pair of Elective Elements No cost Specify with Elective Elements brackets.Bracketspanel-mounting brackets:Sterling paint only• Pair of Montage frame- No cost Specify with Montage brackets.mounting brackets: Sterlingpaint onlySlatwall • Pair of slatwall-mounting No cost Specify with slatwall brackets.Bracketsbrackets: Sterlingpaint onlyArchitectural • Pair of architectural drywall No cost Specify with drywall brackets.Drywallbrackets: SterlingBracketspaint onlyCompetitive • Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Haworth Premise brackets.Bracketsfor use with Haworth Premise:Sterling paint only• Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Herman Miller Action Officefor use with Herman Millerbrackets.Action Office: Sterlingpaint only• Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Herman Miller Ethospacefor use with Herman Millerbrackets.Ethospace: Sterlingpaint only• Pair of panel-mounted brackets No cost Specify with Knoll System 6 and System Zfor use with Knoll System 6brackets.and System Z: Sterlingpaint onlyRelated • Rail-mounting riser cPage 360ProductsFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.358 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Canopy Lights<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KR $4707 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KR $5017 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KR $533With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KRC $5177 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KRC $5487 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KRC $580d d d dElectronic Ballast7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24K $3957 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36K $4267 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48K $458With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker7 1 ⁄16" 24 1 ⁄4" 3 13 ⁄16" 14 watts LCP24KC $4427 1 ⁄16" 36 1 ⁄16" 3 13 ⁄16" 21 watts LCP36KC $4737 1 ⁄16" 47 7 ⁄8" 3 13 ⁄16" 28 watts LCP48KC $505d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 359
Rail-Mounting RisercNeed help?Product details,page 173Standard Includes• Riser to attach to Details WorkFlo or Ellipse rail:Sterling plastic only• Pair of cord manager clips: black plastic onlyRequired to SpecifyStyle numberTip: For more informationabout Details WorkFlo rail,call Details CustomerAlliance at 1.800.833.0411.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DStyle DU.S.dD W H dNumber dPriced d d1" 6" 6 1 ⁄2" LCWRIS $55d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.360 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Rail-Mounting RiserLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 361
Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.Tip: Mounting brackets areavailable from Service Partsto allow shelf lights to beattached to shelves withradius end supports andbins with integral door pullsmanufactured prior toMarch 20, 1995.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.cNeed help?Product details,page 174Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Precision optics tube around lamp• Faceted reflector: specular (reflective) aluminum• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Dimmer switch, if selected: black plastic only• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOptions package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting packageand paint color number for end capcovers.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KF $4259 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KF $4529 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KF $472With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFC $4739 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFC $5009 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFC $520With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KFD $4509 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KFD $4779 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KFD $497d d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.362 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Advanced Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous page<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24K $3859 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36K $4129 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48K $432With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KC $4339 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KC $4609 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KC $480With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KD $4109 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KD $4379 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KD $457d d d dElectronic Ballast with Dimmer Switch9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KR $4809 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KR $5079 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KR $527With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KRC $5289 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KRC $5559 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KRC $575With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSH24KDR $5059 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSH36KDR $5329 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSH48KDR $552d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLighting<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 363
Standard Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.Tip: Mounting brackets areavailable from Service Partsto allow shelf lights to beattached to shelves withradius end supports andbins with integral door pullsmanufactured prior toMarch 20, 1995.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.cNeed help?Product details,page 174Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Contrast sleeve around lamp• Faceted reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOptions package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting packageand paint color number for end capcovers.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24K $2969 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36K $3179 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48K $342With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KC $3449 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KC $3659 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KC $390With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KD $3219 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KD $3429 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KD $367d d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.364 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Standard Shelf LightsTip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous page<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dEconomizer Electronic Ballast9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KF $3369 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KF $3579 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KF $382With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFC $3849 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFC $4059 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFC $430With Daisy Chain Cords9 1 ⁄4" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSM24KFD $3619 1 ⁄4" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSM36KFD $3829 1 ⁄4" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSM48KFD $407d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLightingFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 365
Utility Shelf LightsTip: Daisy chaining is notallowed in New York City orChicago. Local electricalcodes vary, so you shouldconsult a qualified electricalcontractor or engineer forproper installation of allelectrical equipment.Tip: Because shelf lightsare usually recessed, blackis the standard paint color.Paint colors other than blackhave an upcharge.Tip: If an optional paint coloris selected for the housing,the electrical switches andend caps will remain blackplastic.Tip: Mounting brackets areavailable from Service Partsto allow shelf lights to beattached to shelves withradius end supports andbins with integral door pullsmanufactured prior toMarch 20, 1995.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Products onnext page.cNeed help?Product details,page 174Standard Includes• Light housing with centered on-off switch:black paint• End cap cord managers: black plastic only• Cords:—9' cord with three-prong plug at 45° angle:black vinyl only—One 30" and one 48" cord with modularconnectors for daisy chaining: black vinyl only• Prismatic lens• Angled reflector: white only• T8 3500K lamp• Ballast• Universal mounting hardware package• Daisy chain starter cord, if selected: black vinyl only(order separately)Required to Specify1 Style number2 Paint color number, if other than black(see options below)3 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifySurface • Painted light housing +$15 Specify paint color number for housing.Materials other than black cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Lens • Bat-wing lens +$22 Specify with bat-wing lens.Bracket • Competitive mounting No cost Specify with competitive mountingOptions package package.• Flush mounting package No cost Specify with flush mounting packageand paint color number for end capcovers.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dElectronic Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24K $2025 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36K $2395 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48K $263With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KC $2505 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KC $2875 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KC $311With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24KD $2275 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36KD $2645 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48KD $288d d d dc<strong>Specification</strong> information continued on next pageFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.366 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Utility Shelf LightsTip: Magnetic ballasts cancause interference withcomputer monitors. Anelectronic ballast is recommendedfor shelf lights inoffices where computers areused.Tip: Remember to order adaisy chain starter cord.cSee Related Productsbelow.cContinued from previous page<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDDimensions DLamp DStyle DU.S.dD W H dWattage dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dMagnetic Normal-Power-Factor Ballast5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18M $1635 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24M $1435 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36M $1805 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48M $204With Chicago Cord Including Circuit Breaker5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MC $2115 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MC $1915 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MC $2285 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MC $252With Daisy Chain Cords5 1 ⁄2" 19"* 1 3 ⁄4" 15 watts LSB18MD $1885 1 ⁄2" 25" 1 3 ⁄4" 17 watts LSB24MD $1685 1 ⁄2" 37" 1 3 ⁄4" 25 watts LSB36MD $2055 1 ⁄2" 49" 1 3 ⁄4" 32 watts LSB48MD $229d d d dRelated ProductsDQuantity DLength DStyle DU.S.din Package d dNumber dBased d d dPriced d d dDaisy Chain Starter Cord1 78" LS1FSC $ 416 78" LS6FSC $246d d d dLighting* Because lamps andballasts for 19"W shelf lightsare more expensive thanthose for 24"W shelf lights,use 19"W shelf lights only inapplications where largersizes will not fit.For Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 367
Vertical Wire ManagerscNeed help?Product details,page 176Standard Includes• Vertical wire manager cover: vertical surface fabricor plastic• Top cap, on applicable models:—paint on fabric-covered vertical wire manager—plastic on plastic vertical wire manager• Reveal between top cap and vertical wire managercover, on applicable models: black plastic onlyRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Fabric or plastic color number for verticalwire manager cover: all <strong>Avenir</strong> verticalsurface fabrics or plastics3 Paint color number for top cap on fabriccoveredvertical wire manager4 Options, if selected (see below)cSee Surface Materials, page 372.Top CapOptions U.S. Price Required to SpecifyHeight• High No cost Replace second M in style numberwith H.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDHeight DWith DStyle DU.S.d dTop dNumber dPriced dCap d dd d d dFabric Covered for Use Between Panel Top Cap and Worksurface10 7 ⁄16" Yes VWM41M $5821 9 ⁄16" Yes VWM53M $6433 7 ⁄8" Yes VWM65M $7149 11 ⁄16" Yes VWM80M $78d d d dFabric Covered for Use Between Storage Bins, Shelves, and Worksurface17 1 ⁄2" No VWM18 $58d d d dPlastic49 11 ⁄16" Yes PVWMM $42d d d dFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.368 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Surface MaterialsSurface Materials Overview 370Surface Materials 372Paint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability Matrix 376Laminate Color Availability Matrix 378Wood Color Availability Matrix 379Plastic Color Availability Matrix 380Vertical Surface Fabric Color Availability Matrix 381Color Coordination Matrices 382Trim Color Defaults for Mobile Pedestal Laminate Tops 384<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Vertical Fabric Applications 386Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 369
Surface Materials Overview.MaterialPaintLaminateWoodPlastic and VinylPlated MetalGlassVertical Surface FabricApplicationsPanels Worksurfaces Storage Lighting• Top cap • Cantilever • Pedestal • Canopy lights• End trim • Shared cantilever • Lateral file • Shelf lights• Base cover • End panel • Drawer pulls• Transparent panel frame • Clear-access end panel • Shelvessurface • Table column supports • Storage bins• Non-tackable panel surface • Back panels• Panel door frame• Pedestal• Connector packages • Drawer pulls• Change-of-height panel • Center drawerconnector• Adjustable-height• Panel stabilizer footworksurface base and column• Power pole• 8500 Series tables• Cable pole• Corner wire cover• Fillers• Cable drop box• Panel door • Worksurface • Mobile pedestal• Panel-supported table• Adjustable-height monitorand keyboard surfaces• 8500 Series table• Top cap (low or • Worksurface • Mobile pedestalmedium only)(except 1 1 ⁄2"-thick curvilinearworksurfaces)• Panel-supported table• 8500 Series table• Base cover cable • Grommets • Cordgrommets • Panel-supported table edge • Vertical wire manager• Receptacles• Worksurface filler• Straight transparentpanel insert• Half glass, half fabrictransparent panels• Panel surface• End trim• Change-of-heightpanel connector• Tackboard• Power pole• Cable pole• Filler• Panel-supported tablecolumn support• Lock• Lock• 8500 Series table column• Vertical wire manager.370 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 371Surface Materials OverviewSurface Materials..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................MaterialPaintApplicationsAccessories• Wall channels• Metal center drawer• Horizontal brace
Surface Materials.This listing includes allthe surface material choicesthat are available for theproducts in this specificationguide..ResourcesFor more information aboutsurface materials, refer tothe following resources:Surface MaterialsReference ManualThis publication provides:• An explanation of thesurface materials program•“Available on” matrices• Vertical surface fabricand seating upholsteryselection listing• Pricing for surfacematerials• Technical data for surfacematerials• Surface material care andcleaning instructionsSurface MaterialsFinishes Binder includes:• Surface MaterialsReference Manual• A complete set of swatchcards for hard surfacesSurface MaterialsVertical Surface FabricBinder includes:• A complete set of swatchcards for vertical surfacefabricSurface MaterialsSeating UpholsteryBinder includes:• Designtex Graded-InCatalog• A complete set ofswatch cards forseating upholsterySurface MaterialsTool Box provides 3" x 3"samples of the followingsurface materials:• Vertical surface fabric• Seating upholstery• Wood• Paint• LaminateForm number S8150PaintNot every paint color isavailable on every paintedcomponent.cRefer to the Paint,Textured Paint, and CoatingColor Availability Matrix onpage 376 before specifying.Price Group 1Textured Paint7207 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPrice Group 2Metallic Paint4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPrice Group 3Accent PaintPlease see the AccentPaint swatchcard in theSurface Materials FinishesBinder for a complete list ofthese colorful paints.PerfectMatch IIPerfectMatch II is a servicethat allows you to createyour own paint color. Referto the Surface MaterialsReference Manual formore information aboutthis program..LaminateNot every laminate is availableon all worksurfaces.cRefer to the LaminateColor Availability Matrix onpage 378 before specifying.2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak2633 Teak2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream2729 White Sand2730 Arctic White2746 Black2759 Warm White2771 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut2810 Dawn2811 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle2822 Woodrose Speckle2823 Driftwood Speckle2824 Smoke Speckle2825 Vanadium Speckle2850 Vanadium Fiber2851 Rhyme Fiber2852 Tungsten Fiber2854 Vellum Fiber2857 Stream Fiber2859 Novell Fiber2860 Granite Fiber2870 Blonde BronzePatina2871 Blackened BronzePatina2872 Silver Plate Patina2873 Instant Iron PatinaAccent LaminateSee the Accent Laminateswatchcard in the SurfaceMaterials Finishes Binderfor a complete list of thesecolorful laminates...Open LineLaminateThis service allows you toorder special laminates atan additional processing feeof $60 U.S. per worksurfaceplus the cost of the laminate.Edge color for customlaminate orders must bedetermined by the dealerand customer before orderscan be entered.For additional information,refer to the SteelcaseSurface Materials ReferenceManual.Tip: Standard or Accentlaminates being used inthe Open Line Laminateprogram to obtain a differentedge detail will be chargedthe Open-Line laminateupcharge; however, noadditional charges for thelaminate will be applied..372 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Surface Materials.WoodSteelcase carefully selectsveneer and solid wood orconsistent color and grainstructure. Wood is a naturalmaterial and variations willoccur in color, grain and texture.These variations arepart of the inherent naturalbeauty of wood and are notconsidered defects.All wood products will darkenwith age and exposure toultraviolet light. This is especiallyapparent with cherryand maple veneer. We recommendthat desk accessoriesbe arranged periodicallyto ensure even agingof wood surfaces.VeneerVeneers are flat cut and arematched for proper balanceand consistency.A limited number of productsare available in compositeveneer. Compositeveneer is made by stackingveneer slices, gluing themtogether and reslicing, tocreate veneer with a uniformcolor and grain.Open-pore finish is amedium gloss finish thatleaves the wood texturevisible to the eye and distinguishableto the touch.Not every wood color isavailable on all wood components.cRefer to the Wood ColorAvailability Matrix on page379 before specifying.3412 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3562 Linseed on Maple3572 Amber on Maple3582 Winter on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3632 Medium Oak3642 Natural Oak3712 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahoganyon Walnut3742 Autumn on Walnut3772 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3792 Black Walnut.Customiz stain is aservice that allows you tocreate your own stain colorson standard veneers.Customiz stain color is availableon all product lines thatoffer wood veneer.A one-time formulation feeof $400 U.S. per color, percustomer processing fee willapply. The fee covers thecost of formulating theCustomiz finish and appliesregardless of whether or notan order for product isplaced. Please refer to“Customiz Stain” option pricecolumn in your specificationguide for the unit upcharge.Customiz stain takes 10days to formulate. Consultthe Surface MaterialsReference Manual for moreinformation. Custom veneersare also available and mustbe quoted by specials engineering.Customiz stain oncustom veneers take 2 to 4weeks to formulate.Requirements and informationon ordering a Customizstain color are found in theSurface Materials ReferenceManual.Full-fill finish is a medium-glossfinish that completelyfills the graintexture, yet allows the grainpattern to be seen. Thewood has a lustrous, satinylook and it is smooth to thetouch. This finish is availableon the wood worksurface ortop only.Full-Fill Finish Choices3414 Natural Cherry3424 Medium Cherry3534 Winter on Maple3544 Blonde on Maple3564 Linseed on Maple3574 Amber on Maple3634 Medium Oak3644 Natural Oak3714 Natural Walnut3724 Dark Mahoganyon Walnut3744 Autumn Walnut3774 Medium Mahoganyon Walnut3794 Black Walnut.PlasticPlastic and vinyl productsmay not be available in allcolors listed below.cRefer to page 380 for anoverview of the plastic colorsthat are available foreach component.6000 Black6001 Coffee6008 Bramble6612 Grey V26615 Grey V56623 Metallic6631 Cream6635 Dawn6636 Mist6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6655 Warm White6656 Tantalum6681 Grotto6695 Midnight6697 Fog.Metal8043 Clear AnodizedAluminum9201 Polished Chrome9250 Ember Chrome(available for locksonly).Glass6500 Clear6502 Solar Bronze6530 Frosted.Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cSurface Materials, continued 373
Surface Materials, continuedVertical Surface FabriccSee page 381 for specificvertical surface availability.Classics CollectionSurface materials in theClassics Collection are timeless.These materials shouldbe available for a minimumof 10 years from the datethe material is introducedinto the Classics Collection.The Classics Collectionincludes the following fabricsin Price Groups 1through 3:Price Group 1Abacus*P122 EntasisP123 PorticoP124 OpusP125 CuspP126 ArtifactP127 ArcadeP128 MatrixP129 AtlasP156 Pilaster*Not available on 80"HpanelsAcadia*G031 TinG033 IronG034 PewterG039 SilicaG040 MalachiteG041 BrimstoneG042 GalenaG043 AzuriteG044 LimoniteG045 Tourmaline*Not available on 80"HpanelsBariolageG220 EtudeG221 AntanteG226 CantataG227 AdagioG229 PrestoG235 SonataG233 MelodyG234 BallalaBelgradeB600 StrawberryB603 StormB604 SeafoamB606 BuffB607 HarborB608 LilyB609 Moss..BellaRose*B650 AvodireB651 BirchB652 WillowB653 AlderB654 LaurelB655 WengeB656 Ebony*Not available on 80"HpanelsBoccie*P300 RiceP301 AlmondP302 NutmegP303 CamelP304 OpalP305 MistP306 PlumP307 LichenP308 SpearmintP309 Sky*Not available on panelstaller than 68"HCornice*P131 SpireP132 SpandrelP133 CrownP134 CoronaP135 SconceP136 FinialP137 Pediment*Not available on 80"HpanelsEmbrasure*P140 ColonnadeP141 RotundaP142 OculusP143 BalusterP144 Torus*Not available on 80"HpanelsAdditional fabrics areavailable in this pricegroup. Call Designtex at1.800.221.1540 for furtherinformation about theGraded-In Program..Price Group 2Amiranté5664 Mink5665 Ivory5666 Silver Frost5677 Moonglo5680 Balsa5686 Sea5687 Chamois5689 Opal5690 Blue HorizonAshanti5610 French Cream5612 Ivory5613 Silver Frost5657 Moonglo5659 Woodbine5674 QuinceAshanti Reverse5638 Mink5639 Ivory5648 Moonglo5650 Woodbine5654 QuinceBouquet*P163 VivienP165 HostaP166 DundeeP168 AsterP169 ArgentaP170 HoyaP172 CactusP173 CamomileP174 HoneysuckleP175 Jasper*Not available on 80"HpanelsCordialE400 WhiteLilyE401 SagebrushE402 ShamrockE404 SilverLeafE405 LavenderE414 Ocean ReefE415 SesameE416 MarinaE417 SpearmintFirenzeP001 TranquilleP002 StaghornP003 FigFirenze ReverseF001 TranquilleF002 StaghornF003 Fig.FrescoG001 SandriftG002 MistibluG003 FaonG004 SepiaG005 ArrowoodG006 ChamolineG007 GrapenutG013 PistachioG016 WinterskyG017 FlintMilanoN001 OysterN002 DelftN003 WoodlandN004 SunshadowN005 OlivineN007 RedgrapeN008 MolluskN009 FairwayN010 DahliaN012 TeakwoodRacquets*P330 LichenP331 LilyP332 AlmondP333 NutmegP334 PewterP335 SpearmintP336 Sky*Not available on panelstaller than 68"HRegattaD004 RoseberryD006 BluesageD007 ColibriD011 LicoriceD012 ProvenceD020 Haze5335 Warm Brown V15336 Warm Brown V25338 Tan V15339 Tan V25344 Grey V15345 Grey V25369 Blue V1Wilshire5831 Blue Violet V35841 Warm Brown V35846 Grey V35864 Lark5865 Burgess5867 Castle5868 FieldstoneAdditional fabrics areavailable in this pricegroup. Call Designtex at1.800.221.1540 for furtherinformation about theGraded-In Program.Price Group 3Martinique5574 May Apple5577 Woodsorrel5578 Baneberry5579 Waterlily5582 Morro5583 DivaOptions CollectionSurface materials in theOptions Collection are availableon select Steelcasebrand seating and systemsproducts. These materialsshould be available for aminimum of 3 years fromthe date the material isintroduced into the OptionsCollection.All fabric and upholsteries inthe Options Collection mustbe specified through theDesigntex Graded-Inprocess. Call Designtex at1.800.221.1540 for furtherinformation.The Options Collectionincludes the followingfabrics in Price Groups 2and 3:Price Group 2SolitaireP343 SpearmintP344 RiceP345 TaupeP346 PewterP347 NutmegP348 ChamoisP349 CamelP350 MistP351 LichenP352 WillowP353 SilverP354 SkyP355 VioletPrice Group 3LottoP310 PewterP311 AlmondP312 NutmegP313 PlumP314 LichenP315 SkyP316 SpearmintPick-Up SticksP320 BoneP321 CloudP322 AlmondP323 PewterP324 NutmegP325 ChamoisP326 CamelP327 LichenP328 Spearmint..P329 Sky374 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Surface MaterialsPrice Group 4Price Group 3SeatingPrice Group 3Currently there are noApexHopscotchcSee Surface MaterialsSteelcase upholstery fabricsDalmatianReference Manual for a listingof available seatingavailable in this priceFoxtrotPrice Group 4group. Call Designtex atMeringueupholstery colors.Croquet1.800.221.1540 for furtherNo Deposit No ReturnDominoinformation about theRain (Environmental ImpactClassics Collection TivoliGraded-In Program.Collection)WobbleSea Breeze (EnvironmentalSurface materials in thePrice Group 5Impact Collection)Classics Collection are time-Price Group 5Currently there are noSix Packless. These materials shouldThat Straw Stuffbe available for a minimumFrisbeeSteelcase upholstery fabricsof 10 years from the dateInfieldavailable in this pricegroup. Call Designtex atPrice Group 4the material is introduced1.800.221.1540 for furtherinto the Classics Collection.Sumoinformation about theThe Classics CollectioncSee Surface MaterialsGraded-In Program.includes the following fab-Reference Manual for a listricsin Price Groups 1ing of available fabric colors.Designtexthrough 3 and the LeatherGraded-In ProgramPrice Group:Price Group COMAll Designtex Graded-In fab-(Customer’s Own Material) • Available on mobilerics are now supported justpedestal cushion top onlyFabric Approval andlike standard fabrics whenYardageordered on Steelcase furni-Price Group 1To confirm whether ature. The Designtex Graded-particular COM material JacksIn program also includeshas already been tested for Linkthe Environmental Impactuse on a specific Steelcase Sewn vinylCollection, which offers sus-product or to determine actutainabletextiles in affordableal yardage requirements: Price Group 2price groups. For additional• Visit www.steelcase.comCanzonéinformation and fabric sam-• Click on “Tools & Insights”Cavalcadeples, contact your local• Select “Customer’s OwnCricketDesigntex Group salesMaterial”Regisrepresentative atRoulette1.800.221.1540.You may find the sameSpyderinformation on the in2.site. SweepstakesPrice Group 2Designtex fabrics are gradedinto Steelcase PriceFollow these steps:Bee (EnvironmentalGroups 1 through 4:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.comPrice Group 3Impact Collection)• Click on “Sales/DesignHampsteadTeam”Price Group 1ZoePrice Group 3• Select “Surface Materials”Moors (Environmental• Select “Customer’s OwnLeatherImpact Collection)Material”Steelcase LeatherFor additionalPrice Group 2information regardingOptions CollectionAbout FaceCustomer’s OwnAcresSurface materials in theMaterial, callBracken (EnvironmentalOptions Collection are avail-1.888.STEELCASE.able on select SteelcasePrice Group 4Impact Collection)Brunswickbrand seating and systemsBowlineCut to the Chaseproducts. These materialsClosed LoopNicheshould be available for aCordSenecalminimum of 3 years fromMontezumaStreams (Environmentalthe date the material isNolitaImpact Collection)introduced into the OptionsRound AboutCollection.TangoVibeOptions Collection fabricsand upholsteries are nowPrice Group 5even easier to order. Specifyindividual finish codes fol-Abexlowing the same process asSamClassics Collection fabricsand upholsteries.Price Group 6Rough & ReadyThe Options Collectionincludes the following fabricsin Price Groups 3through 5:....DesigntexGraded-In ProgramAll Designtex Graded-In fabricsare now supported justlike standard fabrics whenordered on Steelcase furniture.The Designtex Graded-In program also includesthe Environmental ImpactCollection, which offers sustainabletextiles in affordableprice groups. For additionalinformation and fabric samples,contact your localDesigntex Group salesrepresentative at1.800.221.1540.Designtex upholsteries aregraded into Steelcase PriceGroups 2 through 10:Lagoon (EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Prairie(EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Reed Stripe(EnvironmentalImpact Collection)Price Group 7AceFireflyShimmyWool Suede TooPrice Group 8CoppiceDelphosFalling LeavesFurrowsLillianLosetaMeanderPackardRickshawPrice Group 9GramercyNoMadPrice Group 10PlumsPrice Group COM(Customer’s Own Material)Fabric Approval andYardageTo confirm whether aparticular COM materialhas already been tested foruse on a specific Steelcaseproduct or to determineactual yardage requirements:• Visit www.steelcase.com• Click on “Tools & Insights”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”You can find the sameinformation on the in2 site.Follow these steps:• Visit www.in2.steelcase.com• Click on “Sales/DesignTeam”• Select “Surface Materials”• Select “Customer’s OwnMaterial”For additional informationregardingCustomer’s OwnMaterial, call1.888.STEELCASE...Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 375
Paint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability MatrixPaint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability MatrixPanelsTransparent panel frame surface AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPanel door frame AAAAAA AAAAAA AAConnector packages AAAAAA AAAAAA AAChange-of-height panel connector AAAAAA AAAAAA AACorner wire cover AAAAAA AAAAAA AATop cap AAAAAA AAAAAA AAEnd trim AAAAAA AAAAAA AABase cover AAAAAA AAAAAA AABrackets AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPanel stabilizer foot AAAAAA AAAAAA AATelephone plate AAAAAA AAAAAA AAPower/cable poles AAAAAA AAAAAA AAFillers AAAAAA AAAAAA AACable drop box AAAAAA AAAAAA AAWorksurfacesCantilevers AAAAAA AAAAAA AAClear access end panels AAAAAA AAAAAA AAEnd panels AAAAAA AAAAAA AABack panels AAAAAA AAAAAA AAColumn support AAAAAA AAAAAA AAGrommet adapter plate AAAAAA AAAAAA AAAdjustable-height worksurface AAAAAA AAAAAA AAbase and feet (crank)Adjustable-height worksurface AAAAAA AAAAAA AAbase and feet (electric)StoragePedestals AAAAAA AAAAAA AALateral files AAAAAA AAAAAA AAStorage bins and shelves AAAAAA AAAAAA AAService modules AAAAAA AAAAAA AALegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptionsc See specification pages for details..Paint Price Group 1 (textured)7207 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPaint Price Group 2 (metaliic)4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPaint Price Group 3Accent PaintPerfectMatch II.376 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Paint, Textured Paint,and Coating ColorAvailability MatrixPaint, Textured Paint, and Coating Color Availability Matrix (continued)8500 Series TablesColumn supportAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABaseAAAAAANNNNNNNNNNLightingCanopy lightsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAShelf lightsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAccessory ProductsMetal center drawerAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAWall channelsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHorizontal braceAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAABookendsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA.Paint Price Group 1 (textured)7207 Black7225 Sand (Vanadium)7236 Fog7237 Slate7238 Fieldstone7239 MidnightPaint Price Group 2 ( metaliic)4750 Champagne4751 Bronze4752 Steel4788 Gold Dust4798 Sterling4799 PlatinumPaint Price Group 3Accent PaintPerfectMatch II.Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 377
Laminate Color Availability MatrixWorksurfaces, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAexcept CurvilinearCurvilinearAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA8500 Series Tables AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAMobile Pedestal tops AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAALegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream2729 White Sand2730 Artic White2746 Black2759 Warm White2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut2810 Dawn2811 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle2822 Woodrose Speckle2823 Driftwood Speckle2824 Smoke Speckle2825 Vanadium Speckle2850 Vanadium Fiber2851 Rhyme Fiber2852 Tungsten Fiber2854 Vellum Fiber2857 Stream Fiber2859 Novell Fiber2860 Granite Fiber2870 Blonde Bronze Patina2871 Blackened Bronze Patina2872 Silver Plate Patina2873 Instant Iron Patina.378 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Wood Color Availability MatrixWood ColorAvailability MatrixPanel top capsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA(low or medium only)8500 Series Tables AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAWorksurfacesAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA(except curvilinearworksurfaces)Mobile pedestal tops ANANNANANAAANANANANANAANLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptions. c See specification pages for details.3412 Natural Cherry3414 Natural Cherry3422 Medium Cherry3424 Medium Cherry3534 Winter on Maple3562 Linseed on Maple3564 Linseed on Maple3572 Amber on Maple3574 Amber on Maple3582 Winter on Maple3592 Blonde on Maple3632 Medium Oak3634 Medium Oak3642 Natural Oak3644 Natural Oak3712 Natural Walnut3714 Natural Walnut3722 Dark Mahogany on Walnut3724 Dark Mahogany on Walnut3742 Autumn on Walnut3744 Autumn Walnut3772 Medium Mahogany on Walnut3792 Black Walnut3794 Black Walnut.Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 379
Plastic Color Availability Matrix<strong>Avenir</strong> Plastic Color Availability MatrixNot every plastic componentis available in every plasticcolor. This matrix gives youan overview of which plasticcolors can be specified foreach <strong>Avenir</strong> plasticcomponent.PanelsPanel base cable grommetAANAANNNNAANNANNAAReceptaclesANNNNNNNNNNNNANNNNWorksurfacesWorksurface grommetAANANNNNNAANNANNAAPanel-supported radius-endAAAAANAAAAANAANNNNtable edge: 1 1 /2"TFreestanding radius-endAAAAANAAAAANAANNNNtable edge: 1 1 /2"TTransaction worksurface edge AAAAANAAAAANAANNNNCurvilinear worksurface edge AAAAANAAAAANAANNNNWorksurface fillers: 1 1 /2"TAAAAANAAANNNAANNAAJunction boxANNANNNNNNNNNANNNNLightingVertical wire managerAANNNNNNNNNNNANNNN8500 Series Tables8500 Series table edge AAAAANAAAAANAANNNNLegend˜ = Not availableProducts that areÅ = Availablemissing from the matrix˛ = Available with exceptionsare not available withc See specification pages for details.these surface materials..6000 Black6001 Coffee6008 Bramble6612 Grey V26615 Grey V56623 Metallic6631 Cream6635 Dawn6636 Mist6651 Tungsten6652 Titanium6653 Solar Black6654 Sand (Vanadium)6655 Warm White6656 Tantalum6681 Grotto6695 Mignight6697 Fog.380 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Vertical Surface Fabric Color Availability MatrixVertical Surface FabricColor Availability MatrixPanelsPanels(all except 80"H)Panels (80"H)Filler packages(all except 80"H)Filler packages(80"H)TackboardsStorageService moduletackboardsLegend˜ = Not availableÅ = Available˛ = Available with exceptionsc See specification pages for details..Fabric Price Group 1AbacusAcadiaBariolageBelgradeBellaRoseBoccieCorniceEmbrasureMoorsFabric Price Group 2AmiranteAshantiAshanti ReverseBouquetBrackenCordialFirenzeFirenze ReverseFrescoMilanoRegattaSolitaireStreamsWilshireFabric Price Group 3LottoMartiniquePick-Up SticksRainSea BreezeFabric Price Group COMCOMAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNAANNNNNAAAANNAAAAAANAAANANAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNAANNNNNAAAANNAAAAAANAAANANAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA.Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 381
Color Coordination Matrices<strong>Avenir</strong> Worksurfaces (Excluding Curvilinear)Vinyl (PVC) edge trim color for all Laminate ColorDefault PVC Edge Color<strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaces is determined by the 2412 Natural Cherry 2412 Natural Cherryworksurface color you select. The edge 2422 Medium Cherry 2421 Medium Cherrycolor is a default and cannot be specified.2511 Winter on Maple 2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple 2592 Blonde on MapleAll laminates, except woodgrain2632 Medium Oak 2631 Medium Oaklaminates, will have solid color PVC2633 Teak 2633 Teakedging.2722 Cream 2722 CreamWoodgrain laminates will have2729 White Sand 2848 Sand (Vanadium)woodgrain PVC edges and the grain of the 2730 Arctic White 2776 Fogedges will be horizontal. The woodgrain 2746 Black 2792 Blackedge color will match the laminate color. 2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White2763 Light Oak 2763 Light Oakc For information regarding location of 2764 Dark Oak 2764 Dark Oakvinyl (PVC) edge on applicable <strong>Avenir</strong>2810 Dawn 2794 Dawnworksurfaces, see “Standard Includes” infor-2811 Mist 2798 Mistmation.2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 2720 Ice2850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Vanadium2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 2793 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 2792 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Vanadium2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 2785 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice2873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5..382 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Color Coordination Matrices.<strong>Avenir</strong> Curvilinear WorksurfacesVinyl (PVC) edge trim color for all<strong>Avenir</strong> worksurfaces is determined by theworksurface color you select. The edgecolor is a default and cannot be specified.Some worksurfaces have vinyl T-moldedges that you can specify to coordinate orcontrast with the laminate color that youselect for the worksurface. The column atthe far right lists recommended colors foruse with each laminate color.All laminates, except woodgrainlaminates, will have solid color PVCedging.Woodgrain laminates will havewoodgrain PVC edges and the grain of theedges will be horizontal. The woodgrainedge color will match the laminate color.Laminate Default PVC Suggested ColorColor Edge Color of Vinyl T-Mold Edge2412 Natural Cherry 2412 Natural Cherry 6001 Coffee2421 Medium Cherry 2421 Medium Cherry 6001 Coffee2511 Winter on Maple 2511 Winter on Maple No suggestion2632 Medium Oak 2631 Medium Oak 6001 Coffee2711 Natural Walnut 2711 Natural Walnut 6001 Coffee2722 Cream 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2729 White Sand 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2730 Arctic White 2776 Fog 6697 Fog2745 Zinc 2745 Zinc 6635 Dawn2746 Black 2792 Black 6000 Black2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White2771 Med Mahogany Walnut 2771 Med Mahogany Walnut 6001 Coffee2810 Dawn 2794 Dawn 6635 Dawn2811 Mist 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream 6001 Coffee2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn 6635 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream 6631 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White 6655 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist 6636 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 2793 Coffee 6001 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 2792 Black 6000 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Sand (Vanadium) 6654 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened Bronze 2785 Grey V5 6615 Grey V5Patina2872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice 6612 Grey V22873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5 6615 Grey V5.Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 383
Trim Color Defaultsfor Mobile Pedestal Laminate Tops.Vinyl (PVC) edge trim color of topsthat are added to files is determined by thelaminate color you select for the top. Theedge color is a default and cannot bespecified.All laminates, except woodgrainlaminates, will have solid color PVC edging.Woodgrain laminates will havewoodgrain PVC edges and the grain of theedges will be horizontal.PVC square edge trim is applied to allfour sides of laminate tops.Laminate bullnose edge trim is appliedonly to the sides (left and right) of laminatetops.Laminate ColorDefault PVC Color2412 Natural Cherry 2412 Natural Cherry2421 Medium Cherry 2421 Medium Cherry2511 Winter on Maple 2511 Winter on Maple2592 Blonde on Maple 2592 Blonde on Maple2632 Medium Oak 2632 Medium Oak2711 Natural Walnut 2711 Natural Walnut2722 Cream 2722 Cream2729 White Sand 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2730 Arctic White 2776 Fog2746 Black 2792 Black2759 Warm White 2759 Warm White2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut 2771 Medium Mahogany on Walnut2810 Dawn 2794 Dawn2811 Mist 2798 Mist2820 Coffee Speckle 2722 Cream2822 Woodrose Speckle 2794 Dawn2823 Driftwood Speckle 2722 Cream2824 Smoke Speckle 2798 Mist2825 Vanadium Speckle 2720 Ice2850 Vanadium Fiber 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2851 Rhyme Fiber 2722 Cream2852 Tungsten Fiber 2798 Mist2854 Vellum Fiber 2759 Warm White2857 Stream Fiber 2798 Mist2859 Novell Fiber 2793 Coffee2860 Granite Fiber 2792 Black2870 Blonde Bronze Patina 2848 Sand (Vanadium)2871 Blackened Bronze Patina 2785 Grey V52872 Silver Plate Patina 2720 Ice2873 Instant Iron Patina 2785 Grey V5.384 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Trim Color Defaultsfor Mobile PedestalLaminate TopsSurface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 385
<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>lines forVertical Fabric Applications.The standard warpdirection of 66"W fabricsvaries depending on the fabricbeing used and theheight of the panel. Thetable on the next pagedetails the current standards.Steelcase is notresponsible forcharges associatedwith replacement orreupholstery of panelsurfaces due to incorrectspecifications..The combination of tallpanels (75"H with warp vertical)with short panels (65"Hor less high with warp horizontal)will result in the fabricpatterns running in oppositedirections.To remedy this situation,the following optionsare available:• Use non-directional fabric.• Use fabrics that havestandard warp verticaldirection.• Specify warp verticaldirection on fabrics thatare standard warphorizontal.Tip: If you require warp verticaland it is not the standard,you must specify thewarp vertical option.cSee page 387 forStandard warp directions for<strong>Avenir</strong> panels..66" FabricWidthWarp vertical meansthe height dimension of thepanel is parallel to the warpof the fabric.66" FabricWidthWarp horizontal meansthe height dimension of thepanel is perpendicular to thewarp of the fabric.66" FabricWidthPanel HeightPanelHeightWarp DirectionWarp DirectionPanelHeightWarp DirectionFabric on 80"H panelscannot be applied warphorizontal because the heightof the panel is greater thanthe width of the fabric..Application TopicsException: Fabric warpdirection cannot be alteredfrom standard on Tackboards.Surface MaterialsRepresentatives areavailable to answer yourquestions and to provideclarification. They can alsohelp with situations whereyou are using fabrics under66"W. Call 616.246.9822 orFAX 616.698.4700.PriceNo additional cost tospecify warp direction.How to SpecifyYou must specify warpdirection when you need todepart from the standard.<strong>Avenir</strong> panels allow this optionto be selected electronically.On non-electronic orders,add a written specification toeach panel to indicate nonstandardwarp directions.For example:MPTAM534852 3 ⁄8"H x 48 5 ⁄16"W tackableacoustical panelsside 1: fabric B800 (BedfordSaffron) with warp vertical.side 2: fabric B801 (BedfordDusk) with warp vertical..386 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
<strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>lines forVertical Fabric Applications.Standard Warp Directions for <strong>Avenir</strong>Fabric Fabric Panel Height Storage Tack-Direction 41"H 53"H 65"H 80"H Bin Doors boardsAbacus D H H H N.A. H HAcadia D H H H N.A. H HAmiranté D V V V V V HAshanti D V V V V V HAshanti Reverse D V V V V V HBariolage D H H H V H HBelgrade ND H H H V H HBellaRose D H H H N.A. H HBoccie D H H H N.A. H HBouquet D H H H N.A. H HBracken D H H H N.A. H HCordial D V V V V V HCornice D H H H N.A. H HEmbrasure D H H H N.A. H HFirenze D H H H V H HFirenze Reverse D H H H V H HFresco D H H H V H HLotto D H H H N.A. H HMartinique D V V V V V HMilano D H H H V H HMoors D H H H N.A. H HPick-Up Sticks D H H H N.A. H HRain D H H H N.A. H HRegatta ND H H H V H HSea Breeze D H H H N.A. H HSolitaire D H H H N.A. H HStreams D H H H N.A. H HWilshire D H H H V H HD = DirectionalND = Non-directionalH = Warp horizontalV = Warp vertical.Customer’s OwnMaterial YardageRequirementsPre-approved fabrics areavailable. To determine ifthe fabric you want is onthe pre-approved list, calla COM Consultant at616.246.9822.For information regardingCOM fabrics, refer tothe Steelcase SurfaceMaterials Reference Manual(S1359).Additional fabric isrequired to accommodateflaws, wrinkles, and otherimperfections..Surface Materials<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 387
388 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
ResourcesResourcesLock and Keying Options 390Style Number Index 392Resources<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 389
Lock and Keying Options.Lock face ringLock cylinderFront-removable lockcylinders can be installedor removed in the field with aspecial tool. This featureallows you to field install lockcylinders after the furniture isinstalled.All locks are designatedwith key numbers. You canspecify a key number; however,if you don’t specify akey number, the locks inyour order will be keyed random.Two types of locks areavailable—the standardkeying system (FR series)and the master keying system(XF series). All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a singlemaster key.Standard KeyingAll products are standardkeyed random..Step 1<strong>Furniture</strong> will be shippedwith a plastic shipping plug.Specify lock cylinder andkeying options separately.Only products with factoryinstalledlock mechanismscan accept lock cylinders inthe field.Tip: Be certain to specify alock color number (9201Polished Chrome or 9250Ember Chrome) for the lockface ring.Keying OptionsKey random means thatthe locks will be assignedarbitrarily at the factory withkey numbers ranging fromFR305 to FR454.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.FR305FR421FR305Master key randommeans that the locks will beassigned arbitrarily at thefactory with key numbersranging from XF1001 toXF1150. All XF locks can beopened with a master key.Tip: Random keying canmean that different furnitureunits will have the same keynumber. If you must have alllocks keyed differently, youshould specify key numbersfor all locks.XF1011XF1042XF1011FR305FR398FR412XF1115XF1002XF1028XF Master KeyFR305FR370XF1011XF1099..Step 2Order enough lockcylinders to fill each locklocation. You must alsoorder a lock tool.Tip: Lock tools are reusable.You don’t need to orderadditional lock tools withevery furniture order.Lock cylinders and theinstallation tool will beshipped separately so thatyou can install the lockswhen you are ready.Key specific means thatyou can specify any keynumber from FR305 toFR454. This option can beused to key all the furnitureunits in a workstation ordepartment the same.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.FR350 FR350 FR350Master key specificmeans that you can specifyany key number fromXF1001 to XF1150. All thelocks in the XF series canbe opened with a masterkey.Tip: Designate the quantityper key number in yourspecification when orderingmore than one product withthe same style number.XF1020 XF1020 XF1020XF Master Key..To specify lock cylinders,list the total numberof lock cylinders that youwant with the appropriatestyle number. If you arespecifying key numbers, listthe breakdown of the quantityof each key number.Key consecutive meansthat you can specify locknumbers in a consecutiveorder to ensure that notwo locks have the samekey number until the keysequence repeats. You mustselect a beginning key numberfrom FR305 to FR454.FR350 FR351 FR352An example of how yourorder should look is shownbelow:Example:10 LOCK9201FR FR3205 LOCK9201FR FR35015 LOCK9201XF XF110030 Total1 877102003SR standardlock tool1 877102002SR masterlock tool..Master key consecutivemeans that you canspecify lock numbers in aconsecutive order to ensurethat no two locks have thesame key number until thekey sequence repeats. Youmust select a beginning keynumber from XF1001 toXF1150. All the locks in theXF series can be openedwith a master key.XF1020 XF1021 XF1022XF Master Key.390 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Lock and Keying OptionsLock CylindersStandard Includes• Lock cylinder, keyed random: 9201 PolishedChrome or 9250 Ember Chrome• Two keysRequired to Specify1 Style number2 Options, if selected (see below)Options U.S. Price Required to SpecifyKey specific No cost Select key number from FR305–FR454.Tip: Lock price is included inprice of furniture with locks.Key consecutive No cost Specify key consecutive and must selectbeginning key number from FR305–FR454.Master key +$20 each Specify master key random.randomMaster key +$20 each Specify key number from XF1001–XF1150.specificMaster key +$20 each Specify master key consecutive and must selectconsecutivebeginning key number from XF1001–XF1150.Tip: A lock tool must beordered to field install lockcylinders.Tip: For replacement lockcylinders, refer to ServiceParts.Tip: You can change lockcylinders in the field byusing the appropriate locktool.<strong>Specification</strong> InformationDColor DStyle DU.S.d dNumber dPriced d dFR Series (Standard Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201FR No costEmber Chrome LOCK9250FR No costd d dStandard Lock Tool877102003SR $16d d dXF Series (Master Keying System) – Lock CylinderPolished Chrome LOCK9201XF $20Ember Chrome LOCK9250XF $20d d dMaster Lock Tool877102002SR $16d d dResourcesFor Canadian PricingMultiply U.S. Price by 1.38.cSee page 1 for details.<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 391
Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page Description32WCP 313 Wire <strong>Guide</strong> Clips60SM23E 346 Service Module60SM23ET 346 Service Module60SM35A 347 Service Module60SM35AL 347 Service Module60SM35ALT 347 Service Module60SM35AT 347 Service Module60SM35B 346 Service Module60SM35BT 346 Service Module851204838 323 8500 Series Table851504838 323 8500 Series Table851804838 323 8500 Series Table853000 319 8500 Series Table853030 319 8500 Series Table853525 321 8500 Series Table853535 319 8500 Series Table853600 319 8500 Series Table854200 319 8500 Series Table854525 321 8500 Series Table854530 321 8500 Series Table854800 319 8500 Series Table855400 319 8500 Series Table856025 321 8500 Series Table856030 321 8500 Series Table856035 321 8500 Series Table856035S 323 8500 Series Table856530 321 8500 Series Table856535 321 8500 Series Table856535S 323 8500 Series Table857030 321 8500 Series Table857035 321 8500 Series Table857035S 323 8500 Series Table85723630 323 8500 Series Table857842 321 8500 Series Table85964236 323 8500 Series Table859648 321 8500 Series Table85PSUVLG 311 Prcsr Strg Unit877102002SR 391 Master Lock Tool877102003SR 391 Standard Lock Tool88PS 243, 316 Power Strip88PSLC 243, 316 Power Strip98512A 352 Divider Strg Bin98669 232 Base Power-In986691 232 Base Power-In986694 232 Base Power-In986694C 233 Brkwy Base Pwr-In98669C 233 Brkwy Base Pwr-In986831DA15S 242, Dplex Receptacles242986831DA20S 242, Dplex Receptacles242986831DB15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986831DB20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986831DC15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986831DC20S 242 Dplex Receptacles.986832DA15S 242 Dplex ReceptaclesStyleNumber Page Description986832DA20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986832DB15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986832DB20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986832DC15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986832DC20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986833DA15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986833DA20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986833DB15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986833DB20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986833DC15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986833DC20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986834DA15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986834DA20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986834DB15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986834DB20S 242 Dplex Receptacles986834DC15S 242 Dplex Receptacles986834DC20S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683ADD15S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683ADD20S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683BDD15S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683BDD20S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683CDD15S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683CDD20S 242 Dplex Receptacles98683WS 313 Grommet Recept98765 312 Termination Plate98766 312 Cable/Fiber Reel98767 312 Cord Reel98768 313 Cable Strg Tray98769 228 Anchor Bracket987801 232 Base Power-In98863 239 Cable GrommetsADJHTGASCYL 279, Gas Cylinders283ASHC1921X1 310 Center DrawerBC 272 Tri-Shape CantBEP24 274 End Panel w/o BaseBEP30 274 End Panel w/o BaseBHS24 341 Half-Hgt ShelfBHS30 341 Half-Hgt ShelfBHS36 341 Half-Hgt ShelfBHS42 341 Half-Hgt ShelfBHS48 341 Half-Hgt ShelfBHS60 341 Half-Hgt ShelfBS24 341 Full-Hgt ShelfBS30 341 Full-Hgt ShelfBS36 341 Full-Hgt ShelfBS42 341 Full-Hgt ShelfBS48 341 Full-Hgt ShelfBS60 341 Full-Hgt ShelfBSB24 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSB24F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSB30 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSB30F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSB36 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSB36F 345 Ovhd Strg Bin.BSB42 343 Ovhd Strg BinStyleNumber Page DescriptionBSB42F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSB48 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSB48F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSB60 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSB60F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL24 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL24F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL30 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL30F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL36 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL36F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL42 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL42F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL48 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL48F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL60 343 Ovhd Strg BinBSBL60F 345 Ovhd Strg BinBSC 272 Tri-Shape Shrd CntBUF24BBFL 335 Fixed PedBUF24FFL 335 Fixed PedBUF30BBFL 335 Fixed PedBUF30FFL 335 Fixed PedBUMPF24BFL 339 Mobile PedestalBUPF24BFL 336 Wksf-Sprt PedBUPF30BFL 336 Wksf-Sprt PedC41AVOFMC 229 Av to TWl CnctrC53AVOFMC 229 Av to TW CnctrC65AVOFMC 229 Av to TW CnctrC80AVOFMC 229 Av to TW CnctrCDBH11 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBH12 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBH15 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBH24 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBH27 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBH39 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBM11 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBM12 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBM15 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBM24 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBM27 240 Cable Drop BoxCDBM39 240 Cable Drop BoxCGGC12 230 Gripper Glide CapERFH41 227 End-of-Run FillerERFH53 227 End-of-Run FillerERFH65 227 End-of-Run FillerERFH80 227 End-of-Run FillerERFM41 227 End-of-Run FillerERFM53 227 End-of-Run FillerERFM65 227 End-of-Run FillerERFM80 227 End-of-Run FillerFCD20 310 Center DrawerFPW318 237 PowerwayFPW324 237 PowerwayFPW330 237 Powerway. FPW336 237 Powerway.392 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionFPW342 237 PowerwayFPW348 237 PowerwayFPW360 237 PowerwayFPW418 237 PowerwayFPW424 237 PowerwayFPW430 237 PowerwayFPW436 237 PowerwayFPW442 237 PowerwayFPW448 237 PowerwayFPW460 237 PowerwayFSCD20 310 Center DrawerGSCAVAV 353 Vert Attach RailKDIV02 352 DividersKDIV20 352 DividersLCP24K 359 Electronic BallastLCP24KC 359 Electronic BallastLCP24KR 359 Electronic BallastLCP24KRC 359 Electronic BallastLCP36K 359 Electronic BallastLCP36KC 359 Electronic BallastLCP36KR 359 Electronic BallastLCP36KRC 359 Electronic BallastLCP48K 359 Electronic BallastLCP48KC 359 Electronic BallastLCP48KR 359 Electronic BallastLCP48KRC 359 Electronic BallastLCS24K 356 Electronic BallastLCS24KC 356 Electronic BallastLCS24KR 356 Electronic BallastLCS24KRC 356 Electronic BallastLCS36K 356 Electronic BallastLCS36KC 356 Electronic BallastLCS36KR 356 Electronic BallastLCS36KRC 356 Electronic BallastLCS48K 356 Electronic BallastLCS48KC 356 Electronic BallastLCS48KR 356 Electronic BallastLCS48KRC 356 Electronic BallastLCWRIS 360 Rail-Mntng RiserLOCK9201FR 391 Lock CylinderLOCK9201XF 391 Lock CylinderLOCK9250FR 391 Lock CylinderLOCK9250XF 391 Lock CylinderLS1FSC 363, 365, Daisy Chain Cord367LS6FSC 363, 365, Daisy Chain Cord367LSB18M 367 Utility LightLSB18MC 367 Utility LightLSB18MD 367 Utility LightLSB24K 366 Utility LightLSB24KC 366 Utility LightLSB24KD 366 Utility LightLSB24M 367 Utility LightLSB24MC 367 Utility Light.LSB24MD 367 Utility LightStyleNumber Page DescriptionLSB36K 366 Utility LightLSB36KC 366 Utility LightLSB36KD 366 Utility LightLSB36M 367 Utility LightLSB36MC 367 Utility LightLSB36MD 367 Utility LightLSB48K 366 Utility LightLSB48KC 366 Utility LightLSB48KD 366 Utility LightLSB48M 367 Utility LightLSB48MC 367 Utility LightLSB48MD 367 Utility LightLSH24K 363 Advanced LightLSH24KC 363 Advanced LightLSH24KD 363 Advanced LightLSH24KDR 363 Advanced LightLSH24KF 362 Advanced LightLSH24KFC 362 Advanced LightLSH24KFD 362 Advanced LightLSH24KR 363 Advanced LightLSH24KRC 363 Advanced LightLSH36K 363 Advanced LightLSH36KC 363 Advanced LightLSH36KD 363 Advanced LightLSH36KDR 363 Advanced LightLSH36KF 362 Advanced LightLSH36KFC 362 Advanced LightLSH36KFD 362 Advanced LightLSH36KR 363 Advanced LightLSH36KRC 363 Advanced LightLSH48K 363 Advanced LightLSH48KC 363 Advanced LightLSH48KD 363 Advanced LightLSH48KDR 363 Advanced LightLSH48KF 362 Advanced LightLSH48KFC 362 Advanced LightLSH48KFD 362 Advanced LightLSH48KR 363 Advanced LightLSH48KRC 363 Advanced LightLSM24K 364 Standard LightLSM24KC 364 Standard LightLSM24KD 364 Standard LightLSM24KF 365 Standard LightLSM24KFC 365 Standard LightLSM24KFD 365 Standard LightLSM36K 364 Standard LightLSM36KC 364 Standard LightLSM36KD 364 Standard LightLSM36KF 365 Standard LightLSM36KFC 365 Standard LightLSM36KFD 365 Standard LightLSM48K 364 Standard LightLSM48KC 364 Standard LightLSM48KD 364 Standard Light. LSM48KF 365 Standard Light. Style..............................................................................................................................................Number Page DescriptionLSM48KFC 365 Standard LightLSM48KFD 365 Standard LightMBB2416 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBB3016 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBB3616 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBB4216 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBB4816 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBB6016 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBB7216 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL2416 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL3016 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL3616 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL4216 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL4816 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL6016 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBBL7216 342 Ovhd Strg BinMBF30 235 Base Fiber-In PkgMBF36 235 Base Fiber-In PkgMBF42 235 Base Fiber-In PkgMBF48 235 Base Fiber-In PkgMBR4818 302 18"D BridgeMBR4824 302 24"D BridgeMBR6024 302 24"D BridgeMBS2416 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMBS3016 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMBS3616 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMBS4216 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMBS4816 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMBS6016 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMBS7216 340 Full-Hgt ShelfMC4524 309 24"D Cred w/o KsMC4524L 309 24"D Cred w/o KsMC6024 309 24"D Cred w/o KsMC6024L 309 24"D Cred w/o KsMC6024LRDP 307 24"D Cred w/KsMC6024RDP 307 24"D Cred w/KsMC6624LRDP 307 24"D Cred w/KsMC6624RDP 307 24"D Cred w/KsMC7224LRTP 307 24"D Cred w/KsMC7224RTP 307 24"D Cred w/KsMCAS24L 275 Clear-Access EPMCAS24R 275 Clear-Access EPMCAS30L 275 Clear-Access EP. MCAS30R 275 Clear-Access EP............................MCP41A 236 Cable PoleMCP53A 236 Cable PoleMCP65A 236 Cable PoleMCP80A 236 Cable PoleMD6024CDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6024CRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6024DP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6024LCDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6024LCRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6024LDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6024LRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedResources<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cStyle Number Index, continued 393
Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionMD6024RP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6030CDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6030CRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6030DP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6030LCDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6030LCRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6030LDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6030LRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6030RP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6624CDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6624CRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6624DP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6624LCDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6624LCRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6624LDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD6624LRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6624RP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD6630CDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6630CRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6630DP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6630LCDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6630LCRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6630LDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD6630LRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6630RP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD6636CDP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD6636CRP 295 36"D Desk Sgl PedMD6636DP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD6636LCDP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD6636LCRP 295 36"D Desk Sgl PedMD6636LDP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD6636LRP 295 36"D Desk Sgl PedMD6636RP 295 36"D Desk Sgl PedMD7224CDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD7224CRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD7224DP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD7224LCDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD7224LCRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD7224LDP 289 24"D Desk Dbl PedMD7224LRP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD7224RP 287 24"D Desk Sgl PedMD7230CDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD7230CRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD7230DP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD7230LCDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD7230LCRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD7230LDP 293 30"D Desk Dbl PedMD7230LRP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD7230RP 291 30"D Desk Sgl PedMD7236CDP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD7236CRP 295 36"D Desk Sgl PedMD7236DP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD7236LCDP 297 36"D Desk Dbl PedMD7236LCRP 295 36"D Desk Sgl Ped. MD7236LDP 297 36"D Desk Dbl Ped. . Style.............................................................................................................................................. Style..............................................................................................................................................Number Page Description Number Page DescriptionMD7236LRP 295 36"D Desk Sgl Ped MPSGM8036 215 Transpar PnlMD7236RP 295 36"D Desk Sgl Ped MPSGM8042 215 Transpar PnlMFES18 273 End Panel w/Base MPSGM8048 215 Transpar PnlMFES24 273 End Panel w/Base MPT6030 254 Pnl-Sprtd TableMFES30 273 End Panel w/Base MPT6030FS 303 Radius End TableMHBS2416 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT6036 254 Pnl-Sprtd TableMHBS3016 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT6630 254 Pnl-Sprtd TableMHBS3616 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT6630FS 303 Radius End TableMHBS4216 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT6636 254 Pnl-Sprtd TableMHBS4816 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT7230 254 Pnl-Sprtd TableMHBS6016 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT7230FS 303 Radius End TableMHBS7216 340 Half-Hgt ShelfMPT7236 254 Pnl-Sprtd TableMPDFM8042 218 FrameMPTAM3318 209 Tack Acst PanelMPDFWDM8042 218 Pnl Door w/ Frame MPTAM3324 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6518 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM3330 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6524 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM3336 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6530 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM3342 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6536 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM3348 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6542 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM3360 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6548 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4118 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM6560 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4124 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM8024 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4130 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM8030 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4136 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM8036 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4142 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM8042 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4148 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHAM8048 213 High-Perf Acst Pnl MPTAM4160 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM5324 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5318 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM5330 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5324 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM5336 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5330 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM5342 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5336 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM5348 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5342 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM6524 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5348 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM6530 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM5360 209 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM6536 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6518 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM6542 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6524 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM6548 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6530 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM8024 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6536 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM8030 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6542 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM8036 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6548 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM8042 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM6560 211 Tack Acst PanelMPHGM8048 217 Hlf Glss PanelMPTAM8018 211 Tack Acst PanelMPSC372B 234 End Power-InMPTAM8024 211 Tack Acst PanelMPSC472B 234 End Power-InMPTAM8030 211 Tack Acst PanelMPSGM5324 215 Transpar PnlMPTAM8036 211 Tack Acst PanelMPSGM5330 215 Transpar PnlMPTAM8042 211 Tack Acst PanelMPSGM5336 215 Transpar PnlMPTAM8048 211 Tack Acst PanelMPSGM5342 215 Transpar PnlMPTP3 238 Pnl-Pnl ConnectorMPSGM5348 215 Transpar PnlMPTP4 238 Pnl-Pnl ConnectorMPSGM6524 215 Transpar PnlMR3618LE 298 18"D Rtn w/o PedMPSGM6530 215 Transpar PnlMR3624LE 299 24"D Rtn w/o PedMPSGM6536 215 Transpar PnlMR3624LLP 301 24"D Rtn One Ped. MPSGM6542 215 Transpar PnlMR3624LP 301 24"D Rtn One Ped........MPSGM6548 215 Transpar PnlMR4818LE 298 18"D Rtn w/o PedMPSGM8024 215 Transpar PnlMR4824LE 299 24"D Rtn w/o PedMPSGM8030 215 Transpar PnlMR4824LLP 301 24"D Rtn One Ped394 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionMR4824LP 301 24"D Rtn One PedMR6024LDP 301 24"D Rtn Two PedMR6024LE 299 24"D Rtn w/o PedMR6024LLDP 301 24"D Rtn Two PedMR6024LLP 301 24"D Rtn One PedMR6024LP 301 24"D Rtn One PedMSS 271 Side SupportsMTWS3017M 258 Transaction WksfMTWS3617M 258 Transaction WksfMTWS4217M 258 Transaction WksfMTWS4817M 258 Transaction WksfMTWS6017M 258 Transaction WksfMU2824BBF 327 Fixed PedMU2824BBFL 327 Fixed PedMU2824FF 327 Fixed PedMU2824FFL 327 Fixed PedMU2830BBF 327 Fixed PedMU2830BBFL 327 Fixed PedMU2830FF 327 Fixed PedMU2830FFL 327 Fixed PedMUP2224BFS 331 Mobile PedestalMUP2224BFSC 331 Mobile PedestalMUPC24BF 328 Wksf-Sprt PedMUPC24BFL 328 Wksf-Sprt PedMUPC30BF 328 Wksf-Sprt PedMUPC30BFL 328 Wksf-Sprt PedMWPT6030 255 Pnl-Sprtd TableMWPT6030FS 304 Radius End TableMWPT6630 255 Pnl-Sprtd TableMWPT6630FS 304 Radius End TableMWPT7230 255 Pnl-Sprtd TableMWPT7230FS 304 Radius End TablePAB233 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB241 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB253 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB265 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB333 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB341 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB353 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB365 219 Panel Conn PkgPAB4 221 Panel Conn PkgPAB5A 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB5B 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB5C 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB5D 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB5E 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB5F 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB5G 220 Panel Conn PkgPAB6 228 Panel Bracket PkgPAB7 228 Panel Bracket PkgPAB9 221 Panel Conn PkgPBCC180 238 Corner Wire CvrPBCC90 238 Corner Wire CvrPBEF 239 Pnl-Base Filler. PC4133 222 COH Panel ConnStyleNumber Page DescriptionPC5333 222 COH Panel ConnPC5341 222 COH Panel ConnPC6533 222 COH Panel ConnPC6541 222 COH Panel ConnPC6553 222 COH Panel ConnPC8033 222 COH Panel ConnPC8041 222 COH Panel ConnPC8053 222 COH Panel ConnPC8065 223 COH Panel ConnPCH 230 Panel Coat HookPCSB18S 272 L-Shape Shrd CantPCSB24S 272 L-Shape Shrd CantPCWR2436F 257 Corner WksfPCWR2442F 257 Corner WksfPCWR2448 252 Corner WksfPCWR2448F 257 Corner WksfPCWR3036F 257 Corner WksfPCWR3042F 257 Corner WksfPCWR3048 252 Corner WksfPCWR3048F 257 Corner WksfPCWR90M24 252 Corner WksfPCWR90N24 252 Corner WksfPCWR90N30 252 Corner WksfPCWR90W24 252 Corner WksfPCWR90W24ST 253 Corner WksfPCWR90W30 252 Corner WksfPCWR9W248ST 253 Corner WksfPCWRC3618 259 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC3624 259 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC4224 259 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC4224ST 260 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC4230 259 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC4824 259 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC4824ST 260 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRC4830 259 Cor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL226048 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL227248 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL236048 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL237248 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL326048 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL327248 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL336048 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRL337248 264 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR224860 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR224872 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR234860 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR234872 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR324860 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR324872 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR334860 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWRR334872 265 ExtCor Crvlnr WksfPCWS18CL 271 L-Shape CantileverPCWS18CR 271 L-Shape CantileverPCWS24CL 271 L-Shape Cantilever. PCWS24CR 271 L-Shape CantileverStyleNumber Page DescriptionPCWS30CL 271 L-Shape CantileverPCWS30CR 271 L-Shape CantileverPELFC33 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPELFC41 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPELFC53 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPELFC65 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPELFC80 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPEPFC33 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPEPFC41 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPEPFC53 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPEPFC65 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPEPFC80 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPERFC33 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPERFC41 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPERFC53 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPERFC65 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPERFC80 223 Fab-Cvrd End TrimPFF16 230 Panel Stab FootPJAXM4153 226 X-Config FillerPJAXM4165 226 X-Config FillerPJAXM4180 226 X-Config FillerPJAXM5365 226 X-Config FillerPJAXM5380 226 X-Config FillerPJAXM6580 226 X-Config FillerPJBXM4153 226 X-Config FillerPJBXM4165 226 X-Config FillerPJBXM4180 226 X-Config FillerPJBXM5365 226 X-Config FillerPJBXM5380 226 X-Config FillerPJBXM6580 226 X-Config FillerPJLM41 224 L-Config FillerPJLM53 224 L-Config FillerPJLM65 224 L-Config FillerPJLM80 224 L-Config FillerPJTM41 225 T-Config FillerPJTM4153 225 T-Config FillerPJTM4165 225 T-Config FillerPJTM4180 225 T-Config FillerPJTM53 225 T-Config FillerPJTM5365 225 T-Config FillerPJTM5380 225 T-Config FillerPJTM65 225 T-Config FillerPJTM6580 225 T-Config FillerPJTM80 225 T-Config FillerPJWL326648 267 Jetty Crvlnr WksfPJWL327248 267 Jetty Crvlnr WksfPJWL337248 267 Jetty Crvlnr WksfPJWR234866 267 Jetty Crvlnr WksfPJWR234872 267 Jetty Crvlnr WksfPJWR334872 267 Jetty Crvlnr WksfPJXM 226 X-Config Top CapPLWR2424 269 Link Crvlnr WksfPLWR3030 269 Link Crvlnr WksfPMB3330 231 Markerboard. PMB3336 231 Markerboard. ......... . ....Resources<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> cStyle Number Index, continued 395
Style Number Index, continuedStyleNumber Page DescriptionPMDR 243 Pnl-Sprtd ReceptPP341A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP353A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP365A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP380A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP441A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP453A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP465A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP480A 235 2" x 2" Power PolePP6416S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP6536S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP6656S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP6806S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP8416S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP8536S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP8656S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePP8806S 236 2" x 6" Power PolePSPWR3038 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3038F 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3050 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3050F 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3650 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3650F 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3662 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPSPWR3662F 270 Span Crvlnr WksfPTDMGB1 314 Power SpherePTDMGB2 314 Power SpherePTDMGB3 314 Pwr Comm SpherePTDMGB4 314 Pwr Comm SpherePTDMGB5 315 Communic SpherePTRSGB1 315 Power Comm PortPTRWL2136 266 Trns Crvlnr WksfPTRWL3242 266 Trns Crvlnr WksfPTRWL3248 266 Trns Crvlnr WksfPTRWR1236 266 Trns Crvlnr WksfPTRWR2342 266 Trns Crvlnr WksfPTRWR2348 266 Trns Crvlnr WksfPVWMM 368 Vertical Wire MgrPVWRL1830 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRL2424 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRL2430 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRL2436 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRL3030 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRL3036 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRR1830 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRR2424 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRR2430 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRR2436 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRR3030 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPVWRR3036 268 Vstr Crvlnr WksfPWC53 352 Wall ChannelsPWC65 352 Wall ChannelsPWC80 352 Wall ChannelsPWCHB42 353 Horiz Brace. PWCHB48 353 Horiz BraceStyleNumber Page DescriptionPWCHB60 353 Horiz BracePWCHB72 353 Horiz BracePWF24L 274 Floor-Sprt EPPWF24R 274 Floor-Sprt EPPWF30L 274 Floor-Sprt EPPWF30R 274 Floor-Sprt EPPWR2424 249 24"D WksfPWR3018 246 18"D WksfPWR3024 249 24"D WksfPWR3030 251 30"D WksfPWR3618 246 18"D WksfPWR3624 249 24"D WksfPWR3630 251 30"D WksfPWR4218 246 18"D WksfPWR4224 249 24"D WksfPWR4230 251 30"D WksfPWR4818 246 18"D WksfPWR4824 249 24"D WksfPWR4830 251 30"D WksfPWR5424 249 24"D WksfPWR5430 251 30"D WksfPWR6024 249 24"D WksfPWR6030 251 30"D WksfPWR6624 249 24"D WksfPWR6630 251 30"D WksfPWR7224 249 24"D WksfPWR7230 251 30"D WksfPWRC2424 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC2430 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC3024 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC3030 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC3624 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC3630 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC4224 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC4230 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC4824 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC4830 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC5424 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC5430 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC6024 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC6030 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC6624 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC6630 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC7224 262 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRC7230 263 Str Crvlnr WksfPWRF24 276 Wksf FillerPWRF30 276 Wksf FillerPWSCL1 275 Cantilever ClampPWSCL18 273 Support PlatePWSCL2 276 Cantilever ClampPWSCL24 273 Support PlatePWSCL30 273 Support PlatePWSF24 276 Wksf FillerPWSF30 276 Wksf Filler. PWSMB2 271 Side SupportsStyleNumber Page DescriptionQMCKBC42 279 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKBC42C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKBC48 279 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKBC48C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKBS42 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKBS42C 283 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKBS48 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKBS48C 283 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKDC42 279 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKDC42C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKDC48 279 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKDC48C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKDS42 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKDS42C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKDS48 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKDS48C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKEL24 280 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQMCKEL24C 284 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKEL36 280 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQMCKEL36C 284 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKER24 280 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQMCKER24C 284 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKER36 280 Adj-Hgt Ext WksfQMCKER36C 284 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKSC42 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKSC42C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKSC48 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKSC48C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKSS42 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKSS42C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMCKSS48 278 Adj-Hgt WksfQMCKSS48C 282 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECDC42 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECDC42C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECDC48 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECDC48C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECDS42 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECDS42C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECDS48 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECDS48C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECSC42 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECSC42C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECSC48 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECSC48C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECSS42 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECSS42C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfQMECSS48 281 Adj-Hgt WksfQMECSS48C 285 Crvlnr AH WksfRPXDBT 350 Bi-Level TrayRPXDMT 350 Media TrayRPXDPT 350 Pencil TrayRPXDRS 351 Reference ShelfRPXFST 351 File Drwr InsertRPXTC24P 332 Mob Ped Cush Top. RPXTCH24P 332 Mob Ped Cush Top. .......................................................................................................................396 <strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>
Style Number IndexStyleNumber Page DescriptionRXADRL15 349 RailsRXADV1212 349 DividersRXADV1506 349 DividersSMCL8 348 Service Mdl ClampSTCH18 241 Shortened Top CapSTCH24 241 Shortened Top CapSTCH30 241 Shortened Top CapSTCH36 241 Shortened Top CapSTCH42 241 Shortened Top CapSTCH48 241 Shortened Top CapSTCH60 241 Shortened Top CapSTCM18 241 Medium Top CapsSTCM24 241 Medium Top CapsSTCM30 241 Medium Top CapsSTCM36 241 Medium Top CapsSTCM42 241 Medium Top CapsSTCM48 241 Medium Top CapsSTCM60 241 Medium Top CapsTB3018 231 TackboardTB3618 231 TackboardTB4218 231 TackboardTB4818 231 TackboardTB6018 231 TackboardTB7218 231 TackboardVWM18 368 Vertical Wire MgrVWM41M 368 Vertical Wire MgrVWM53M 368 Vertical Wire MgrVWM65M 368 Vertical Wire MgrVWM80M 368 Vertical Wire Mgr....Resources<strong>Avenir</strong> <strong>Specification</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> 397
Trademark List.® The following registered trademarks are usedunder license from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: Accelerate, Addition, Ally,Answer, Anthem, Arrondi, <strong>Avenir</strong>, Ballet,Brayton International, Brayton TextileCollection, Breton, Broadmoor, CaneCreek,Canto, Chancellor, Collegium, Company,Concentrx, Conjunction, Context, Criterion,Crushed Can, Decorum, Designtex, Details,Drive, Elective Elements, Ellipse, EmberChrome, Emerge, Etude, Exclamation Mark,Firstfile, Gentry, Ginkgo, Ginkgo Biloba,Hardwear, Ideo, Internode, Jersey, Kart, Kick,LaCosta, Latour, Leap, Let’s B, Lucy, Lyra,Lytyn, Manhattan Product Configuration,Maxstacker, Media Dock, Metro, Migrations,Miko, Montage, Novasuede, Oriana, Paladin,Paperflo, Parade, Paradigm, Pathways,Perfect Match, Player, Power Pincher,Protégé, Raf System, Rally, Rapport,Relevant, Reply, Revest, Secant, Segment,Sensor, Series 9000, Springboard, Steelcase,Steelcase Design Partnership, SteelcaseWorkplace Performance, Stow Davis,TeamWork, Technique, Treehouse, Trilogy,Turnstone, Underscore, Valencia, Vecta,Vectaflex, Werndl, Wizard, and Workflo.® The following is a registered trademark ofLeviton Manufacturing Company, Little Neck,NY: Decora.® The following is a registered trademark ofMicrosoft Corporation, Redmond, WA:Microsoft.® The following is a registered trademark ofPanduit Corporation, Lockport, IL: Panduit.® The following is a registered trademark ofTrav (Press), Cuneo, Italy: Assisa.® The following is a registered trademark ofVirtual Ink Corporation: mimioActive.® The following registered trademarks are underlicense from Wilkhahn <strong>Furniture</strong> Products:Avera, Confair, Senzo, Versal, and WilkhahnFS.. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Steelcase DevelopmentCorporation: 4 o’clock, à la carte,Active/Passive Shelf, Activity Products, Adia,Alcove, Alerion, Alexander Street Collection,Aliso, Allegro, Alongside, American Elect,American Tradition, Anson, Arbor,Archipelago, Archive Collection, Arriva, Ascot,Astor, Austin, Avalon, Barrymore, Berwick,Bira, Bix, Bonn, Boomerang, Booth, Bradbury,Breadbox, Brio, Buxton, Cachet, Callahan,Camber, Canopy, Cappucino, Catalina, CbP,Chester, Chorus, Chronos, Churchill, Ciao,Clarendon, Classic Rectangular, Clou,Collaboration, Collins, Cologne, Colorbox,Common (Shelf), Commons, Community,Community Base Planning, Convene, Convey,Cortex, Cosima, Croix, Cubby, Cubis,Cushion, Customiz, Dataduct, Datum, Debut,Deck, Dedoes, Detour, Detriana, DNA,Domain, Donovan, Dorchester, Downspout,Drop Top Hutch, Duospace, Eastlake,Eastridge, Eco, Ella, Elsa, Emmy, Encounter,Enea, EnSync, Ensemble, Entourage,Environmental Impact, Equinox, Escapade,Et Al, E-table, Everest, Exponents, Express12,Extreme Conditions, Fillmore, Flat Top, Fling,Flip Top, Footnote, Fortuna, Frontier, Futu,Fuji, Galilie, Galveston, Garland, Ginger,Glenwood, Go Wall, Greco, Greenbrier, Grip,Groove, Group Work, Hannah, Hatch,Hatchback, Hatteras, Health Design, Herren,Hitch, Huddleboard, Impact, Incognito, Indy,InfoWizard, InterAct, IOS, I-Solve, Jacket,Jenny, Jetty, Juice, Kelly, Kendo, Kiana,L’Attitude, Lazlo, Lean Too, Lemon, Lift-N-Slide, Lotus, Lyric, M/O, Malibu, Manhatten,Mansfield, Martini, Masque, Mingle, Monarch,Monteray, Montreal, MyWizard, Nadia, Nickel,Nine, Ontrak, Onyx, Outlook, Paloma,Parliament, Parts Advantage, Pasio,Passarelle, Patriarch, Patterson, Payback,Peek, Pendio, Personal Border, Pier Top,Pipe, Pisa, Playback, Portal, Progeny,Quotient, Radio, Rag Top, Rei, Request,Reunion, Rhine, Rialto, Ricetta, Riser, RizziArc, Rocco, RoomWizard, Rover, Runaround,Runner, Sage, Satellite, Scribe, Shadow,Shield, Shortbed, Skinny, Sidebar, Sidewalk,Sieste, Sine, Smoke, Snug, Softwork, Sonata,Spinz, Sportswear, St. Clair, Stafford,Stationkits, Stiletto, Stuttgart, Super Shelf,Surprise!, Swathmore, Switch, Tableau, Taco,Template, Terrazzo, Tessare, Theorem, Tonga,Topaz, Topo, Top Spin, Touchdown,Translations, Train, Trolly, T-Wall, Umbrella,Underline, Unison, Uno, Utility Bar, Venetia,Walden, Warehouse, Wellaver, Whittier,Windsor, and Wizard WebSigns. The following is a trademark of MicrosoftCorporation, Redmond, WA: Windows. The following is a trademark of Ultrafabrics,LLC, Elmsford, NY: Ultraleather. The following trademarks are used underlicense from Wilkhahn <strong>Furniture</strong>: Cana, Linus,Logon, Picto, Range, Stitz, Thema, Timetable,and Tubis...
Change language